[a / b / c / d / e / f / g / gif / h / hr / k / m / o / p / r / s / t / u / v / vg / w / wg] [i / ic] [r9k] [cm / hm / y] [3 / adv / an / cgl / ck / co / diy / fa / fit / hc / int / jp / lit / mlp / mu / n / po / pol / sci / soc / sp / tg / toy / trv / tv / vp / x] [rs] [status / ? / @] [Settings] [Home]
Board:  
Settings   Home
4chan
/qst/ - Quests


File: title.jpg (85 KB, 1015x788)
85 KB
85 KB JPG
Welcome back to Tai Lung's journey on the path of redemption, not only for himself but for those around him as well. In our last thread, the group continued to search for clues in the ruined town of Xiqi. At odds with the townsfolk, Tai Lung and his friends camped out at the ruins edges as they searched. With a bit of searching, they uncover a journal and map written in a strange language. Before they can make any progress, the small town finds themselves the target of an another attack. Caught by surprise, the crew team up with both Po and Shifu to fend off raiders. Unfortunately, Renshu is injured in the attack and the group if forced to split up as he is sent away with the evacuation. Staying behind, Tai Lung, Xin Lan, Ming and the recently rescued third son of the Emperor Hien engage in a series of hit and run attack to hold the incoming army back to buy some more time. Currently, the group find themselves holed up in a cave waiting for things to calm down.

http://suptg.thisisnotatrueending.com/qstarchive.html?tags=Tai%20Lung%20quest
>>
“Could you ever go back to your old life?” You ask. “Working at a shop?”

“No...No I don’t think I could. Things were so...uneventful. Opening the shop, running it, going home to eat, close up shop. Rinse and repeat. It was so mundane thinking back. I don’t know how I managed to keep that up for so many years. Now I’m facing raiders, hearing about talking to spirits, avoiding curses. It’s like a story from out of the books. I didn’t...I didn’t even know such a life existed. Now I’m part of it. I fight evil. I’m being a hero. It’s like every kid’s dream.”

You pat Ming on the head. "Well perhaps you should look for that in the pools." You say. "Finding your place in the universe is the a tremendous task but if there is any place that can help you realize that it would be the pools."

"Oh...well I don't know." Ming says nervously. "I'm not even sure if I want to look at them. What if I don't like what I see?"

"I wouldn't worry." Xin Lan says. "At worst, you'll probably just see yourself married to someone really boring and have like 6 kids. Just be an average house wife."

"Oh gods. What if I do just become a boring house mom?" Ming asks.

"It's better than becoming a villian." You say. "Honestly Ming, I think you'll be fine. You're already taking your first steps to be more than the average person and I firmly belive that someone can change who they become. You've already seen it with with us. I'm sure you can do it too."

"We'll make sure you're a cool mom at least." Xin Lan says. "You can beat up whoever bullies your kids." Ming glares at Xin Lan.

"Ming, life isn't set in stone. It's a series of steps and you decide where those steps take you. Be it becoming a cool mother, a master alchemist, or something else entirely." You say gently. "You decide what you will become and the pools may show you one vision or nothing at all but at the end they are simply a way to focus and meditate. Through that meditation is where you decide, where you make up your mind not the other way around where the pools decide for you."

"Do you reallly think we can find the pools?" Ming asks.

"Sure. We've done crazier things." You say.

>What do you want do now?
>Ask Ming something else about herself?
>Go talk to someone else.
>Go to sleep. There's tons of time left before you head out best you get some rest.
>Write in.
>>
>>4661069
>Go to sleep. There's tons of time left before you head out best you get some rest.
New thread, so I'm reminding myself to tell Hien about Oogway and Kai, Luo's story and give him the sword of heroes. Probably tomorrow to let him mull things over and talk to Xin like we suggested.
>>
>>4661069
>Go to sleep
We need the rest. I'm in the opposite camp for Ming. I don't mind her being resourced based but if we're traveling then she'll always be a bit strapped, kneecapping her effectiveness. The way it is we can't really do anything with her aside from being a medic. Maybe having her magic mitigate that could help it feel like less of a non option.
>>
>>4661069
>Get some sleep

>>4661140
Only if her resource is physically hard to get rather than time it energy based.
>>
>>4661030
Thoughts on Drunken Boxing and Eight Gates? Would Tai Lung know of these techniques?
>>
>>4661322
Drunken style, almost certainly.
Actually fighting drunk, probably not.
>>
Yeah Tai Lung knows the 8 drunken Gods and their styles but he's never actually put it in to use let alone tried to do it drunk. So he knows how to go up against someone who uses it as a main fighting style but he's never made himself drunk and tried it. I figure if he tried it now, he'd be decent at it but very out of practice.

As for the eight gates like we disscussed in the previous thread? Not at all. He wouldn't even know how to start something like that. Tai Lung knows Chi for pressure point strikes and he's learned Chi healing and regeneration but nothing beyond that. Renshu might have a better idea as he's spent years using Chi and experiementing how to affect people's bodies with it.

Teaching Ming drunken boxing is possible though I don't think Ming would enjoy it very much if you intend to have her actually practice fighting drunk.
>>4661127
>>4661140
>>4661305
Getting some rest. Writing.
>>
>>4661675
Oh she'd probably enjoy it plenty while training. It's the cool down that's hell
>>
>>4661681
A drunk Ming sounds frightening.
>>
You stretch a bit and yawn. "I understand the idea of seeing your true self and discovering who you are is a scary thing but this is something everyone must do if they want to discover their place in the world. For now, I think we should handle the situation at hand and if you have any questions I'll try to answer them as best I can." Ming nods. "I'm going to head to sleep. We have a long day to wait tomorrow before we can move out best I get some rest." You grab one of the sleeping bags and settle in for the night.

A few hours later, you find yourself waking up. The cave was cold even with the fire going. Opening your eyes, you see Xin Lan sitting next to your head peering into the fire. They're unmoving but you get the feeling they know you're awake. Sitting up, you move closer to the fire. "Hey." You say by the way of greeting as you pet the rabbit's ears.

Xin Lan doesn't return the greeting but instead asks, "Do you think Stripes is ok?" Slightly thrown off, you nod.

"I think he's fine. Our plan worked perfectly and he'd be able to hear anyone following the evacuation. Then Po and my father can step in." You say.

"I'm not sure." Xin Lan admits. "He can't defend himself the way he was."

"I'm certain your brother could pull something off if he really needed to." You assure your friend. "We have to belive in his strength too."

Xin Lan remains quiet. "...I don't want him to die again."

>What do you say?
>Tell Xin Lan that Renshu won't die. He's far to doting to allow something that would make their younger sibling upset.
>Tell Xin that everything will be alright. The evacutees might end up a bit worse for wear but they'll all be fine in the end.
>Say you that you don't really know what the other group is going through but its in times like these that you simply have to have hope.
>Write in.
>>
>>4661757
>Tell Xin Lan that Renshu won't die. He's far to doting to allow something that would make their younger sibling upset.
>>
>>4661757
>Tell him that Renshu won't die, He'd hate to make you upset.
>"Sometimes Xin, you just have to have faith. Not in luck or the dragons maybe but in those who are doing their jobs. Renshu, my father, the Dragon warrior and the guards are all capable fighters and we just need to trust them that they will do well. Our own efforts keep him safe by running interference, so have faith in us if you won't have faith in them."
>>
>>4661773
>>4661777
Taking these. Writing.
>>
"Renshu will be fine." You say smiling. "He's far too doting to do something that will upset you like that." You continue to pet Xin Lan's head. "Sometimes Xin, you just have to have faith. Not in luck or in the dragons but in those doing their jobs. Renshu, my father, the Dragon Warrior and the guards are all capable fighters and we just need to trust them that they will do well. Our own efforts keep him safe by running interference, so have faith in us if you won't have faith in them."

Xin Lan leans against you and rests their head on your side. "Yeah...I guess you're right." They say. "But I can't get this feeling that something bad is gonna happen."

"That just means you care about him." You say. "It's only natural you'd be worried about someone you're close to even if it isn't logical."

"Can I beat him up for making me worry?" They ask.

"That's between you and Renshu. Not that I don't doubt you can beat him but best that you don't. You'll set a bad example for Ming and she'll beat you up next time you tease her." You chuckle.

Xin Lan looks at Ming who was curled up in her bag, fast asleep. "Never mind. I don't want Ming swinging at me." They say. "Though she'd probably still do it." Xin Lan wiggles their toes on their injured leg. "Still hurts. Guess I'm out for a while too." They look at you. "You know, I don't like that Ming gets a free pass to get carried and the rest of us have to get hurt to get a ride." They say. "So I'm adding getting carried to the list of things you owe me." You roll your eyes.

"If you get drunk enough, I'll carry you home." You say.

"Isn't that the same as getting hurt?" They counter.

"You really want to be carried don't you?" You ask.

"Yes because it's my turn and because you're surprisingly comfy." Xin Lan admits. They look at the flames for a moment longer. "Fire is getting a bit small. Think we should make a quick trip outside to get some more fire wood?"

>What do you say?
>Say that it's best to stay inside. If Ming gets cold, you can give her another blanket. The rest of you can probably handle the cold.
>Say that you'll go out to get some. Xin can keep watch.
>Go wake up Hien. Take him to gather more firewood and supplies. Ming mentioned she ran out of healing ingreadients and used whatever she hand on hand for the trap.
>Write in.
>>
>>4661895
>Take Hien

First rule of working behind enemy lines. Always work in pairs, so if you die then the other personspn can report how it happened.
>>
>>4661895
>Go wake up Hien. Take him to gather more firewood and supplies. Ming mentioned she ran out of healing ingreadients and used whatever she hand on hand for the trap.
>>
>>4661927
>>4661937
Taking Hien with us. Writing.
>>
"I'll go get some." You say. "I'll take Hien and see if we can find some supplies. Ming's running low on medicine isn't she?"

"Try none at all." Xin Lan says pointing to their leg. "I didn't get anything for this and she had to cut a bit more. My leg is on fire right now." They say flatly. "See if you can find something to make tea at least. Ming's getting anxious. Something warm to drink might help her out." You nod and make your way over to the young lord. Hien was fast asleep with his back to a wall. His sheathed sword nestled in his crossed arms.

"Hey, Hien." You say gently nudging him. "Wake up." The young man stirrs and slowly wakes up, slightly confused before their eyes come into focus and they yawn. "

"Tai Lung." He says holding his blade with one hand and looking around. "Is something the matter?"

"We need to head out. We need more firewood and it's getting cold. Plus we need more medicines for Ming." You explain. "We're gonna need to get some while it's still dark out."

"Yes, it won't do if we become sick. It seems like my idea has failed. Nonethless, we'll have to adapt." Hein replies as they stand up. He fixes his sword on his belt once more. The two of you head out, following the cold drafts coming in from the cave entrance. As you exit, you see that night is beginning to wane and the stars in the skies are slowly fading giving away to the morning. "Perhaps we mistimed our exit. Morning will soon be upon us." Hien mutters.

"Even so, we have to gather supplies while we still can. As you said before, every enounter with the raiders is a chance to get injured. It's best we're prepared for that eventuality." You say crouching down to avoid being seen.

"True enough." Hien agrees. "Perhaps we should gather herbs first. It'll be much more quiet than gathering wood."

>What do you do?
>Gather wood first. Even if you pick up broken branches and break from fallen trees, they're still an armful to carry. It's best you do that first to get as many trips in before anyone notices or hears you.
>Gather herbs. Medicine is more important. Even if you get sick from the cold, some herbs can at least alleviate the symptoms. You think you can remember some of the plants Ming taught you a while ago.
>Go check on the raiders. It's still far from the intended time but you want to see what their up to. Hopefully they're not on alert.
>Write in.
>>
>>4662122
>Get the medicine first.

Even a handful of wood is enough to make tea.
>>
>>4662122
>Gather herbs. Medicine is more important. Even if you get sick from the cold, some herbs can at least alleviate the symptoms. You think you can remember some of the plants Ming taught you a while ago.
>>
Getting lunch so I'll be away a while longer.
>>
>>4662122
>Gather herbs. Medicine is more important. Even if you get sick from the cold, some herbs can at least alleviate the symptoms. You think you can remember some of the plants Ming taught you a while ago.
Healing is top piority.
>>
>>4662335
That and it isnt like trees are hard to find. Just got to make sure we are aware of anyone trying to follow us.
>>
>>4662139
>>4662153
>>4662335
Getting herbs. Writing.
>>
>>4662416
Definitely clicked this vote too. Dunno why it wasn't added. Maybe I missed.
>>
"Right. Best we have something to deal with injuries." You agree, nodding. "I know of a few Ming taught me. Shouldn't be too hard to find around here." The two of you sneak around the woods, crouched to keep your forms small and ears perked for any signs of the raiders. The dew on the grass quickly makes your fur damp and the cold begins to bite a little harder as soft breezes flow against you. Despite the lingering darkness of the dying night, you and Hien manage to see well enough. You begin to cut herbs and placing them in your pouch as you look for ones that match the pictures and destriptions Ming gave you before.

"There doesn't seem to be much around." Hien whispers. "Though it seems nature is blessing us with what little she can during the winter."

"This should be more than enough. Ming is the best medic I've ever met. Perhaps even the best medic who ever lived." You reply. "She can make miracles happen."

"You have a lot of faith in her." Hien remarks. "And her talent is obvious. What I wouldn't give to have someone as gifted as her at the palace." He says.

"Faith implies that I'm believing in her blindly. I've seen what she can do and I'm only speaking the truth. You are right however, she is talented beyond anything I've seen. I'm not sure how she would response if you attempted to hire her to work in the royal palace. No doubt she'd love to but I think her doubt will keep her from deciding."

"And I would not wish to deprive you of your friend." Hien says. "You are all close and I would not want to ruin that. However, I will assure her that the offer will always be available. There are others who would do anything to undermine her talents for worthless pay. She at the least deserves to be properly compensated for her gifts."

The two of you continue to cut and scrounge around the ground for herbs and roots when you hear the snapping of a branch nearby. Instinctively, you and Hien throw yourselves to the side and duck behind some trees before peeking out to investigate. In the distance you can see the bright glow of a torch and hear the faint sound of metal clinking grow louder as it approaches. Soon you see the forms of a squad of raiders wandering around. Judging by their looks, they did not seem lost and their alertness showed that they were on the look out for something. One of the raiders looks back at his group and begins barking orders as they all split up and begin searching the area. You glance over at Hien who was still studying them.
>>
When he catches your eyes he points to the small satchels you were both carrying that contained the herbs. Perhaps he was indicating that this group was searching for medicinal plants too? Or did he mean that they would soon discover your presence because of the cuts you made in the grass?

>What do you do?
>Signal Hien to start backing off. Leave the raiders to their buisness and head back to the cave to regroup.
>Signal Hien to stay still. Leave your hiding spot and try to lure the raiders away.
>Tell Hien to keep hidden while you go and take out the squad. Best they don't accidentally find the cave.
>Split up and try to pull the group appart before you return to your hide out.
>Write in.
>>
>>4662711
>Signal Hien to start backing off. Leave the raiders to their buisness and head back to the cave to regroup.
We need to make tracks leading to an direction away from the cave, ambushing then means they will know to search this area.
>>
>>4662711
>Signal Hien to stay still. Leave your hiding spot and try to lure the raiders away.
>>
>>4662711
>Signal for Hien to start backing away, but go a different direction than the cave.

Time for some tricky plays.
>>
>>4662742
>>4663028
So...we sneaking away i think. Writing.
>>
>>4663390
More like trying to misdirect the raidera by giving them wrong clues.
>>
>>4663390
it's taking an obscure route back, so that even if they spot us moving in a direction, it isn't immediately going to tip them off as to our camps location.
>>
>>4663402
>>4663426
Gottcha. Altering the write up a bit to adjust.
>>
You eye the raider group as they kick around the grass looking for whatever it is they are looking for. Taking them out would be easy, but you’d alert the rest of the camp of something going on in this area. Instead, you signal Hien to back off and regroup. The two of you keep low and slowly back away, using the trees as cover while keeping the group in sight. The two of you half crawl, half crouch walk through the wet grass and group up behind the biggest tree you can find.

“What are the raiders doing here, I wonder.” Hien whispers as he keeps a lookout. “I’m certain neither of us were followed yesterday.”

“From what you said, gathering herbs?” You whisper in return. “Perhaps we dealt more damage to them than we thought.” You continue to eye the vague silhouettes in the distance. “We better head back and lay low for a bit. Let’s see if we can’t lead them in the wrong direction.”

“Do you plan to get their attention?”

“No. We’ll leave some tracks leading in the wrong direction.” You say. “That should at least throw them off for a bit. Get them to poke around in the wrong area.”

“Diverting their forces? Not a bad plan.” Hien says nodding. “By your lead.”

“Head east. Leave some tracks but nothing too obvious. Make it seem like whoever made them is trying to keep a low profile. I’ll head south. Two sets of tracks should be enough to confuse them or think that we split up. We’ll lead them around for a few hours then head back to the cave. I’ll see you back at the hideout.” You quickly make your way out, taking the long way around around the raiders and slowly working your way south. Occasionally you stop to roll and stumble, crushing blades of grass and disturbing low hanging branches off of bushes. You work your way through the forest, taking sharp turns to the right and taking the time to kick rocks out of the way, disturbing the dirt. Halfway through your given time, you stop and hang back as you hear more patrols nearby. You climb up a tree and peer out into the distance. 4 squads were wandering around the woods in a classic patrol formation before spreading out to cover more ground. Each squad had a full complement of troops to cover all situations. An archer, a heavily armored combatant, spearman, and sword and shield user. There were one or two squads with an extra member or that doubled up with another of the same troop. It’s possible that they had managed to track your group down or even worse, they might be looking for the evacuees.

>What do you do?
>Head back to the cave and move Ming and Xin. Leave a note or hint for Hien to follow.
>Find Hien and go get the others. The circle seems tightening around you.
>Continue with your plan. It should buy you some time to make a plan once you get back.
>Start picking off squads one by one to thin their numbers. Maybe you can pull the search around your area.
>Write in.
>>
>>4663523
>Find Hien and go get the others. The circle seems tightening around you.
>>
>>4663523
>Find Hien and the others

Odds they are captured and need prison break?
Not gonna lie, be pretty cool.
>>
Right, so we are a couple of hours away from the town, with multiple squads all ready here and searching.

I'm inclined to believe that they are looking for the refugees rather than looking for us, because if they could follow our tracks they would have found our cave.
>>
>>4663535
>>4663542
Finding hien. Writing
>>
>>4663523
>Start picking off squads one by one to thin their numbers. Maybe you can pull the search around your area.
I will always vote for misdirection. Loving the guerrilla warfare arc.
>>
>>4663660
Silly anon. You think they will last long enough for this to become a Gurrila operation, let alone a war.
>>
You leap from tree to tree, trying to stay as quiet as possible while doing so as you search for Hien. You thank the spirits that you knew the direction Hien was going otherwise you’d spend just as long looking for him as the raiders. Halfway through your leaps you drop to the forest floor as you see a squad coming near. You roll upon landing and crawl as fast you can. Somehow the raiders were tipped off to come here. It couldn’t have been to find your friends so that only left the notion that they were looking for the evacuation group. You pick up the pace at that thought.

It takes you a bit longer to find Hien than you wanted as you avoided squads of raiders. The trail starts to grow cold as you continue. You realize that perhaps Hien had started lessening the trail to double back. You hear the rustle of leaves nearby and the young lynx leaps down from a nearby tree. “The woods are swarming with raiders.” He says. “Evidently we have made quite the impression on them.”

“I don’t think it’s us they’re looking for.” You say as the two of you begin to move to stay mobile. “They might be looking for the villagers. We’re several hours away from the town. If they were looking for us then why would they choose this area specifically?”

“I’m not sure. But don’t wish to imagine the villagers being in danger. However, it would be foolish to not consider it. What is your plan?” Hien asks.

“For now we retreat back to the hideout. We’ll have to discuss this with the others.” Hien nods and you make the journey back to the cave. It takes you about an hour to return as you work together to avoid raiders and leaving any tracks. The two of you forgo tapping as you enter, opting to dodge and deflect rocks thrown at you instead.

“Pack up everything important.” You say before Xin Lan could explain themselves. “We need to leave.”

“Why? What’s going on?” Ming asks, worried. You hand her the sack of herbs and roots.

“Not you. Can you help Xin with this medicine?” You ask. Ming nods. “Good. The raiders are searching the area. We don’t know if they found us or are looking for villagers that escaped. Either way, we need to move out or we’ll be trapped here.”

“Waitwaitwait.” Xin Lan says waving you down. “Forget the meds. We can deal with that later. Where exactly are we going? We can’t just run around.”

“Xin Lan is right.” Hien says. “We might be capable but Ming cannot travel without leaving tracks. We made efforts to prevent that when we first set up here. If we are going to move then we must have a location or we risk simply wandering around aimlessly and getting ourselves cornered. We need a plan.”
>>
>What do you do?
>Be cautious. Wait til nightfall once more and use the cover of night to move out. The raiders might tighten their search around you but hopefully the darkness can let you slip through their patrols.
>Make a diversion. Either you or Hien can pull attention away from the caves while the others make a break for it.
>Head out now and make a run for it. You’re still faster than a set of squads and by the time they realize someone has traveled through the woods. You should be far enough away to slow and cover your tracks.
>Put yourself on the line. You’ve never done it before but use your Chi to take on Xin and Hien’s wounds. Then have them leave you in the cave as you meditate to focus your Chi to heal yourself. You don’t know how long it will take, it could be hours or it could be days but you need everyone at full strength to escape.
>Write in

>Where will you go?
>Head deeper into the woods. You can camp out there giving you a full range of escape options if you hear anyone approaching.
>Find another landmark to hide behind. You think you saw an outcropping of rocks you might be able to hide under for the moment just an hour or so away.
>Head in the direction of the evacuation. Try and regroup with them. They might need more help to circumvent the raiders. Or if you wish to try another attempt to slow the raider’s advance.
>Write in.
>>
>>4663660
Thanks! I'm liking how it's going as well. Tried to do something different than just punching the bad guys. Now you can punch the bad guys while being sneaky about it.
>>
>>4663699
Funny you should say that.

>>4663696
>Make a diversion, Time to start taking down squads to draw them to us.

>Have the others retreat to the evacuation, they may need help

We can just follow Ming and Xin's Chi signitures. It kills me that the best option isn't to FINALLY use our chi healing, but what can you do?
>>
>>4663707
I will be man enough to admit it. I sometimes forget its a thing TL can do. Half the time I just left it as a write in possibility.
>>
>>4663696
>Put yourself on the line. You’ve never done it before but use your Chi to take on Xin and Hien’s wounds. Then have them leave you in the cave as you meditate to focus your Chi to heal yourself. You don’t know how long it will take, it could be hours or it could be days but you need everyone at full strength to escape.
A good chance to practice this technique finally? Fuck yeah, brother. And the great thing about this is that Ming's medicine will be ready to assist us by the time we finish taking on the wounds of the others, presumably.

>Head in the direction of the evacuation. Try and regroup with them. They might need more help to circumvent the raiders. Or if you wish to try another attempt to slow the raider’s advance.
>>
>>4663712
I think it's a case of always thinking "How immediately are we gonna get into another fight?"

But out of interest, what wounds does Hien have?
>>
>>4663696
>Make a diversion. Either you or Hien can pull attention away from the caves while the others make a break for it.
Rearm traps and relocate them, than run straight to the camp dropkick an officer and throw a torch in whatever stockpile we find. If that doesn't get their attetion nothing will.
>Head in the direction of the evacuation. Try and regroup with them. They might need more help to circumvent the raiders. Or if you wish to try another attempt to slow the raider’s advance.
>>
>>4663730
He's got a big slash on the side of his ribs from when you rescued him. Ming managed to stitch it up but a few hours later you started distracting the raiders. Plus a few bruises and nicks from the rescue as well that aren't impairing. You don't know if the fights and running have aggravated his wounds as he hasn't mentioned them again.
>>
>>4663738
their camp is hours away. Not the best idea for us
>>
>>4663739
We can take them, they sound like low level injuries shouldn't take us more than a few hours to heal off.
>>
>>4663740
Well, then we find the biggest group and down their officer. It should attract attention and ruin coordination at the same time.
Do we think we have enough time to prepere the traps?
>>
>>4663811
I don't, no. But the nearest officer? we can do that.
>>
So what's the plan then. I think we swapped between diversions and healing. Luckily, regrouping the evac has won.
>>
>>4663925
The plan seems to get everyone going toward the evacution convoy while we try to find a big group with an officer, down him and then retreat towards the rest, probably in an roundabout way so we don't lead the raiders back.
Maybe if we manage to pull it off without any injuries perhaps try another one. Also we should deaignate some meeting place so Xin can find us and lead towards the convoy in case we take too long? Since they are the fastest.
>>
>>4663957
Gottcha. I do have to point out that Xin has a bad leg. Took and arrow to it and then surgery to get it removed without pain meds.
>>
>>4663964
Well then scrap that part of my plan, we will have to find the group on our own.
Probably should only try to sneak attack only one officer too, so we aren't gambling on our luck too much, but we will have to aim for the biggest group we can find to compesate for it.
>>
>>4663968
We won't need to find the convoy matey. If our friends make it, then we can just follow their soul trail.

>>4663957
This plan is roughly on the money. Drop an officer and his squad, get the other raiders to give us a roundabout chase then fuck off while they are still trying to understand just where we are.

An hour or so should let our group flee well enough.
>>
Alrighty. I'm gonna make some food then I'll do the write up.
>>
>>4663990
Oh yeah I forgot we can do that. And that we could astral project too, or ask the little sprite that follows us.
>>
>>4664080
Maybe I should post a character sheet. I had one in like the second thread but I never kept up with it.
>>
"We're regroup with the evacuation. If the radiers are searching around with such a large group then the others will need our help if they get caught." You say. "Hien, you and Xin will lead Ming back to the main convoy. I'll hang back and try to hold their attention. I'll catch up to you when I can. Keep an eye out for the raiders and try to lead the group away from them when you meet up. Even if it takes a few days longer to get back to Taishi, it'll be worth the delay if it means you're not found."

"You're crazy." Xin Lan says. "You think we're just gonna leave you?"

"Sorry. But you're gonna have to wait a bit longer for me to carry you." You say.

"You know that's not the point." Xin Lan snaps back. "We've already left Stripes behind. We're not leaving you now."

"You're going back to Renshu." You counter. "You're not abandoning anyone."

"It's not about the math! It's about the principal of the thing."

"I already say I'm going to catch up to you guys." You say. "If we all go then we're a bigger group and we're make it risker to get caught. If one of us draws their attention then it takes the burden off the others and considering you're injured and Ming doesn't have experience in trackless travel then this is the best chance we have getting through here in one piece. Besides, you know even if you were ok, I'd never ask you or anyone else to do this."

Xin Lan stamps their foot, despite it being injured. Dust rises from the impact and blood begins to stain the bandages around their leg. "I don't care! Then you should know I'd still tell you not to do it."

"If you have a better plan then tell me. You know I'm always open for one." Xin Lan's only reply was to make a frustrated sound and look away. You look at the others, who were waiting on you with concern written on their faces. "I'll be fine." You assure them trying to alleviate their concerns. "We've done this one on a larger scale. Now I'm just going to do it on a smaller one. I'll find the biggest one of the lot and take him out. That should rile them up and make them follow me. I'll be their only lead."

"If that is what you wish to do then we cannot stop you." Hien says quietly. "But we won't leave happy."
>>
"If you're alive and well then I'm willing to be the focus of your ire." You reply as you grab a few rations and you bag. "Listen for fighting then leave when you think there's an opening. Don't wait for me. Don't hang back to see if you can help." You start to make your way out of the wave when you hear the sound of something cutting through the wind. Turning swiftly, your hand snaps up and catches both of Xin Lan's daggers, tied together with a thin wire. The rabbit glares angrily at you.

"If you die then I'll make Stripes find you and bring you back so I can never forgive you." They say before turning their back to you. Ming hurries over to help with their bloody leg. You nod.

"I don't doubt that you'd do it." You say before heading off. As you reach the mouth of the cave, you can already hear sounds of raiders in the distance as they continue their search.

>Where do you head to?
>Head to the area with the most squads in it. You should find a liutenant there.
>Go to one of the areas with the least ammount of raiders. If someone is a leader in the raiders they must be a strong fighter and thus would be asked to work with a smaller group.
>Head straight to the enemy camp. You're bound to find someone on your way there.
>Write in.
>>
>>4664211
>Head to the area with the most squads in it. You should find a liutenant there.
If this was an (non-lethal) assassination we would go for the camp ot after the strongest one, but since we want to attract as much attention as possible at once, heading to the largest group will have to do.
Hopefully downing an officer in front of the rest will futher drop their morale too.
>>
>>4664310
Support
>>
>>4664310
>>4664597
Going to the busiest area. Writing.
>>
You leap back on to a tree branch to look out for raiders. If you were going to grab the attention of the scouts then you needed to make the biggest impact and to do that you had to find the largest group of them. It really wasn't difficult to find them. With the raiders on the search, they had no reason to conceal themselves, especially if they were searching for someone they though couldn't fight back. You leap from branch to branch, keeping off of the ground as you hurry over to the largest group.

https://youtu.be/nMX5nw7-E_Y

To the raiders, it must have happened in a flash. There was the rustle of leaves followed by an angry roar as you rocket towards the largest of them. A rhino. You thrust out both your feet as you drop kick the man in the face. His head snaps to one side from the impact but he turns and spins to roll with the hit and maintain his balance. By then you're already scrambling to a stop and rushing to attack once more. You ram your fist into the rhino's rock hard abdomen though it was less of a punch and more of a battering ram. With a loud roar you raise your fist while still sunk in, slowly lifting the rhino over your head before you turn and slam him headfirst into the ground. A crater forms from the impact and you dash past the stunned party but not before you clothesline, mostly out of spite, the nearest raider and leaping into the bushes once more. Your stunt had the, if not delayed, intent you sought as you heard shouting and the sounds of running behind you. You keep your pace to a light jog, staying out of sight but giving them enough leeway that your easily track able. You leap out of the bushes once more infront of another group.

You run at another, spin and deliver a high kick right under the man's chin. The raider is lifted 4 feet from the ground and you turn with the kick to turn and smash both plams into his chest. The impact tears the raider from his armor as he crashes into a tree, knocking it down with a loud crack! The previous group manages to catch up with you and they join their brothers in their attempt to stop you. You duck under a sword swing and block the follow up shield slam just in time to tear it out of the raider's grasp and use it to block a series of arrows flying towards you!
>>
The swordsman is knocked unconcious as you headbutt him and before the archers can fire again, you hurl the shield at them, hitting on in the arm and knocking the bow out of his hands. The rest fire upon you but you roll out of the way and in the cover of trees to begin the chase once more.

The next group didn't have the luxury as back up as you pounce on one, grab their arms and swing them around, knocking his companions aside before ending it by slaming them into the ground ontop of one of their fallen friends. By the time the others arrive, you were long gone. The shouts begin to grow louder as more and more raiders begin to converge on your position. Judging from the shouts, you guess they were trying to go the long way around and try to surround you.

>What do you do?
>Leap on to the trees. You can use the branches to go over the raiders.
>Fight through the blockage. Force you way past and leave a trail of bodies behind.
>Stand your ground. You wanted their attention and now you have it. Time to see if you can hold it.
>Write in.
>>
>>4665262
>Leap on to the trees. You can use the branches to go over the raiders.
But than attack them from behind, prioritize the archers and skirmishers.
>>
>>4665262
>Use the branches to strike from above

We can leap over 50 feet in the air with a swing, I'm pretty sure we can yeet our way behind their lines or attack from above.
>>
>>4665286
>>4665326
Monkey style to escape and flank. Writing
>>
You leap 20 feet into the air and kick off from the trunk of the tree. Bark and splinters fly off from the force of the impact, showering the ground below as you soar through the air. You repeat the process to race through the forest far above the unsuspecting raiders. To you such a feat was as easy as walking. To anyone who chanced a glance up, all they could see was the trees rustling as if an unfelt wind had blown by. Once you cleared the last of the raiders, your tail flicks out and wraps around the nearest branch. The sudden stop swings you around the trunk to the tree and, once you were facing the opposite direction, you let go. You sling shot yourself back towards the raiders.

The archer never heard you coming. You slam into the man with such a force that he simply smashes into the ground, unconscious long before he hit it. His partner, turning only because of the sound of an impact, screams as you grab a handful of arrows from your victim’s quiver and drive them all into his thigh. A loud crack follows when your leg collides with his head a moment later when you stand. The rest of his squad turns around to face you but it was too late. You grab two of them by the throat and they go down when you slam their heads together. Fear grips the lone survivor as he sees a behemoth of a man approach him. He flees into the woods and you don’t break your stride as you follow. He wasn’t your real target. He was simply guiding you to the next group. If not, his panicked screams would attract more of the raiders.

Your predictions come true in the form of a hammer strike towards the head. You quickly duck, your instincts kicking and you turn to see a large chunk of the trunk missing. A large boar comes barreling towards you intent on striking you and recovering his thrown hammer. Rather than move out of the way, you meet his charge. The two of you collide, the sound of flesh crashing together echoing through the woods. The both of you lock arms, intent on pushing or dragging the other to the ground. More and more raiders begin to pour in but do not move in to strike. Their faces are full of malice and eagerness and you realize that you might have found your lieutenant. Turning back to go face to face with the boar you see him smile evilly but much to his surprise, you grin back.

>What do you do?
>Pull the boar to the ground. If he wants to wrestle then you’ll obliged.
>Strike at the boar’s vitals. Kidneys, liver, eyes. Anything is fair game.
>Overpower the man. Show him what real strength is.
>Break free from the grapple. Grab the hammer and use it against the boar.
>Write in.
>>
>>4665710
>Write in.
Supplex.
And snap his hammer.
>>
>>4665710
>Use what you've gleaned of Xin's style to cripple him without chances of him dying. Make it so that he couldn't hurt a fly even if he wanted to. That should send a message to the rest of them.
>>
>>4665710
>Strike at the boars vitals, including his groin and joints. Leave him a completely broken mess.
>Dragon roar when we are done, it should scare them into running

It's time to systematically break him down as a message. Some may consider this too extreme, or evil even, but fear is going to break their pursuit more than anything else.
>>
>>4665731
>>4665734
Damn. Thats pretty dark. Can't remember the last time we did something like that.
Might have been with Xin? Or the wolf bandits. Not even to Jianguo. Wasn't this the exact thing you've been trying to get Renshu not to do? But votes are votes.
>>
>>4665788
Hey, war is war. This guy made his choice to go out and invade another country. If it strikes fear into them, then I'd say it's worth it.
Besides, what good is a redemption arc without a few slips?
>>
>>4665805
They did hurt two of the three from best girl squad I'll give you that.
>>
>>4665813
Yeah. They've hurt his friends. They've hurt Hien, who he's starting to like. If given the chance, they would slaughter Ming. And right now he's in the thick of the action, adrenaline pumping, the scent of blood is in the air - Tai lung is a born predator, to ignore that in the middle of a fight would be monumentally hard. At the end of the day, those ruthless instincts were always part of him, even if he tries to suppress them these days.
>>
I'm gonna get some food then ill get back to write.
>>
>>4665788
I still want an supplex. We got an audience, it's the perfect time to WWE this.
>>
>>4665837
But if the cripple vote wins, could it atleast not be too severe? Like break his arms and legs, but the shit can still be recovered if he spend months in bed rest?
Making a paraplegic out of an nomadic sheppard might as well be killing him.
>>
>>4665855
You know the scene in The Dark Knight Returns where batman fights the leader of the mutants and just systematically breaks him down in the mud pit? I was gonna go with that. Clean breaks but nothing that'll be permanent. Bit more of a mix of both rabbits but still does the job.
>>
>>4665880
That will work fine, time to put the fear of dragons in their heart.
Actually, would it be a good ideia to do a roar after we are done? Just to completly destroy their morale.
>>
>>4665894
TL certainly is becoming the dragon of domija. He just needs to take the dojima name. Anyways foods almost ready so I'll be away for a bit.
>>
https://youtu.be/C-USb8-NMnQ

The boar pushes forward, his muscles bulging as he puts all his weight forward. The raiders hoot and hollar as your slowly pushed backwards. Your feet slide backwards only because the dirt underneath gave away as he forced movement upon you. You body remains unmoved as you slide across the ground and finally you grow tired of playing the fool. You tense up and all movement stops as your body grows rigid. It's as if you were attached to the very ground it self. Rooted in place like a great tree, you refuse to move no matter how much the boar tried to push against you.

The raider struggles in vain, his hands gripping your biceps tightly, but to no avail. As easily as you stopped yourself, you tear free from his grip and lean back. Grabbing the man's wrists, you pull him towards you just as you lean forward, directing his nose right into your headbutt. There's a crunching sound and you feel something hot and wet splash against your head. Crimson blood pours down your forehead, around your nose and down your cheek. The raider groans but resists going for his nose and you step forward. You wrap your arms around the boar and pull him into a hug before bending over backwards and slamming his head into the ground. You let him go and get to your feet. "Since your so eager to fight." You say wiping the blood from your face. "We do it on my terms." You grab the hammer from the floor and snap it in two. The boar's eyes widen as you hold the head between both palms and crush it as easily as brittle clay. You toss the crumpled metal heap behind you and draw both of Xin's blades, slipping them onto your fingers. "You got chance after chance after chance. Now it's time to see what happens when you push a man who can fight back."

With a growl you dash towards your opponent, hands at your temples to block, hunched forward and ready to strike. The boar gets to his feet and strikes, thrusting his palm out to catch your chin but you had moved, almost imperceptively so, and the attack only grazes the fur of your cheek. You grab the man's wrist and hold his arm straight as you throw and uppercut into the raider's elbow. There's a sickening pop as the bones come apart at the joint. The crowd goes silent as the would be champion, their ace in the hole, screams in agony as he clutches his useless arm. You slap the man across the face, breaking his stance and punch him in the back right in the shoulder blade. The bone slpits like a china plate under the impact of your strength and the unnaturally resilient blades of your friend. The boar falls, his arm utterly ruined and you take your chance to stomp down on his shin breaking that as well.
>>
The silence is broken as the raiders watch you grab the boar by the scruff of the neck and they groan when you pull his arm behind him and another pop follows. Dislocated arm in your hand, you throw the boar down face first into the dirt. You roar as you raise you iron knuckled fist and bring it straight down into the poor man's ankle, shattering it. Some of the raiders turn away, unable to look at the surgical brutality you were inflicting upon your opponent. The bravest among them continue to watch but still hesitate to join in and assist. Tossing the daggers aside, you grip the man by the throat and lift him with one hand. As you pull his bloodied face close to yours you say, "Listen and listen well. You might not understand me but I know there has to be one scumbag among this rabble that can. So when they carry your broken body back to your leader. When she asks what happened. You tell her this. China is off limits. It's people are off limits and she just crossed a line she won't be coming back from. You're in my territory now and you've used up every last ounce of goodwill I had. I'm coming for her and she had better pray to whatever Gods she has. I'm the oncoming storm, the fury of the dragons, I am Tai Lung and there isn't anyone in your army that can stop me. I hope for your sake you can understand me otherwise she's in for a rude awakening."

To your suprise, the boar nods weakly, tears cleaning his bloodstained face. You roar with the might of a dragon and toss the broken man at the nearst group. The raiders, unsure whether to catch their wounded comrade and risk injuring more or to step aside and not get hit, fail to move out of the wait and collapse under the weight of the man. You flick your hand clean of blood, pick up your friend's daggers, and make your way back to the woods. The raiders in your way step aside, too terrified to do anything to stop you, too frightened to even consider the thought that they were letting you get away. All they saw was a monster, a dragon barely contained in the flesh of a mortal man.

>Where do you go?
>Head back to the cave. Gather what little supplies there might be left.
>Go find your friends. They might be close by.
>Go to find the evacuees. The others will catch up to you eventually.
>Write in.
>>
>>4666033
>Use our spirit sense to catch up to ming

>>4665788
No. The context is different, as was written in the update they have had chance after chance after chance to stop coming, we bloodied their nose in a night raid, we broke limbs and hit them with putrid gas in their next assault and now we've brutalized a man to intimidate a hundred others into staying the hell back.

The actions taken are similar to what Renshu was going to do, but his was an instinctual vice in a dream done to a defeated opponent while this is closer to just being a slightly more focused effort of our usual doctrine.
>>
>>4666033
>Go find your friends. They might be close by.
Holy shit that was brutal.
>>4665903
Well, Kiryu never killed anyone is nearly a saint, so that wouldn't be far off.
>>
>>4666356
,and is*
Fucking captcha eating parts of my post.
>>
>>4666356
Brutal. But required.
>>
File: images.jpg (22 KB, 554x554)
22 KB
22 KB JPG
>>4666366
It definitaly is. The supplex and hammer shatter together with the breaking of the bones ended up mixing really well.
But it also was brutal in the cool meaning of the word, it was fucking beatiful.
>>
>>4666092
>>4666356
Going back to Ming and the others. Writing.
>>
The woods were quiet, almost oppressively so, as you make your way through them to get to your friends. Finding Ming and Xin Lan wasn't difficult. Their presence, not quite Chi nor spirit, burned brightly through the thick trees and undergrowth and though it was a small spark in at this distance it was still easy enough to follow. The sounds of the raiders had faded away sometime ago and you were certain none would dare make a move against you now.

You travel for about half an hour before you catch up to your friends. You hear the sound of a blade being unsheathed, "Who goes there?" Hien calls out. "Ally or foe, I give you one chance to reveal and explain yourself." You step out from the trees, hands in the air.

"It's just me." You say. Hien exhales a sigh a relief and sheathes his blade.

"You're safe." He says.

"Anyone coming after us?" Xin Lan asks from Ming's arms. You shake your head and stride closer to the group.

"No. I think they'll be too busy carrying their injured back to camp." You say. "In any case, we should continue moving. The evacuees have already made quite the distance and we should go farther out before we set up camp." You all move out, the others still somewhat wary of another attack but you continue to make progress away from your old base. Darkness falls a while later and you all settle down to make camp in a large tree, hollowed out by years of decay. Ming manages to make a small fire, big enough to keep you all warm through the night but small enough to keep safe and conceal within the tree's trunk.

"How much farther do you think the others are?" Ming asks as she pulls a blanket around her and eats some of the cold rations. You didn't dare make a bigger flame to cook, not unless some of the raiders decided that they still had a chance. Alone perhaps, Gods willing, you could probably handle a majority of them maybe even succeed against the whole army if not ultimately succumbing to wounds but with friends, it gave them other targets forcing you to divert your focus around too much.

"I don't know." Hien admits. "At their rate of travel, I would assume we can meet up with them once more in a few more hours tomorrow. After that, it's only a matter of reaching Taishi for safety."

"With Shifu and Po we should be safe for the rest of the journey." You say as you quietly chew your food, mind on other things. "That's four fighters to cover the four cardinal directions. Renshu and Xin will be able to keep an ear out for trouble."

"I just hope the Five arrive soon." Ming admits. "Then we can finally defeat the raiders and put and end to all this."

"Yeah. Though that does bring up the question." Xin Lan says. "What are you gonna do after all this?" They ask Hien.
>>
The young lord looks back from keeping watch through the small opening in the tree trunk. "Me?" He asks surprised. "I...suppose I'd return to the Forbidden City and resume my duties...and perhaps receive a rather large verbal lashing from my siblings." He says with a weak chuckle. "What about you? Mine is fairly obvious. Yours however is quite the mystery. Where does a wanted man and his friends go?"

>What do you say?
>Say that you'll simply wander and deal with any troubles you come across. It's what you've been doing the past year.
>Say that you're not sure. This whole raider buisness has kind of taken precedent.
>Say that you'll head to the sacred library. You have need of their vast wisdom.
>Write in.
>>
>>4666809
>The sacred library is our goal. If you must increase security because of that knowledge, at least give them the good sense to not attack first.

Make it a bit of a joke. But the library was our goal before this
>>
>>4666809
>Say that you'll head to the sacred library. You have need of their vast wisdom.
Gotta find them pools, we may have achieved inner peace, but we still have a lot of soul searching to do.
Invite Hien too, he seema to be troubled, could do good to him.
>>4661127
Still haven't forgotten of this list. I swear that I will do it eventually.
>>
>>4666863
So what was thinking is that the whole talk about what kinda of person Tai Lung likes could have made him realise he still doesn't know what he really wants in life. So the pools of reflection could help him with it.
>>
>>4666875
>Ho great warrior, why do you come to the pools of eternal reflection, to gaze into your very sooooooooul!
>TL: I just want to know what sort of porn I'm into.
>>
File: descarga (13).jpg (11 KB, 283x178)
11 KB
11 KB JPG
>try to have a child with xin and call him caerbannog
>>
File: D9ZAhoNUEAELAZk.jpg (115 KB, 1200x1070)
115 KB
115 KB JPG
>>4666880
>The Pools: Yes
>TL's face when
>>
>>4666898
Truly china's newest threat.
>>
>>4666875
Honestly, I always figured TL was more of "I love who I love and it'll happen when it does. Be it guy or girl, bunny or cat."

But we all know whoever it is, Shifu is gonna be surprised.
>>
>>4666898
With Shen's death, no one will be able to great a weapon capable of stoping him.
>>
Now I'm wondering. Is TL the kind of guy who cares about his lineage and legacy and would want a kid or is he content enough with the idea his friends will carry it in for him with his ideals.
>>
>>4666915
But now seriously, what I was trying to say is more like he realizing that after all of his life spent training and in prison, he doesn't have any idea what he wants in his future in general, and that conversation was a sort of catalist for the epiphany, instead of "I don't know what make peepee hard, better look at the magic pond".
>>
>>4666925
I say that we try to have a child just to see tai trying to raise him and go through all that also it would help tai a lot to leave the past behind and have a goal
>>
>>4666928
I get ya and I think its a pretty good idea. TL's quest is over...kinda. He's redeemed himself in his eyes. Maybe not in China's but he is more or less a good man. That goal now evolving into what he wants to do in the future is a good step forward. Be it having snow bunny hybrids or simply enjoying Renshu's company the rest of his life. Jokes aside it could be a good goal for next "season's" arcs. Maybe a time skip to him owning a dojo or building his mountain home. There's already a pretty big time jump in the works but thats just to develop Ming's skills and spend time with the gang.
>>
>>4666925
I think Tai is sort of like Renshu in that he doesn't really desire or "deserve" that sort of reward, a child of his blood.

His legacy would be carried by his friends and his skills will either die with him or be passed to the worthy who manages to convince him to teach. Actually raising a son I don't see him doing, since I think he's just unable not that it wouldn't be adorable to see him try.

>>4666942
Timeskipping to house would be aight. Perhaps a vision from the pools will reveal the perfect spot.
>>
>>4666831
>>4666863
Counting votes. Writing but no need to stop the conversation
>>
>>4666942
For a goal. . . Our quest for personal redemption is done but I think in between a few months of rest and training in that new house, we would have to head out again and continue to wander and help for one very good reason.
Renshu.

His own quest is to be a good man within 7 years, and to have made an exceptional turn around in 13 and once we breach that mark the man can go about his life until his natural death. Until said point, I don't feel comfortable stopping unless he has helped save china itself twice over, because Hell is not something you gamble with.

And Daiyu would kill us for keeping ming all to ourselves.
>>
File: descarga (14).jpg (8 KB, 258x195)
8 KB
8 KB JPG
>>
>>
>>4666942
A timeskip would be nice after the poola if nothing important comes up.
But it still long ways off, like beating the raiders, adding the leader to our party like a shounen were the enemies become an ally, stopping the invasion, discovering a conspiracy if there is one, revealing the past of Tai Lung heritage.
You know the whole deal.
>>
>>4666963
>>4666965
That's cute.

>>4666966
Nah, she needs to go to jail to think about what she did. And pray that the mongols aren't the sort to make "I'll only marry the guy who bests me in combat" oaths.
>>
>>4666966
Yeah, I need to get to the part where TL is actually part demon and dragon, Ming is some kind of goddess, Xin is the child of the greatest demon in hell and Renshu was evil all along was behind the destruction of his assassin organisation.
>>
>>4666963
>>4666965
I absolutely love those. Wish I knew someone to commission art from but thats expensive too. Did some searching out of curiosity and found the perfect image for stripes.
>>
>>4666942
We must fulfill the greatest duty that a son has to a father which is to give him grandchildren to pamper and be the best grandfather

Based according to my father and mother hehehe God seriously pamper my daughter and son too much and I always the bad one ... I can't wait to have my grandchildren
>>
>>4666987
Shifu seems like the type of grandad who isnt sure what to do, leans down to make them laugh then gets his whiskers torn off again.

Or alternatively, the one who laughs.
>>
>>4666973
Was more thinking that we were the son of some northerners that died in a raid and we have a sibling that vowed revwnge against China, ending if a climatic showdown in a thunderstorm.
>>4666972
I'm not sure, Hien did say that the problem was that the realation between the nomads and the chinese was bad because of bad blood, so I thought making one of them repay their debts by becoming a hero, and warming up to China could lead to better reaktions in the future.
Also she would be a prisoner of war than a normal criminal right? Dungeons are fucking aborrent.
>>
>>4666974
When I qent to aearch for a image of Tai Lung to photoshop a meme, there were pages of Lung x Tigress pregnant, so I appalud your strength boss.
>>
>>4666996
Unfortunately yes. As of know, if you had asked Hien, the raiders are all charged with insurrection now that it is known they possess scrolls containing imperial secrets and they plan to use it against the royal family. What the Empress will do to the raid leader is anyones guys though as Hien points out, she'll put her nation's interests first before anything.
>>
we are already a fugitive we can continue wandering let's do like sun wukong after the pools let's point out a cardinal point and see what is in that direction until we leave china
>>
>>4667009
I don't think we can hand her over unless we get the assurance from Hien that the execution would be quick or they wouldnt be tortured. Do our due diligence.

We cant not hand her over, but we should at least exact what promise we can from him.
>>
>>4667027
You can definitely ask him. However hien doesn't have the power to change her sentencing. He can certainly talk to his sister but she has final say. Also sending hien to speak to his sister means he can't come along with you as he has to journey back to china's capital to do it.
>>
“We’re heading to the Sacred Library. We have need of their vast knowledge.” You say and you chuckle as you add, “But if knowing that means you gotta send troops to boost security then can you at least instruct them not to attack on sight?” Hien gives you a smile. “If I can get through my siblings verbal assault I will endeavour to let them know. However, seeing as they tend to go on for a while, I might accidentally forget to tell them of your whereabouts.” He replies and leans against the tree. Xin Lan snorts and stretches with a yawn.

“Well that’s assuming we find it first. All we know is that it’s in the mountains.” They admit with a tired nonchalance. “I guess most of the journey is figuring out where it actually is.” They put their arms behind their head and relax a bit more. “Of course before all that we need to survive new years. Otherwise Ming will kill us if we skip it.”

“Yes I will.” Ming replies, pointing her spoon at Xin Lan. “We all promised we’d celebrate it together and even if it means looking at the stars at night around a fire then so be it but I won’t let you forget it.” Xin Lan sticks their tongue out at her and mutters something about making sure she doesn’t forget their birthday. Hien for his part simply looks amused and turns to ask.

“What exactly do you need from the Sacred Library?” Hien asks. “There are plenty of other libraries that would be suitable for general knowledge so I’m assuming there must be something you’re looking for that can’t be found elsewhere.” Xin Lan and Ming exchange looks but Hien keeps his gaze on you, curious yet somewhat cautious. You’re not certain if he really wants to know out of genuine curiosity or if he’s trying to ascertain whether or not to follow through with what you suggested.

You set down your flask of ice cold water. It’s contents refreshing you and making you a bit more awake. “We seek the Pools of Contemplation.” You say finally. “It is a journey I started alone about a year ago when I escaped. They say that one can study their own soul in true and utter peace there. I wish to go and see if I have truly become a changed man. My friends' reasons are their own but I appreciate their company more than anything. Perhaps they might find some answers there to their own questions and whatever it is they want to seek in them I will assist them. “Many think the Pools are a legend. I’m not sure myself if they are real but the truth is that only the Sacred Library holds the answer to that question.”
>>
“And if they are a myth? If they truly do not exist? What then?” Hien asks as he tilts his head, now in genuine curiosity. You shrug, truthfully you never actually gave thought to the idea that perhaps your journey would end without answers. To call it a failure would diminish the progress you and your friends made. “I don’t know.” You answer truthfully. “Perhaps I will go wander China some more with my friends. Perhaps I might open a dojo under a false name. I have no intent on returning to prison. Not when my skills could be used for the betterment of others. Maybe its a selfish desire but one that has saved countless lives. Perhaps…” you say with a small grin. “I’ll go and search for someone to marry. All these questions have brought up some faults in my own personal upbringing.”

“I see.” Hien says quietly but continues no further. Ming and Xin Lan simply sit there looking at you and Hien, unsure what to add to the conversion without divulging any information that you would not want to.

>What do you say?
>Ask Hien about the raiders. What will he do with them? Will he kill them on the spot? Execute them for their crimes?
>Ask Hien about returning home. Does he really want to? It seems that he has always wanted to step out of his sibling’s shadows despite his protests to the contrary.
>Ask about the scrolls. What does he plan to do with them? You certainly aren’t allowed to carry them.
>Write in.
>>
>>4667173
>Ask him about the raiders
>Ask about returning home.
>Tell him the tale of Oogway and Kai, Luo's story and give him the replica sword of hero's. A memento for a paragon.
>>
>>4667173
>Ask Hien about returning home. Does he really want to? It seems that he has always wanted to step out of his sibling’s shadows despite his protests to the contrary.
>>
>>4667191
Support.
I've been shilling that idea for days and ended up not being the guy to put to vote, ironic right?
>>
>>4667191
>>4667205
>>4667226
Taking these. writing
>>
>>4667230
Something came up write up will take a bit longer
>>
>>4667191
What if we told him it was the true sword of heroes?
>"A true hero does not cut down all in their path. The obstacles in front of him are given a chance to part before him, and a chance to become better than they once were. One can never take back a life taken."
>>
>>4667293
It's better not lie. But we can tell that Luo himself gave it to us, that's a half-truth atleast.
>>
>>4667300
Not lie, just philosophize.
>>
>>4667307
I should clarify what I mean.
True =/= original.
The original sword of heroes is the one of legend, but also a regretted mistake. A weapon that can only shed blood and take lives. Though it is the most well known by a longshot, it would not be right to call it a weapon of heroes.
The true weapons of heroes do not claim lives, they preserve them. That is why the second sword could be considered the True one.
>>
>>4667319
Well, as long we make it very clear to him that is philosophy, I don't see a problem with it.
>>
It'd be interesting to see what you guys do with it. As it is right now, it does cut as any sword does but because it's meant to be an ornament piece, it's horrible at retaining an edge and it's cutting power is not the best.
>>
>>4667410
Make it blunt. I want to see Hien become like the swordman from that japanese puppet anime/show that uses a stick to sword people.
>>
>>4667423
I think I know the one...zatch bell? Haven't watched it though. I think Shaman King had the MC weild a wooden blade. And I think Yuyu hakusho had a guy who channeled Ki into his wooden sword to make it sharp.
>>
>>4667456
Know I'm talking about thundebolt fantasy. Had to google to find out what it is.
Never watched it, but a webm keep getting posted in filename threads of one of the scenes of the sworddude cutting a sword with a stick and it looks neat.
>>
>>4667486
Making hien some kind of samurai warrior who can choose to channel chi into his blade to turn it into a lethal weapon or choose to use a nonlethal blunt blade sounds awesome.
>>
"What about you?" You ask turning the conversation around. "Do you really intend to just return home? From what you've said, it seems like you want quite the opposite. A chance to prove yourself to everyone and step out of your sibling's shadows." You say. Hien gives you a wary smile. "I'm afraid you're incorrect." He says politely. "I simply wish to stop the raiders from attacking my country. I am not here out of desire to acheive fame or renown. I'm simply here out of duty to my people. Here because I alone can circumvent the politcal and social roadblocks that prevent my family from bringing the full might of China's armies down upon them."

"Come on." Xin Lan says dubiously. "You can't tell me that you're ok with being the one son of the emperor no one remembers. Or that you're ok that you'll be relegated to just watching in the shadows." Hien nods. "That is exactly what I intend to do. By remaining within my sibling's shadow I am free to do what needs to be done to keep China safe. I'm free to attend to whatever issues they cannot." Xin Lan scoffs. "As you've said, I am just the average child of the emperor. My sister and brother are far more talented than I and deserve the positions they hold. Nonetheless I will not sit idly by when I can serve my nation. This is the duty of my family and one that I will uphold with pride and honor."

"Then what about the raiders?" You ask. "Will you simply execute them? Kill them where they stand?"

Hien hesitates and nods. "...yes. If I must. That is what I am bound to do. They are guilty of insurrection and they intend to harm the royal family and destabilize the country. I'm afraid I cannot allow them to live and should I bring them back to be tried for their crimes it will only result in the same." You nod knowingly and place a hand on the young man's shoulder.

"Can you do it?" You ask, looking him in his emerald green eyes. "Can you take their lives just like that?" Hien grips his blade tightly and frowns. His eyes flicker and seem to tremble in the fight light as the two of you look at each other. There was a long silence as the two of you look at one another before the young lord nods slowly.
>>
https://youtu.be/lEnD93WJwoc

"Yes." He says quietly. "Yes I can. It doesn't get easier. It never will but I will bear that pain. For my country." He pulls out the journal. "I read this all last night." He says quietly, his eyes watering, his face firm. The face of a young man struggling with themselves. "You know what I learned of the enemy?" He asks.

"What did you learn?" You ask, your voice quiet, even and neutral.

"Her name was Sarangerel. She was a scout in the raider's army. She joined early this year." Hien says holding the book out, his hand trembling. "And she missed her family." Hien grits his teeth as he continues. "She had two younger brothers and an elderly mother and she wrote fake letters that she hoped one day she could deliver them. She hated the cold and only joined because she wanted to earn money to feed her family. She was afraid because she was killing people who did nothing wrong to her. She was afraid that her companions would find out and leave her stranded in a forgein land. Every time they returned to Xiqi she would smuggle some of the loot they found. Stole it and hid it away so she could take it home as soon as they decided to return." Tears streamed down Hien's face but still he maintains a composed face, forced into place by his will. "She was a person Tai Lung. They're all people. Good or bad, evil or benevolent, they are people. They have friends and family. Hopes and dreams. And I have killed some. I have snuffed out their lives as easily as a candle. This is the weight of a ruler. I must judge who lives and dies and I must live with the weight of my actions. Not because I want to. Not because I can but because I must. Because the lives of thousands of other innocent people are at stake. I respect your vow to never kill again and I will never ask you to raise your hand to take a life but I will." Hien's voice cracks if only slightly as he pushes himself to go on. "Heavens forgive me but I will. So you ask if I will strike that woman down? That woman who I know nothing about. The one who may well be doing this out of a reason I may never know? I will. Because it is my duty. Because it is my responsibility." Hien stares at you with a look one would call resentful, angry. But you know that look, that tremble, that uncertainty. That was the look of someone who was losing themselves. The look of a man who was seeing the walls of his destiny close around him, smothering him but was unable to do anything about it. A look you remember often seeing in those rare moments of true loneliness when you were younger and you looked in the mirror.
>>
You nod slowly, maintaining eye contact with the young man. "If that is what you wish to become then I will not stop you." You say. "You are the son of the emperor and you must find your own path." You pull back and sit down, never breaking sight with him, never turning away. "But...permit me one indulgence. Just one favor." Hien looks at you unmoving almost as if he was afraid that any sudden movement would break what tenuous grasp he had on his neutral demenor. You pull the replica Sword of Heroes from your side and hold it in your hands. Even after months of travel, it still retained it's beautiful sheen. The jade dragon embossed into the sides glittered in the fire, smooth and without imperfection. "Listen to my tale." You say simply as you place the blade across your lap. "This blade has seen me throughout all my travels. From here to the other side. Not once has it drawn blood, not once has it been used in war. This is a replica of the legendary Sword of Heroes but to me it is the true sword of heroes and it represents everything about you." You say holding it up to Hien. The sides sheen from the flames and the young lord is forced to see his own tear stained face reflected in the metal.
>>
"This was given to me by the original creator of the Sword of Heroes, Luo Guanzhong. The original sword was what started him on the path to become the man he wished to be and so he gave me this replica with the same idea in mind." You flourish it and hold it with a reverse grip as you hold it out for Hien to take. "Now I offer it to you with the same idea in mind. In hopes this helps you become the man you truly want to be. Along with a story. Long ago Luo was no the man he is known for now. He was a blacksmith and more importantly what many considered to be the inferior of his three brothers and father. In his anger and his jealousy he forsook them leading to the death of his father. In his sadness and in his rage, he took his brother's weapons and forged them into the weapon we know today. He slew those who had hurt the ones he loved and was heralded a hero but to him it was a hollow victory. Power, skill, respect. He had all those but none could bring back those he had lost. Just as you want to be seen. Just as you lie and say you are doing it for everyone. Are you willing to sell yourself to be one everyone knows about? Even if it costs you everything?" Hien seems to open his mouth to respond but you ignore him and continue, still not handing him the sword. "But power for the sake of others also comes with it's own cost. Years ago, in the time of the three kingdoms there was a man and his sworn brother. Together they fought with the noble goal of preserving the country they loved. To unify it and bring about peace once more. Along the way they gathered a following. They made friends and allies. But peace always comes with a cost. The sworn brother became disillusioned with the fight. They saw what they were becoming. Warlords. So he offered a different solution. He and his closest friends traveled once more but this time to connect the nation through peace not fighting. It cost them dearly. As it was common in those times, betrayal followed suit time and again. Many of the brother's friends fell, lost to the flames of war but happy in dying for the greater cause. The man however, lost sight of his goal. He had sworn to gather more power so that such a thing could never happen again. So that no family could lose another one close to them. He too fell to the shadows as his sworn brother grew to be known as a diplomat and peacekeeper. But the man did not care for he was doing everything he could to protect his loved ones and gain more power. Soon his goals fell away, his noble purpose lost and all he craved was power. Why protect when you can conquer? Why offer peace when you can demolish? Soon he stole, killed and maimed. Anything to gather power. Anything to further his wants. In the end, the two brothers fought. In the end, the man was banished leaving only destruction and a heart broken sibling behind. Now he is known as one of the most feared legends in China's history. His deeds of good permantly wiped from it."
>>
You hold out the blade and stare Hien directly in the eyes. "So now I'm offering you this sword. The sword with the weight of many tales. The sword that pushes men to become what they truly wish to be. A true hero does not cut down all in their path. The obstacles in front of him are given a chance to part before him, and a chance to become better than they once were. One can never take back a life taken. But you now this and so I leave the choice to you because you are the only one who can make it. I will leave you with one last question. When the time comes, when you see that woman on her knee, broken and defeated. Can you raise that blade? Can you tarnish it's clean steel with the stain of blood and weight it down with the act of murder?" Hien extends his trembling hand and pulls the blade away from you.

"I...am no hero." He says quietly, unsure. The young lord holds the blade in his hand and looks at it quietly. You don't hear him speak again for the rest of the night.

>What do you do?
>Go to sleep. You'll need all your energy to stay on look out when you reach the caravan.
>Stay up all night and keep watch. You scared the raiders but you never know.
>Talk to someone else. Who do you want to talk to?
>Write in.
>>
>>4667550
>Go to sleep. You'll need all your energy to stay on look out when you reach the caravan.
>Stay up all night and keep watch. You scared the raiders but you never know.
Set up a watch rotation, so everyone sleeps at least a little.
>>
>>4667550
>Got to sleep, set up watch rotation
>>
I feel like the time skip is gonna involve teaching everyone chi. Which is cool. Makes the team unique...er.
>>
>>4667565
>>4667687
Taking watch in shifts. Writing.
>>
"We should sleep in shifts." You say as you carefully place another log into the fire. It immediately begins to snap and crackle as the heat begins to consume it. Warmth begins to fill the small enclosure again, a small advantage to being in such a closed space. "The raiders might be frightened off or busy looking for us but we can't lower our guard just yet."

Ming warps her blanket tighly around herself. "Do you think they'll go after the other towns?" She asks quietly as she tries not to look at Hien who had now decided to turn his back to the group and stare at the stars, hunched over. "Now that they know they've been found...maybe they'll try and attack more people as revenge." Xin Lan, who had unrolled their sleeping bag, pokes their head out and looks at Ming as they rest their head on their hand.

"I don't think so." They say. "If they do, they're only drawing more attention to themselves. Seems to me that their whole goal was to rob and pillage while not being found in order to get the most out of every attack. If they start going after towns now, they'll only bring us down on them. It'd be giving us a clear singal on where to go."

"For now, we have to focus on the evacuees." You say. "We can't abandon them to chase shadows and we can't split up to go to different towns. We'd be too far apart to help one another if they do go and attack a town." You settle into your corner of the trunk. "But we can plan all that once we get back to Renshu. For now let's get some rest. I'll take first shift." Your friends nod and get comfortable for the night. Soon enough, the faint sounds of breathing come from your friends as they fall asleep. You wonder how long ago they became accustomed to sleeping while in danger and you frown. Maybe you didn't like the fact that this had become normal enough for them to sleep in peace during times like this...

---

By the time you reach the caravan the sun was high in the air. The cool morning air had given away to the warmth of the sun and the warm winds of spring gently blow in your face. The sounds of cart wheels stop as you and your friends emerge from the woods. The villagers look in your direction warily, their eyes unfocused and desperate to find the source of your approach. As soon as you appear within sight, their gaze locks on to you and as if on queue the guards move to cover that position. "Shut up." Xin Lan says preemptively as they hop down from your arms and limp toward the cart. "I want to see my brother and I'll hit anyone who tries to stop me." Shifu waves the guards away and you, Ming and Hien approach.

"You're all safe." Renshu says from attop one of the carts, relief in his voice.
>>
"Not quite." Xin Lan says. "Well, not entirely unharmed I mean." They pull themselves up onto the cart, and Renshu's gaze falls on their bandaged leg. Immediately you can feel rage emanate from the stripped rabbit. Pure and unadulterated, it seems to threaten to smother everyone around it. So much so that you're surprised that no one else seems to recognize or even feel it. Xin Lan sits next to their brother. "Got an arrow for my troubles but what can I say? I always wanted to be like you." They joke. Renshu pulls their sibling into a tight hug.

"I see." He says, his voice deceptively calm but the anger simmers, boiling and threatening to erupt. "But you're safe now. Everyone is here." He continues as he strokes the top of Xin Lan's head.

"Aww come on Stripes. You're embarassing me infront of everyone." Xin Lan says wiggling but not really trying to escape. Renshu's anger subsides to somewhat safer levels and he smiles.

"I will always embarass you infront of everyone." He says fondly and letting go. "It's my right and my reward for letting you steal food from my plate." Xin Lan gives them a smug grin at that and Renshu turns to you and the others. "What news did you bring?" He asks calmly, his rage finally vanishing. "Are the raiders still after us?" You shake your head.

"Not that we've last seen." You say. "We've managed to harass them for a long while and hide away for a night but they seemingly found us. We're not sure if they were trying to track you or us but we decided that it would be better to regroup with you all. We can defend the caravan much better than sitting around and hoping things are alright." Renshu nods and you walk along side the cart as everyone begins to move again. "What about you guys? How did it go?"

"Smoothly." Renshu replies. "Though we had a few close calls. Scouting groups that just missed us, sounds of fighting in the woods. We could not presume it was your doing so we did our best to hide our numbers. Luckily, it seems the Gods smiled on us and we managed to continue on undistrubed. Though...I'm afraid that there were many that had hoped you did not succeed well enough to return." He says sadly.

>What do you say?
>Shrug and say that it's not your problem what the villagers want. You're here to do a job and do it well.
>Ask Renshu something else or talk to another person.
>Keep quiet. You don't really want to speak about things with so many people listening.
>Write in.
>>
>>4668304
>Shrug and say that it's not your problem what the villagers want. You're here to do a job and do it well.
Doing good is it's own reward.
>>
>>4668304
>Shrug
>Ask renshu about his wounds, How have they healed?

Now that we are safe, we can start taking some injuries to get the others back in shape. Renshu and xin back at full force are equal to our lack.
>>
>>4668342
>>4668347
We don't care about the other's opinions. We do what we do because it's right. Also asking best girl if they're ok. Writing.
>>
>>4668394
And because we feel guilty.
And because it's basically our primary skillset unless we wished to become assassins on par with Renshu at his prime and open a take out.
>>
>>4668431
Not sure I follow there for either, friend.
>>
You shrug, you've been dealing this animosity for the past 3 days. Frankly, you'd have been surprised if their attitudes had shifted since then and to be quite honest, you had always come to expect this reaction. It just so happens that no one ever knew who you were until everything had blown over. "They can believe what they want." You say nonchalantly. "We don't do this for the fame or admiration. Unless you think this will impede our goals?" Renshu shakes his head and stops doting on their sibling long enough to adjust their sling.

"I don't believe it will." He says. "They are frightened, that much is certain but they are far more scared of the raiders than you at the moment. As silly as that sounds."

"I suppose that is fear in a nutshell. It never is something coherent or logical." You say. "We still have many days before we reach Taishi, hopefully they calm down a bit more once we have a few days travel between us and Xiqi."

"One can only hope." Renshu replies. "It is quite odd to feel the ire of these villagers." He admits. "I don't believe I've ever felt anything quite like it. It's a rather new experience." You tilt your head in confusion.

"Ever? But what about your...old profession? Or your time out of the country?" You ask, trying to be as discreet and more importantly, as tactful as possible. Renshu gives you one of his serene smiles.

"I'm afraid most of my work went unnoticed and much as my time away, I never met the people who I would have drawn the ire of. One did not live long in my profession if the origin of my work was well known though...I must admit I was rather thorough as well when I wanted to be. I'm afraid there aren't too many left that would be aware of my existence." He admits as he adjusts a now snoozing Xin Lan. "Though it would be rude of me to say that thier ire for me is greater than their hatred of you. To them I'm merely a proxy. Someone associated with you." Once again you shrug.

"It's not big deal. I expected this to happen sooner or later. I'm actually quite surprised that I went this long without being found out." You admit. "Their hate isn't really something I enjoy but it doesn't really compare to prison so I'll gladly take a few glares and whispers over manacles and restraints." Changing the subject you ask, rather concerned, "How are your wounds? Are they healing alright?"
>>
Renshu adjusts his sling a bit, more out being reminded than habit. "I'm doing quite alright. The pain is manageable though I will be grateful if Miss Ming has any medication to dull it somewhat. I'm afraid however I'm still of no use to you. According Miss Ming, I've dislocated my shoulder. Though she managed to pop it back into place, it'll be about a dozen or so weeks before I can use it properly. And about half as many before I can use my leg. Judging by Xin Lan's injury, I'd say they're about the same. Arrow wounds are rather grevious. We will have a few weeks if more than one as we wait for the Five to arrive but I'm afraid we will be nowhere near ready for an all out war against the raider army."

>What do you say?
>Write in.
>>
How did it manage to not include any of my options? Here you go.

>What do you say?
>Tell Renshu you can try to heal his wounds. You've never done it before but it's worth a shot.
>Say that it's no problem. Even if he and Xin are too injured to fight, there's still you, Hien and the five as well as Shifu and Po to fight back.
>Say that he's done enough. For now, he can simply rest and perhaps talk to the villagers to see if they can calm down a bit.
>Write in.
>>
>>4668493
>Tell Renshu that we can try to heal his wounds, never done it before but it's worth a shot.
>If we do this, wake up Xin and inform both them and Ming about what's happening. We promised not to scare them again.

So two broken legs and a dislocated arm. I think when we discussed it we were able to condense our healing down from months to weeks, so about speeding our natural regen rate up by 4 ish. Using this hazy memory as a guide, a week and a half for us to get our legs back, and if we take about half the damage from his arm rather than full, we can also be done with that in roughly the same time.

We will need some tending to stop the bleeding once we take on the wounds, but from there we can just straight trance our way through to next week and a half while Xin takes our place guarding the caravan.
>>
>>4668530
Support.
Time to train this new ability.
Also we are going to need Renshu and Xin to do a plan I'm making for when deal with the raiders.
>>
>>4668530
It would suck that we can't visit the captain or our taven bro's immediately, since we'd be spending a week in a trance, but is.

Hmm, on second thought disregard this vote, we can explain that we can heal them but only after we have explained the situation to the guard captain, since if we leave it then he won't hear our report on the situation before the others taint his perceptions of us.

Once we are back in town and dealt with him, then we will heal them.
>>
>>4668538
my plan will cost us a few days, so maybe just take a little of Renshu's injuries to see how it works without being incapacitated?
>>
>>4668539
That would be smart, yeah.
Especially since the five will take a while to hear the message and to arrive anyway. And the guards and villagers might become even angrier that we apent the journey sleeping instead of guarding them.
They may never like us, but it's better to not any more reasons.
>>
Going over the archive, because I'm a big nerd, I will point out that doing Chi healing in any capacity also leaves you completely drained and doing the regen thing leaves you completely immobile and defenseless. Just pointing that out incase it messes with any plans you had in the works. Don't want to just spring that on you after the votes. wouldn't be fair.
>>
>>4668538
Actually, I'm going to say the plan here so the others anons can give their opinions, that way it may become more refined.
So it start with ua sending the sneaky brothers, and maybe viper too to poison the fireplaces in the ruins during the night. The next day, Po and the five will march directly into the camp, drawing their attention, meanwhile Xin and Renshu will attack the sleepy guards while they awaken so they can't join the main battle, and we, shifu and hien attack the rest from behind.
Depending if Ming learns more combat abilities, be they needle throwing or some magic, she will either skirmish at the borders doing hit and runs, or she stands back and help as support.
>>
>>4668553
No I do remember that part.
It's why we haven't used it, far as I can tell, it leaves us completely defenceless. Was I right on the rate of healing though?

But the way we'd do it is basically hand on each bloke, take it all in, try not to scream, take a drink and then drop into a coma for a while until we hop up good as new.
Least that's how I see it.
>>
>>4668553
So better leave the healing for when we do it all at once than?
>>
>>4668562
I don't remember the healing rate. I'll go over it again but I need to head out for an appointment. I'll count votes when I get back.
>>
>>4668558
A bit risky, you have to admit. But I'd say instead that we should be one of those to march right into camp, since our abscence will be noted immediately, we being the terror of the raiders previous attacks.
>>
>>4668564
Seems that way. Being KO for even an hour is risky with these villagers.

With allies this bad, who needs enemies?
>>
>>4668581
It is exactly because of us being the terror that we should show up out of nowhere a bit after the battle begins attacking their flank.
Also we promised Po he would lead the charge against the raiders when the would come and I want to keep our word.
>>
>>4668597
While fair, and I'm fine with po leading us in, I think that having their focus on us would serve us better than their eyes wandering to see where we would come from.
>>
Just so we are on the same page, we are dealing with the captain before healing the others right?
>>
>>4668610
Yeah, we return, report everything, give a heads up to the couple and go do our magic thing.
Should also report togheter with Hien, just in case things go wrong.
>>
>>4668622
Hien, good catch. The man's word would be of no insignificant worth when his name drops. He may not wish for that though.
>>
>>4668629
We should ask him. Having us run out of town will hinder our efforts. Also could help convince the reat of the five to work with us too.
But really don't want to force him to feel forced to do it, he helps if he wanta to.
>>
>>4668648
They can't run us out, not while they need us. We also have Shifu and our prior good reputation to help soften the blow but the captain needs to hear from us what we found and more importantly who we are.

Best heard from us, and best to be unapologetic about keeping our name hidden. Guilt implies we did something wrong.
>>
Hmmm...before Renshu helps on the operation, after we heal him, I feel we should remind him not to let his anger get the best of him when he's out there. He might slip up dangerously with how furious he is...
>>
>>4668673
I feel that his anger is understandable, justified even, in what he felt on seeing Xin. But a warning never hurt anyone.
>>
>>4668677
>a warning never hurt anyone.
Unless it's in the form of a prophecy...right?
>>
>>4668684
Depends on the prophecy. The self fulfilling sort hurts people, but otherwise it's mostly fine.
>>
I hate doctor's appointments. They always take forever.

>>4668597
We promised Po that? I honestly don't remember but I'll jot it down in my notes.

Anyways, votes seem to be to get to town then inform the captain and then healing?
>>
>>4668849
i dont remember it either
>>
>>4668849
http://suptg.thisisnotatrueending.com/qstarchive/4613892/#p4643712
Third paragraph, middle of the speech:
"Once The Five return then you can lead a charge to fight evil."
But it was written because of only one write-in that ws probably mine anyway, so feel free to retcon it.
>>
>>4668888
Nah, it's all good. Flanking with the others seems like something Tai Lung would do anyways. He's never been the kind of person who wants to lead glorious charges against evil. He just wants to go in, do the job and get out.
>>
>>4668849
I think so, we ask Hien if he wants to back us up in case shit hit the fan, go see the cap, maybe visit romeo and juliet and than enter a coma.
>>
>>4668897
Who knows, maybe if we’re lucky our chi bullshit combined with taking on an incredible amount of wounds will make us astrally project into Eureka where the dilated time will let us heal faster somehow.
And then we come back with a bullshit upgrade because we obviously continue training in eureka until our body fully heals, in traditional shounen fashion.
Wait a minute, i must be reading the wrong anime here
>>
>>4668911
You forgot the bit where you seal a demon in your stomach and learn to be a subsitute hell judge.
>>
You place your hand on Renshu's good shoulder and give him smile. "Rest up my brother." You say. "I have a plan but now is not the time to discuss it. All I ask is that you have faith in me for now."

Renshu returns your smile. "I'll always have faith." He says. "You've proved it to me more than you'll ever need to. I just hope that we are not burdening you."

"If you were then I would be a poor friend." You say. "For all my talks, for all my journies, if I did not try to help you better yourself in that situation then I do not deserve the faith you give me. There is still plenty you can do right now. It's only a matter of playing to the strengths you have at the moment. For now take a rest. I'm sure you've been up worrying. The rest of us will take care of keeping watch." You step back and allow the cart to make some distance between the two of you before moving to go find the others.

"Ming, if you still have some of those herbs can you spare a few to help Renshu with his pain? I don't think he's gotten much sleep." You say as you step in tandem with her. Ming rummages through her bags, a look of weariness from the light sleep you all had the night before.

"You got me a few things." She says. "Not much but something. As soon as we stop for the night, I can whip up a nice tonic for the pain. Can he move alright?" She asks.

"He seems fine but you know the rabbits. They're probably far more trained than either of us together to withstand pain. So he's probably not showing it."

"You're right about that." Ming says unnerved. "I pull the arrow out of Xin's leg. No medicine, nothing to dull the pain. They didn't even move or react to it as I dug it out. Just had that deadpan stare they ussually get, you know? It was...unsettling." She admits.

You nod. "I know but still, when you get the chance. Make them something to take the edge off. I'm sure they'll appreciate it."

"What are you going to do?" She asks.

"I'm going to take mid point. Keep an eye out for trouble. Going to coordinate with my father and Po to try and get all sides covered as we travel. Keep an eye out as well. Might just catch something." You say and Ming looks around.

"Do you really think we'll run into anyone? We're pretty far out and I haven't really heard anymore of the raiders nearby either."

"Until we're in Taishi, I'm going to assume we're still being followed." You say. "Better we keep vigilant for nothing than be caught off guard."
>>
---

The travel to Taishi was a long one. You don't remember the last time you had traveled at this slow a pace. Even when you took rides on carts and with other traders, you had the chance to zone out and not think. The constant feeling of being on edge never went away, even when you were a day's away form your destination. Finally, however, Taishi appears in your sight, a bastion of safety in the dark oppressive forest. As you arrive to the town's edge, people begin to come out of their homes or stores curious about the sudden arrival of such a large gathering of people in the off season. As soon as the evacuees arrived within the city limits they immediately broke formation and beelined it to the nearest tavern or eatery, hoping to drown their sorrows or eat their worries away. Others remained at the edge of town, though still within the safety of it's buildings to talk and get their stories told. This bode ill for you. They would speak about you, tell everyone your real name, and that would simply make things much harder. However, you had friends to tend to as well. You couldn't simply abandon them to get things done before everyone knew who you were.

>What do you do?
>Find Xin and the others a place to stay. Best you all have some shelter or else you might not be allowed a room because of name alone.
>Go talk to the Captain. He needs to know what happened, he'd also be the angriest if he found out you lied to him by omission.
>Find Chuanli and his family. Let them know you're ok. They at least know your name even if they thought you were joking.
>Write in.
>>
>>4669051
>Go talk to the Captain. He needs to know what happened, he'd also be the angriest if he found out you lied to him by omission.
>Find Chuanli and his family. Let them know you're ok. They at least know your name even if they thought you were joking.

In order, quickly confirm that the noble is the sun of the emperor, Po and my dad is here. Then leave before the yelling/heart attack starts
>>
>>4669051
>Have Ming get the shelter, Xin and Renshu keep eachother company for the time being, while we talk to the captain.

If we keep our conversation short, w eshould be able to get back to the others quickly and carry them to the inn. In the meantime, they can "Rest" or "stand guard" as a precaution.
>>
>>4669290
Don't forget to give him our name.
And I think it should be "The noble was the sun of the emperor, and your mayor mistook his orders."

Hien still wants to keep a low profile, I think
>>
>>4669051
>Go talk to the Captain. He needs to know what happened, he'd also be the angriest if he found out you lied to him by omission.
Ask Hien for support just in case.
>>4669294
That's why I'm thinking of asking for hia help first, so we don't go over whatever he wants.
>Find Chuanli and his family. Let them know you're ok. They at least know your name even if they thought you were joking.
See if they are all right, hopefully.no one came to kidnap her while we were away.
>>
>>4669407
If they did, then WHOO BOY AM I GONNA BE 400% MAAAAAAAAAAD.
>>
>>4669417
I say if it happened, we heal Renshu and ask him to deal with it.
Let's see how they will like the terror of japan.
>>
>>4669421
No, no. I feel that this is something we should be doing. Even after we help his arm, it's still going to be stiff.
>>
>>4669290
>>4669407
Captain first so he gets mad. Then the family so anons get 400% mad. Writing.
>>
>>4669698
Oh no.
Time to wipe out a trader dynasty from existance.
>>
File: Mad dog of Shimano.jpg (92 KB, 1280x1138)
92 KB
92 KB JPG
>>4669698
Welp. Time to learn a new style.
>>
>>4669702
Honestly that seems to fit Xin Lan more but man just thinking of Dragon Style enhanced Mad Dog Shimano is pants shittingly terrifying. Side note, I beat Yakuza 0 and the legend styles broke the game. Majima's mad it almost unfun to play with how easy it got. Made me damn sad. Now i'm just playing the rest of the series as I wait for 6 to be ported.
>>
>>4669703
I get that man. Thug style was kinko though.
>>
>>4669705
Thug style was my favorite but I can't say I didn't love the hell out of the aoe potential of Breaker. Especially the 3v1 heat action. But god damn...Majima's story and ending in that game hit fucking hard. Puts him in a whole new light and I'm glad I played 0 after 1 Kiwami.
>>
>>4669706
It really was Majima's game, watching him go from two bit gangster to the most crazy yak legend to ever grace the streets.
>>
>>4669715
It honestly was and I love how you can see where he get's all his crazy habits. Mr. Libido's pelvic thrusting, Nishitani's crazy love of fighting, his (at the time) weird ass dancing fighting style. Yakuza 0 really was an excellent prequel.
>>
"Ming, take the others and find us a room to sleep in." You say as you dig roughly through your pockets for your bag of money. "Before they're all taken. I need to go talk to the guard captain before his men start to tell their side of the story. Man has a temper and I really don't need him hunting me down because of some one sided tale." You hand Ming the money and nod to your friends. "Stay safe and keep an eye out. We're gonna be in for a rough few days once the stories start to spread around." Ming nods. "Hien, I'm gonna need you to come with me. Might need your help on this one." You say quietly. Hien, who seemed busy staring at the townsfolk in a kind of trance, is brought back upon hearing his name.

"Ah, yes...yes I suppose I will go with you." He says rather quietly before looking back at the town.

"You guys stay here." Ming tells the rabbits. "I'll come get you guys once I have something ready for us. Just try not to yell at people Xin." She pleads. Xin Lan shrugs, "They couldn't do anything even in this condition but yeah I hear ya. Just get us somewhere to rest up." With the mattered of behaving and rooms settled, you quickly make your way to the small guard station at the other side of town. Even in the scant few minutes you spend talking with your friends, the villagers had already started to mingle with the townsfolk of Taishi and even now, as you try to keep to yourself, people glance in your direction. No longer an odd stranger with odder habits, you were something to be wary of. Something to be feared. You can hear the scant whispers around you, some of confusion and of disbelief others of fear. You pick up the pace and hurry over to the station. The familiar sight of the two guards, the porcupine and the monkey greet you at the door as always. Unlike your previous encounters, the two seem wide awake and eye the town in a mixture of nervousness and intrigue.

"Seems like something is going on in the town." The porcupine says as you approach. "Should we go investigate it?"

"No. Best we wait til the captains orders." The monkey replies. You wave at them for attention.

"We've got a big group of evacuees." You say. "From the reconstruction in Xiqi. I'm here to give a report to the captain. Is he in?" You ask. The two seem rather unsurprised at the news.

"Oh makes sense." One says.
>>
"Told you." The other reprimands. Upon seeing the confusion on your face, the porcupine clarifies, "I was just saying that there was no way the captain was gonna let someone like you go after all you did when you were here. I had a hunch he had sent you on some kind of secret mission. Good to see you back sir." He says with a salute. One you return awkwardly.

"Right." You say, rather uncomfortable. "In either case, is the captain in?" You ask.

"Oh yeah. He's in his office. Think he's been dealing with another one of the mayor's crazy schemes. Something about a new years parade." The monkey says. "I'm sure he'll be glad to see you." You nod and the two guards stand by to let you in. You walk through the small building, down the familiar hall, and towards the captain's office. You knock firmly on the door and hear from within a voice. "Come in." Following the directions, you step into the office and see that it is it's ussually messy self.

"Ah, it's you." The captain says somewhat surprised but now fully alert. "I figured you'd be gone for longer. Something is amiss isn't it?"

"What makes you say that?" You ask trying to keep the conversation light.

"Woman's intuition." The captain replies snarkily. "Now cut the small talk. What's going on?"

>What do you tell the Captain? (Or rather how do you want to relate the news to him?)
>Write in
>>
>>4669765
A hard question.
>Give him the details of the situation, the raiders movement, his people being safe, the raids and how many there seemed to be [a full fucking army] and the noble who ordered this all to happen [ask Hien to introduce himself. He can do it as son of the emperor or just an imperial noble as he wishes.] and give him their projected movements and our actions, as well as who we brought back and the plan to gather the five and break the raiders.

Once that's all done.
>Now captain, You have all that? Because I'd like you to consider it all and digested it before I give you the next matter that you should hear about.
Give him a minute to get it all straight in his head and ask questions before we alter his perceptions.
>Your men will be along to tell you this shortly, so it is better to hear it from me first, My name is Tai Lung.

After he's got that news, we can relate that we do still plan on helping, regardless of the animosity of the townspeople or himself but we would prefer to do it with his cooperation.
>>
>>4669838
>their projected movements
I meant the raiders here, not Hien.
>>
>>4669765
Tell that the guards are alive and so are the villager, about the journal and map and how thet are rotating the ruins. How they had a weapons stash we destroyed and that they were returning to xiqi and we hekp held them off and with the evacuation. Warn that the forest is minefield of traps know and spread the knowledge so with the villagers return they can be careful.
Tell him we are going to wait for the rest of the five and ambush the raiders. Also tell him that Hien was his "problem" noble and that he is a good man, all the trouble was the mayor's imcompetence and eargerness to please. Let Hien introduce himself as the prince. Ask with anything happened in town, so we can get info on what is trouble before he has an aunerysm of rage.
And than we tell him that when we said we were a wandering martial artist, we didn't tell everything, so we are coming clean that our name is Tai Lung.
And hope Hien can stop him for ordering our improsement. Not because he can stop us, but because it would make thinga complicated.
>>
>>4669868
Oh, and that shifu and Po are here too, some more good news for him.
>>
>>4669868
I don't think we should ask Hien to order us to be left alone unless he has to. It's always best for the captain to stay his hand out of choice.
>>
>>4669920
I wasn't suggesting to order Hien to order the captain, thats why I said to hope he would save our hide.
Because it has to come from his own iniciative.
>>
>>4669922
>>4669920
Oh shit, I misenterpreted what you said.
Yeah, it would be best if the captain didn't become hostile to us by choice, but if it doesn't happen then Hien stepping in would be the next best outcome.
>>
>>4669926
Probably
>>
>>4669838
>>4669868
Making the tiger angry. Writing.
>>
>>4669955
Making the tiger happy, then making him immensely angry.
>>
“It’s a rather long story.” You admit. “And I’ve heard that you’re rather busy so I’m sorry if this takes up some of your time.” You say. The guard captain grabs a handful of pages and throws them aside to the floor. “To hell with the mayor. Whatever you have to say is 100 times more important anyways.” He says gruffly and he leans back in his chair motioning you to one of the others opposite of his desk. You take one with a polite bow and sit though Hien decides to stand. “We found your men.” You say getting to the point. The captain nods, eyes glinting with something you can’t quite say is gratitude but also can’t say is excitement.

“That’s good.” He says but then remains quiet for you to continue. “Luckily for us, our concerns were not reality. There was a real reconstruction effort going on in Xiqi. Your men had decided to stay as they had become rather attached to the progress that was being made and wanted it to be completed rather than leaving the villagers there defenseless. Something I can’t say I wouldn’t have done if I was in their place.”

“Well that explains a lot.” The captain grunts. “Those idiots always did take things too far sometimes. Still...I’d rather they took their job seriously and stayed than some other idiodic thing like falling for a local girl. But I’m guessing that’s not the reason you’re here. You could have told them to write a letter and been on your way...unless you’re asking for payment?” He asks, raising an eyebrow. You shake your head.

“No. Far from it. We ran into trouble.” You say and the captain’s eyes darken.

“What kind of trouble?” He asks.

“Raiders.” You say simply. “The ones we’ve all been tracking. Came out of the woods and attacked the remains of the town. We think they were using the ruins as camping spots to hide from guards or would be heroes and didn’t expect people actually trying to rebuild the town. We managed to fend them off but that was only a scouting party. The real trouble came the day after.” Your words carry a tone of finality and the room seems to grow smaller and colder as you continue with the grim news. “It’s an army of them. Hundreds of them. In the dead of night we had Master Shifu and The Dragon Warrior evacuate the villagers. My team and I stayed behind to hold them off. We have injuries but ultimately we managed to keep their attention and whittle their numbers down with hit and run attacks. As far as we know they’re still in Xiqi but we’re not sure if they’ll begin marching on other towns.”
>>
The captain slowly sits up and then stands as he paces the small office. “I’m getting too old for this shit.” He mutters darkly as he stares out the window. For a moment his eyes seem to unfocus and stare off into nonexistent space before he turns around to face you. “So then, what is your plan? Xiqi is two weeks from here. I can organize another evacuation by then but we have many elderly and there are those who wouldn’t wish to leave. You’re putting me in a difficult spot here rookie.”

“We wait for the Five.” You say. “They’re coming here in a few days, maybe a week tops. Once they arrive, I’ll go back with them and we’ll break the army apart. It’s the only plan we have at the moment. We have their movements down however, so should they not be in Xiqi, we know the next likely place they’ll head to next.” You motion to Hien and after a small delay, he reaches into his pockets and draws out the journal and the map. The captain glances at Hien for a moment, eyes lingering on him before returning to you. You unroll the map and begin to point at the various dates and locations. “We found these on a dead raider. It’s a map of their movements. Only intended for scouting parties in case they become separated from the main force. If they continue to follow their plan as such, we’ll be able to catch them if not preemptively get ahead of them for an ambush.”

“Assuming they stick to their plans.” The captain points out. “What’s to say they won’t immediately abandon their routes? They know we’re onto them.” You shake your head.

“They have too many injured.” You say. “Even if they do abandon their routes, the injuries they have limit how far they can travel. Even if they abandon them, it simply gives us more people to question. Although speaking of injuries...there are still some traps in the woods surrounding Xiqi.” You say a bit more sheepish than you intended. “Many were set and sprung to hold back the tide as the others escaped but I cannot say for certain if they were all dismantled.” The captain rubs his head and he shakes it.

“Gods...you really know how to make a mess of things.” He says. “Alright, so we got them on the run. That’s good but what if they attack another town? What if they go for creating more havoc as a form of revenge?”
>>
“That would risk them too much. It’d show us where they were and with a group that size, we’d easily catch them.” You counter. “I’ll admit that my plan was short sighted but I wasn’t going to let dozens of innocent people die just to make sure an army is caught. Had it been a group of fighters, I probably would have held the line along with them but what you’re suggesting is a waste of life.” The captain looks at you, not with scorn or malice but simply studies you.

“Fine. At least you weren’t trying to get some glory.” He mutters and goes to a drawer in the back. There’s a jingle of glass and he pulls out a large bottle of alcohol. Popping the cork, the large tiger drinks from it directly, swallowing twice before he slams it back down. “Damn that boar makes some strong drink.” He says quietly before pouring himself a glass. Waving the bottle at you he asks, “Need a drink? Seems like you’ve been to hell and back with this information.” You shake your head politely. The captain shrugs and nods to Hien. “Who’s the kid? Your son?”

A bit surprised you shake your head.

>How do you introduce Hien?
>Give it to him straight. Tell the captain it’s the third son of the emperor.
>Leave the details vague. Say it’s the noble he met.
>Let Hien introduce himself.
>Lie and say he is your son.
>Write in.
>>
>>4670088
>Let Hien introduce himself
>I'd make a bad father, I'll stick to Kung Fu.
>>
>>4670088
>Your little "problem" noble
>Let Hien introduce himself.
>>
>>4670099
Agree
>>
>>4670098
>I'd make a bad father, I'll stick to Kung Fu
Lies. TL would make a great dad. He'd teach his kids kung fu just like he was...and Xin...and Renshu...never mind.
>>
>>4670115
Maybe we should look for some books about parenting in the sacred library together with the location of the pools.
You know, just in case.
>>
>>4670098
Amending the statement to "Stick to Kung fu and Helping people"
>>
>>4670088
>Let Hien introduce himself.
>"Do we really look that alike?"
>>
>>4670099
>>4670114
>>4670098
>>4670304
Letting your "son" introduce himself. Writing.
>>
"He's not my son." You say looking at Hien, who at the moment seems busy fidgeting with the Sword of Heroes. "But I'm not going to dance around the subject. He's that 'problem' noble you had a few months ago." The captain shrugs and sits down, setting the bottle and glasses on the table.

"Figured as much." He lied taking another drink. "You seemed familiar. Caused me a lot of trouble you know." He says gruffly. Hien is pull away at from his thoughts and nods but then shakes his head.

"My apologies." He says quietly. "I did not think that your mayor would take things so far as he did. He had promised me he would do what he could not send his entire regiment. All I had asked was that he send what he could if anything at all. I had hoped a small bit of supplies from multiple villages would help kick start the reconstruction. It was never meant to starve on place for another." The captain snorts as he swirls his glass lightly. He downs the rest of his drink in one gulp before speaking.

"You have a lot to learn boy. People always do things to make themselves look better. That pompus fool especially." The captain sets his glass down and sighs as the alcohol seemed to work it's way in his system. "Take it as a learning experience. Luckily for you, no lives were lost because of it. Better you learn it now than later where it can cost so much more than a few measly supplies."

"Yes...yes you're quite right." Hien agress. "I'll make sure it doesn't happen again."

"I would blame more your mayor than anyone else." You say. "His plans were well thought out. It just seems that your mayor is more concerned with personal glory than the good of his people. I still think you should find someone to replace him." The captain shrugs.

"My point still stands on both cases." He says. "But if you can find someone willing to run against him, then perhaps the village will vote for them. As of now, the mayor wins by default every election."

"More to the point." You say standing up. "Your men are here and they'll be coming to tell you their version of the events. As such I've decided to tell you before they can. I am Tai Lung. The criminal." The captain looks at you and sets his glass down again with a large sigh.

"You really really know how to put me in a bind rookie." He says standing up. The captain stands up and locks the door behind you. "Alright. Cut the bullshit. Who are you really and what do you want? I've be retired from the service for nearly 20 years but I'm not an idiot. I've given you the benefit of the doubt, looked past your obvious over qualifications and now you give me this." He tosses the keys aside and they clatter in a corner. "You come with information you shouldn't, track raiders that no one else can find, and also come back with a wayward noble. So, I'm asking you. Who are you? Why have you chosen this town? What do you want?"
>>
You face the captain and stare directly in his piercing brown eyes. "I am Tai Lung. I have journyed all across China in search of redemption. I help those who cannot fight back, defeat those who want to take advantage of others, and protect those who no one else will. I don't do this for fame or glory simply to know that I didn't waste my life on useless endevours like searching for power as I did when I was younger. Your town was chosen by mere chance and nothing else. I became a guard here simply because it was job to sustain myself and my friend on the road. I understand your hesitation and your reservations but I will point out that your jail can't hold me and though I'll let you arrest me willingly, if I need to I will break out to save everyone here. I only tell you this because I want you to give me an honest chance rather than have your view tainted by your men's biases. All I ask is that you remember what I did here and know that none of this was done to undermine or to trick the townsfolk. All I ever lied about was my name. If you need more proof then ask Chuanli, who's family I did give my name to. He can tell you I've been nothing but kind to his son and his girlfriend."

The captain looks at you long and hard, his eyes studying every inch of you as if looking for a trick or some kind of attack. Given that you were going to do neither of these things, you hope that he doesn't find anything that would such and idea. "You're under arrest." The captain says pulling out a pair of cuffs. "I can't let you go free. Not because of what you have done but because it's my duty to my town to keep them safe. I'm sorry but the townsfolk also deserve to know who you are. I won't go to the mayor. Even if you are Tai Lung, you don't deserve to be paraded like a trophy. I'll talk to Chuanli and do an actual investigation. If I find you to a non threat then I 'll let you go but I need to do my duty for everyone's sake." The captain moves forward to lock your hands in place but Hien also moves forward as if he is about to do something.

>What do you do?
>Tell Hien to stop. You'll let the captain take you into custody. It's the right way to deal with this.
>Push the captain aside and escape. You can't afford to waste time like this. You need to get back to the others.
>Let Hien do what he plans to do. Maybe it might help you out.
>Write in.
>>
>>4670421
>Let Hien do what he plans to do. Maybe it might help you out.

Let things happen now. The captain will find that we are no threat to him, if Hien wants to talk let him.
>>
>>4670421
>Let things play out as they may.

I don't think Hien is the sort to get violent, so we should stop him if he goes for a swing.
Otherwise, if we get slammed in the slammer, Maybe make the point of asking for our friends to be informed/asking for Xin and Hien to turn up for healing measures. Meditating in prison isn't a bad passtime.
>>
>>4670421
>Let Hien do what he plans to do. Maybe it might help you out.
>>
>>4670421
>Let Hien do what he plans to do. Maybe it might help you out.
Normally I would accept with no problem, but we don't have time. We got to heal our friends and prepare for the counter attack. Also Xin would try killing him.
>>
>>4670717
Actually, we really should tell the cap that we would accept be imprisoned while he investigate, and tell him that something similar happened in that last city with the five, but that we are starved for time. He is a good man, don't want to antagonize him.
>>
>>4670722
Life Hack: they can’t imprison you if you keep being critical to saving whatever settlement you’re in at the time!
>>
>>4670751
>Hey guys, Tai Lung back at it again with another prison unboxing video. Now if you're a longtime viewer, you know what's about to happen.

Seriously though, it might ease some tensions if we were to be behind bars. So long as we are clear that when it is time to smash the raiders we are leaving. And maybe get some access to our friends.

>>4670637
Changing to "stop hien"
>>
>>4670770
I propose we explain to the captain we are going to be knocked out agter we do our magic chi bullshit healing, so he is gping to have time to inveatigate.
Just don't want to go to jail because I know the retard pig is going to beat us during our coma.
And then we are going to have to stop both Xin and Renshu from murdering him.
>>
>>4670772
You mean asking for about 2 hours or so to set everything in order before getting arrested?
Dont think he would buy that chief.
>>
>>4670774
No, saying that we will be in house arrest. He can follow us and see we do our thing he wants.
>>
>>4670777
Again, doubt he will buy it. The reason he is putting us in a cell is to do his duty and house arrest would be putting us in easy reach of villagers which we could harm, which goes against his duty. Never mind the damage to the buissness it would be causing by having his guards there.
>>
>>4670790
The point is not to convince him, but to slighty appease.
So it's not a total defeat for him, we aren't going to go jumping around beating people, but in a fucking coma, so he could investigate like he wanted.
>>
>>4670804
You're either down for being imprisoned or you are not. All we can do is ask for dispensations that he can choose to grant or deny, and if we don't like that then to get what we want would be to refuse to be arrested and in turn make the entire town turn against us.

So yes, it's very much about convincing him.
>>
>>4670836
I already said I'm not supporting being imprisoned. The captain already showed he can't control his own men. What I'm saying is ro try to assuage his worries.
>>
>>4670873
And that is that we are going to be down for a few weeks, so if he wants to follow us to see it's legit and maybe post a guard to watch the hotel he can.
He wants to investigate with Chuanli to clear our name without us walking arpund his town, well he can, because we aren't going to.
Again, not being imprisoned, because ghe guards will beat us, and Renshu an Xin already want to kill them, and I really don't think we can stop them if we are in a coma.
>>
>>4670877
>>4670873

I disagree. Because he hasn't actually had the chance or point to demonstrate his control to us, since he hasn't been in the same town to give orders.
As for beating us, I really doubt it. It'd snap us out of our trance and even with one arm in the worst case we are still more than able to defend ourselves.

As for the others, they won't kill them unless we die, so I believe. We can still wake up and they don't wish to disappoint us.

Anyway, lastly is that refusing is just going to set the town as a hostile area and we're going to be driven out, which we can't allow. He isn't doing this out of worry, he's doing it out of duty and our words aren't going to stop him.
>>
>>4670888
Honestly, we should wait to see what Hien is going to say before making our decision. He may have a good idea.
>>
>>4670895
that's the way the vote is going.
>>
>>4670438
>>4670637
>>4670677
>>4670717
Letting Hien murder the captain thus starting the chain of events that leads to the final boss of the quest. Writing.
>>
You hold your your wrist. Jail time wasn't something new to you but more importantly you didn't want to cause a comotion especially when things were starting to get tense. Moreover, you wanted to see what the boy would do. Hien draws his blade and holds it out, pinning the shackles in the captains hands. "Boy...I don't care what wealthy family you belong to but I'm giving you five seconds to put that thing away before I throw you in a cell with him."

"No." Hien says faltering slightly and sheathing his blade. "No you won't. I'll take his place."

"This isn't a negotiation." The captain says. "You don't get to barter with me. I don't care how much money you have." Hien's eyes harden as he takes a slight breath and steels himself. He draws himself to his full height, a full head shorter than both you and the captain, and speaks, his voice authoritarian.

"It is now." He says. "As son of the emperor, blessed by the dragons, I order you to let this man go." Hien draws a jade tile from within the folds of his sleeves and holds it out. The tile, smooth as water, had the royal seal upon it but of more important note, a dark fluid swam within it, trapped by the jade itself that seemed to glow every so slightly even in the bright sun. It was said that every member of the royal family carried these tiles, a sign of their noble birth and authenticated by their own blood that flowed within the stone. No one, not even the greatest jewelers in China knew how this was accomplished and to attempt to break open or even hold such a stone was tantamount to high treason. The captain's eyes widen and he grits his teeth.

"Boy..." He growls but reluctantly lowers the shackles almost as he was fighting against an invisible force as he fought against his duty.

"Listen." Hien says. "At the moment, only a few people know Tai Lung his here. Let him go and take me in his place. We can't beat the raiders without him. I've seen him fight and risk his life. The Five cannot compare to the might he brings alone and I firmly belive he is the only one who can defeat the raider's leader. Let him go now and say he was never here. As far as your men know, they think I'm merely one of his friends. If they ask questions then tell them I was caught in his stead and Tai Lung fled. He's stealthy enough to get around town without being caught. He needs time to prepare for the battle even with the Five waiting."

"And I'm just supposed to let him go? I have a job to do!" The captain shouts but Hien remains unmoved, his eyes stoic and unfazed.

"And you'll do it." He says. "Preform your investigation. If you find this man to be a danger, if he doesn't return after he heads out to face the raiders then I'll take accountability for all his crimes. Past and present."

"You can't be serious about this! This isn't some children's tale about faith!"
>>
"This isn't and I can order you to make this happen. As it stands, you're already under command to let him go. I'm offering you a chance to still continue with your duty. Believe me when I say that I do not relish having to use my position to get what I want nor to force command up on others but you're not leaving me any choice. The Five will be here in a few days and he's the only one with any experience fighting the raiders by a long shot. China needs him and his friends. So unless you have a counter offer, I'm afraid I'll continue to abuse my position. All else I can offer you is that instead of having him sneak around, I will personally announce my plan to the villagers. That Tai Lung is here and is preparing to fight the raiders and that I, Lord Hien, have taken his place in prison." The captain looks at you, anger and frustration building in his eyes.

"Fine." He says, his hands shaking and rattling the shackles. "Then you will speak to the village." Hien nods and turns to leave.

>What do you say?
>Stop Hien and refuse to follow his plan. Any planning can be done by him while you wait.
>Tell Hien that it's better if you remain hidden. He doesn't need to annoucne anything.
>Ask Hien if he really thinks this is a good idea.
>Write in.
>>
>>4671004
>Stop Hien and refuse to follow his plan. Any planning can be done by him while you wait.
>Tell Hien that it's better if you remain hidden. He doesn't need to annoucne anything.
Now is the time to say that we are going to use the chi healing and be knocked out for a while. Say to find a hidden cell, get Renshu and Xin here at night and we do our thing.
Also don't even bother putting shackles on, that would be the 3rd or 4th pair that we can break by just flexing.
>>
>>4671030
Oh, and get Ming too. Time for to captain to see someone that can get angrier than him.
>>
>>4671004
>Stop Hien and refuse his plan.
>It's better that we remain in prison, thank you for your faith.
>Tell him about our plan to heal our friends and get them up to fighting standards.

Way I see it, is we calm the villagers while also assuring them that help is on their way/is already here.
Now though, put us in as close to max security as they can manage, then keep all the keys with the captain personally, getting rid of the chance of being beaten to death in our meditations. We can astrally project to Renshu to explain to him the situation from our cell.
>>
>>4671030
Actually, should we tell Hien of the plan we have for now, so ge doesn't get worried that we being out for some time will not ruin everything?
>>4668558
It should be this one, if whatever changes the others anons want to propose.
>>
>>4671070
With, not if.
Really mangled that one.
>>
>>4671070
there there anon.

But assuring him that a few days lost won't mean shit since we will be trying to restore our friends to health. Maybe tell him to ask shifu about chi healing if he really wants an explination.
>>
>>4671074
Well, I was thinking about telling him the olan so he could theorize a better one too if he could too.
But atleast reassuring him is good enough for me.
>>
I do need to point out that refusing his plan means you choose to stay in jail. I'm also not sure what you mean about meditating in jail but I get the concern of being beat to hell while in it.
>>
>>4671088
Meditating, Coma, same thing.

But if the captain is the only one with the cell key, then I'd like to trust him with it.
>>
>>4671088
I know, we are healing Renshu and Xin, and asking that the captain ensures our wellfare in one of the cells.
They and Ming come around at night, we do our thing, Ming ensures we don't die,
Hien refines the plan we take a nap.

Also Xin and Renshi will probably threaten murder if anything happens, and Hien threatens post-mortal dishonarable discharge. And Ming probably threatens a fate worse than death.
>>
>>4671148
The only problem would be if there would be health complications without Ming looking over the wounds we take from them. If that would be the case, we would have to find another arrangement.
>>
>>4671030
>>4671056
We're going to jail then even though the bunnies need hugs Writing.
>>
>>4671176
They are going to get hugs tonight when they come get healed.
That's part of the deal, take it or leave it.
>>
>>4671179
Aye. It's really not negotiable since they are REQUIRED for our upcoming fight.
>>
>>4671176
Only tai lung is so big of a troll that he lets the emperor's son bust out his authority only to say "haha nah"
I'm definitely proud of Hien, though. He forced himself to step out of the shadow, for a criminal's sake, for one reason only: Because he thought it was right to do so. Even if the consequences for doing so could ruin his life. Looks like we've had an effect on him already.
>>
>>4671207
It was beautiful.
Even if we have to eat a bitch slap for making him reveal himself. Worth it.
>>
>>4671176
A question Luo.

Is it a full coma or a trance as we channel our Chi?
>>
>>4671227
For self healing? Its more of a coma than a trance. I guess a bit of both. You're fully focused on coaxing your body to heal and using your chi to facilitate that so your unaware of your surroundings you can maintain a sitting position but its not required. You can't hear or feel anything outside of your mind.
>>
>>4671246
Good enough I suppose.
>>
Sorry about this. Its a rather long post.
>>
“Hien stop.” You say quietly. Hien stops, turns to face you and you shake your head. “Thank you.” You start. “But it’s not necessary. I’ll submit and stay in prison while the captain does his investigation. I already have a plan in mind and it will take me out for a few days.” Hien and the Captain look at you confused. “I didn’t plan on the captain arresting me but it doesn’t change much. All I need is to see Xin and Renshu tonight. They’re wounded and I have a method, untested mind you, but a way to heal them of their injuries.”

“Why didn’t you tell me?” Hien asks. “Why haven’t you done it?”

“Because it’s risky.” You say. “And is an absolute last effort. I plan to draw their wounds on to me. I know of a technique that allows me to heal faster than normal but it requires supreme concentration.” You face the captain. “That’s why I need your help as well. Your men are furious and I understand but should they have the chance, they’d no doubt attempt to beat if not outright murder me. What I attempt to do will leave me completely at their mercy so I would ask of you to keep all the keys to the cells on you captain.”

“And what makes you think I won’t just give them the keys anyways. IF what you say is even true?” The captain asks.

“Because you’re not that kind of man.” You say simply as you stare right into the captain’s eyes. “You want justice and order not murder. Murder doesn’t undo what I did. Murder doesn’t won’t keep the villagers safe and murder won’t make you better than the raiders. If the man who stood before me only cared about vigilantism or some crude form of justice then he’d have run the mayor out of town years ago. You do what’s best for the people of this village, not what you think will give immediate gratification.” The captain grunts and nods.

“Damn right.” He growls as he picks up the keys and tosses them at Hien. “Here. You’re in charge of the keys, boy. That way we’re all on an even playing field. You,” He says pointing a clawed finger at you. “Come on, into a cell. Best we get this over with.” All three of you head into the main room of the guard house. Compared to the one in Zhengyi, the cells here were noticeably cleaner if not much smaller. Stepping into the one furthest away from the doors you sit on the small bench and Hien closes the door, locking it in place with the keys. “Bring them tonight.” You say. “Best they have some rest before all this.”

“I’ll be back.” Hien says. “I swear it.”
>>
---

The next few hours were eventful to say the least. The storm of shouting and barking made you think the raiders had followed you back to Taishi before you realized that it was simply the guardsmen clamoring to talk to the Captain. Like small school children, they stumbled over each other’s words as they tried to decry your existence. The captain, for his credit, remained stoic throughout the minute before shouting everyone down.
“Look at yourselves!” He roars and the room goes silent. “Like godsdamn children! Crying over someone who didn’t play fair! I don’t remember training any of you to be whiny little shits! ‘Tai Lung was here’ ‘Oh he was so rough with me’ Last I remember, I told you to come back with news! But no, instead I have to deal with all this shit while you’re all off playing hero! And you want to know what’s the worst thing?! The very man your bitching about was doing your job and doing it better! So I don’t want to hear it!” One of the guards made the unfortunate attempt to try and argue their point.

“But Captain-”

“I don’t want to hear it! The man is a murderer and I get it! But you’re just gonna let your own squad die because you didn’t want to work with him over a common goal? What kind of asinine ass backwards bullshit is this?!” He looks around, fire in his eyes and the guards shrink back under his gaze. The next words were cold and calculating, every single one of them bearing the weight of the past few days. “I’m counting less of you than I sent out. Those deaths are your fault. Every. Single. One. Tell me, was it worth it? Was your little squabble a good one? Yes? Fine. I want all of you to think of what you’re going to tell Tai Lung next as you explain to your guardsman’s next of kin that they died because of you. Becauses you slapped away the hand that wanted to help you. When their kids look at you and ask why dad isn’t coming home, you damn well better be thinking of you holding that blade in your hand. Because you might as well have run them through for the good you lot did!” The captain waves them all away. “Get out of my sight. There’s a town that needs to be guarded and I have to find a way to break the news to the families.”

The room had turned from one of heated debate to an icy cold one. No one wanted to argue the point. It was as if all the energy was sucked out. As if everyone felt a part of them die when they remember the deaths back in the village. The guardsmen leave, subdued and exhausted, leaving you alone once more.
>>
----

By mid afternoon, the quiet is broken once again by shouting. “Let me through! He’s got rights!” You hear a familiar voice shout. Guang comes barreling in, not really impeded by the two guards outside and followed timidly by An Bo.

“Guang maybe we should wait for them to give us permission to visit.” She says tentatively as she looks around wary of something jumping out of the shadows. Guang shakes his head as he leaps over the small receptionist desk and towards the cells behind it. An Bo scurries around the desk and after Guang reluctantly when he doesn’t respond. You see the two peek into your cell.

“You still alive man?” Guang asks, grabbing the bars and peering in. Your tail flicks and you sit up yawning from your nap. An Bo peekings in, fidgeting and looking around worried.

“Are you ok Mr. Tai Lung?” An Bo asks.

“I wouldn’t say I was comfortable but this isn’t the worst prison I’ve been in.” You admit looking at the two. “I’m surprised you two are here. Kind of meant to go see you after coming here. Didn’t really expect to be arrested. More importantly, what are you doing here? What about the bar?”

“The old man is keeping an eye on things. We came as soon as we heard the news.” Guang says. “I’m gonna see if I can convince the old man to let you go. You shouldn’t be here!”

“Guang, you know who I am right?” You ask. “I told you.”

“I know! But it ain’t gotta be like that!” Guang replies. “You taught me that a man needs to do what he’s gotta do to protect those close to him. But you also taught me that a man can change. That a man’s gotta change to be better and you’re the manliest guy I know. You’ve done some messed up stuff but that don’t mean it’s gotta define you. Just look at what you did here.” You can’t help but chuckle a bit. Guang’s reasoning was rather roundabout but you did appreciate the sentiment at least.

“We’re going to go around and ask the townspeople to come support you.” An Bo says. “Some of the people here are regulars at the tavern and they thought you were a good person. Do you want anything? Guang and I can bring you some food.”

“Yeah! Just hang tight man. We’ll get you outta here soon.” Guang says.

“It’s alright.” You say as you shake your head. “I asked to be here. To make everyone feel more at ease.”

“What?!”
>>
“It’s fine. Listen...in a few days I’m going to leave again. I’m going to go fight the raiders that have been attacking the towns.” You explain. “For now, I’m in custody to give everyone some peace of mind while I plan with my friends.”

“You’re gonna...just go and fight?” Guang asks, flabbergasted. “Just like that?”

“Yes. Someone needs to stop them and I found them.” You say. Guang hits the bars and shakes his head.

“Man...this is what I’m talking about!” He says. “You’re not a bad guy anymore! Why can’t people see?!”

“They have good reason to be afraid.” You say. “I don’t blame them at all. It’s just a burden I will bear. Maybe someday I’ll be able to live in peace and maybe not. I’m content knowing I have my friends and what I do makes the lives of others better.”

“It ain’t right…” Guang says.

“Will you be ok?” An Bo asks.

“I’ll be fine. Head back to the tavern. You don’t need to worry.” You assure them.

“We’ll be back later. We’ll bring you some food.” Guang repeats.

“I’m going to be out of it for a few days.” You tell them. “I have some meditating to do and I won’t be around while doing that.” Guang nods, his face solemn but his eyes glinting with respect and admiration.

“Come on then An. We better get back before the old man gets overrun.” Guang says.

“Ok…” An Bo says. “When this is all over. I’ll make some pies for you and your friends. Just...please come back.”

“If the others find out that you’re making pie then I don’t think I’ll have a choice.” You chuckle. “I’ll send word that we’re ok if we can’t return.” Guang and An Bo hesitate but they relent and bid their farewell before leaving.
>>
---

Night falls and you can hear the soft rustle of the trees in the distance. A cool draft blows through the only window in the building, bringing in a chill. You turn to face the front of the cell as you hear the door open. Unsurprised, as you had sensed them approaching, you get up and wait for your friends to arrive. “Don’t say it.” Xin Lan says grumpily as you see them and Renshu hop down from Hien’s arms. “I’m not fat. That weight is all muscle.”

“I’m sure it is.” Ming says as the group approaches your cell. “Hey. Are you ok?” She asks gently as she sits down next to the bars.

“I won’t be if this goes to plan.” You say over the jingling of keys. Hien unlocks the doors and the group step into your cell.

“It seems like every time we have our backs to the wall you manage to pull out more witchcraft to bail us out.” Xin Lan says. “You’re a witch now.”

“It’s not...fine I’m a witch.” You say sighing. “And if you keep saying it outloud I’ll curse you.”

“You can’t curse me.” Xin Lan says.

“You wanna try out that theory?”
“No but I am a blessing so it’s ok.” They remark as they sit down next to your leg.

“What would you have us do?” Renshu asks as he also makes his way to your other side. “I’ve not heard of such a technique before though I must admit, I am not well versed in the healing arts with Chi.”

“Just stay still.” You say. “I’m not really sure how this will play out...I’ve never actually tested this before.”

“This is impossible.” Ming says. “Swapping injuries like this...I just can’t believe it. Can people really get this kind of power?”

“It seems like those who survive death come back from the otherside with abilities even the more experienced martial artist would consider impossible.” Renshu says.

“Yeah? Then what’d you get?” Xin Lan asks their brother. “Technically you’ve come back from the dead twice.”

“I have you, Tai Lung and Ming and that is more than enough for me.” Renshu replies as they ruffle Xin Lan’s ears.

“You just don’t wanna share your cool powers.” Xin Lan mutters.
>>
“Before we begin, I have a rough plan of our attack on the raiders.” You say. “I’ll need you guys to flesh it out more while I’m out as I won’t be able to communicate. Once Xin Lan and Renshu are up and running, I want to use the powder on the raiders the night before the attack. Hopefully several are affected by it. During the attack, The Five, Po and Shifu will attack the front. Hien and I will target the back while Xin and Renshu will target the poisoned guards to keep them from joining the main group. It’s not much a plan but it’s a good start.” You look at your friends. “This plan hinges on working with the Five. We have to work together. Set aside your differences, suppress them if you must but work with them. Even if you need to undermine them for their own good.” You face Renshu and pull him into a hug. “Renshu...you’re angry. I know...but you can’t let it rule you. They hurt someone you love but you can’t stoop to their level. You can rule your anger not the other way around. I believe in you.” Renshu stiffens a bit in surprise but sighs and relaxes before nodding.

“Yes...you’re right.” He says quietly. “I have to be better than this…” You pull Xin Lan into your embrace.

“Whatever happens, don’t worry. We’ve gotten through worse and we’ll get through this as well. Just hold on for me. I promise it’ll be alright.” You say before grabbing Ming’s wrist and pulling her close as well. “And you...keep an eye out on these two. You’re the only one who can keep them reigned in.” Ming sniffles and nods.

“You can’t die you know! We...won’t forgive you if you do. We’ll bring you back and make you say sorry.” She says.

“I don’t doubt it.” You say laughing and you look at Hien. “Hien...you’re a good kid. You’re at a crossroads right now. You can decide the man you want to be and whatever you choose, I hope it’s one you decided on your own. I have faith in you and I ask that you be the balance both groups need. You can mediate this.” Hien gives you a solemn nod.

“For everyone’s sake...I will.” He replies. You let go of your friends and take a deep breath. Xin Lan and Renshu step back a bit and you hold out your hands above their wounds. You’re not sure if that is really necessary but you feel better about it. With your mind settled and clear you begin to feel out for your friends. You feel for their aches, their pains, their burdens, their injuries.

”To take one’s burdens is a noble endeavor.” Oogway says quietly, calmly. “But that seems to be your weakness, my friend.”

“Weakness?” You ask,confused. “Master, how could wanting to help people be weak?”

“You are strong. There is no denying it and your intentions are noble. But how much can you take on before even you are broken? Having died already, could you say that you would do it again?” He asks.
>>
“I would.” You say. “A hundred times over if it meant saving my friends.” Oogway nods, though you’re not sure if you can see disappointment or sadness in his eyes.

“Then I will not stop you from pursuing such a technique. If you wish to push yourself in this regard then I hope it serves you well though I also hope that such a time where you are required to use it does not arrive.” He says…


You scream. The pain is blinding as you feel the muscles in your leg tear themselves apart as if a pair of invisible hands grab the tendons and twist them around like paper. You feel your vision darken for a bit and your focus falter but you grit your teeth and power through. This was nothing. Compared to hell, this was nothing. Compared to allowing hundreds of innocent lives to go to waste, their justice not delivered, this was nothing. You feel a vein pulse in your head and you grunt. Your other leg rips itself open, like a knife across your skin. Blood splatters around it and the wound deepens, widened and forced open by another pair of invisible hands. Ming screams in horror and starts to reach into her bags. Unable to carry your weight, your legs crumble beneath you and you fall to the floor.

You tremble as you keep your arms raised, sweat pouring all over you. You continue to pull at the ethereal, drawing their wounds to you and your shoulder pries itself apart. With a dull thud, your arm falls to the ground, numb and useless. You want to say something, to assure everyone that all is well but you’re so exhausted that all you can do is succumb to the embrace of sleep.
>>
---

You’re not sure how long you stayed unconscious. It must have been days but as you open your eyes you can see the morning sun and realize that it had only been a few hours. You find yourself laying on your cell’s bench, blood all over the floor. Your leg was bandaged up and your arm was in a sling. Your whole body aches and a migraine begins to form. Unable to sit up, you simply lay there and close your eyes and begin to focus your mind. You feel yourself slip into the misery of the pain, letting it engulf you and surround you before pushing it away as easily as you would push a blanket off of you. The pain subsides and you slowly coax your body to heal, running your Chi through your veins and nerves. Light dims, sounds fade and the world around you slowly vanishes.

---

When you awake, you feel better than ever before. As if you had the best night’s sleep you ever had. Your limbs feel relaxed and better than ever before. Had it not been for the bloody bandages on your leg and the stains on the floor, you'd have been convinced that the events of who knows how long were simply a dream. Sitting up, you look around. It was now mid afternoon and you were alone.

>What do you do?
>Call for a guard or the captain. Tell them to let you go.
>Wait, hopefully one of your friends comes to visit and you can be caught up.
>Leave. Open your cell and find the others. You need to make up for lost time.
>Write in.
>>
>>4671684
>Focus. Feel for Renshu. Try to send your own feeling of wellness his way.
>>
>>4671684
>Feel for our friends, then meditate to send our spirit to him.

Astral projections.
>>
>>4671684
See if we can meditate. Either astral projecting, or asking the sprite friend if everything is okay is fine.
Also the captain is based and I'm sorry for doubting him even for a moment.
>>
>Leave. Open your cell and find the others. You need to make up for lost time.

We are healed and we have work to do so it is better to leave, let us break all the chains, open the lock on the door with our claw and just go out and continue with the plan ... kek, nobody can stop us.

that or when they come to free us we just stand we stretch to break any chain and open the door
>>
>>4672104
While showboating is always a respectable pass time, it's better to know what's going on before we break out.
>>
>>4671698
>>4671723
Ghost talking with the bunny. Writing.
>>
Rather than wait for someone to come get you, you opt to be more proactive about this. You remove your bandages and cross your legs, closing your eyes. A sense of familiarity comes to you as you reach out with your senses, beyond your body and out into the town. You can feel the presence of Ming and the others bringing you relief that they were ok. Stepping out of your body, you move through the psuedo town. Both real and yet at the same time not at all, you leap from rooftop to rooftop to see them. They were all apart, Xin Lan was in the market place within the medicine shop perhaps buying more supplies for the powder. Surprisingly, Ming was in the Mayor's home though you're unsure what she was doing. As far as you can tell she was speaking but given that you could only feel out your friends, you're unsure who she's speaking to and the fact she is unable to hear the spirits nor communicate meant that you couldn't hear what she was saying.

You head back out, Renshu was your only option for now. You find him wandering through the town. Landing next to him, you see his ear flick in your direction but his eyes were blind to you. "Renshu." You call out tentatively. "Can you hear me?" The rabbit's striped ears swivel in your direction a mixture of confusion and intrigue emenating from him.

"Brother?" You hear him speak out through unmoving lips.

"Yeah, It's me." You say as you keep pace with the rabbit's walk. "Figured you'd be able to hear me. How long has it been?"

You sense Renshu supress a laugh though he cannot hide the waves of relief and hope coming from him. "Since you've fallen unconcious? It's been roughtly about a week. The Five have already arrived. Are you...well? Or have you passed on and this is merely my madness coping?"

"I'm alive and well." You say. "I figured it would take a while but I have no idea how much faster I can urge my body to heal. Nonetheless I am awake now. I just need to be let out."

"That is good to hear. I'll let Hien know. Perhaps he can convince the Captain to allow you to leave." Renshu replies. You nod and then realize Renshu cannot see you or perhaps he can if you were dead.

>What do you say?
>Ask Renshu how he is.
>Ask Renshu how the Five are.
>Ask about the plan, is it ready to go?
>Write in.
>>
>>4672642
>How are the five? Has tigress attempted to smother me in my rest yet?
>How are you?
>Have I missed anything important? Ming is in the mayors house, but I don't know why.
>>
>>4672649
It occurs to me that now is a good time to inquire as to why Tigress seems to have a special emnity that the rest of the five lack.
>>
>>4672642
Is he and Xin fine? Did our healing work?
What is Ming doing in the Mayor's house? Hopefully not trying to kill him by words.
What has Hien been up to?
How are the five? Odd for them to not try to put us in heavier chains (even tought it does nothing)
>>
>>4672671
Heavy, not heavier, since we aeem to not be wearing any.
Hien, Shifu and Po probably had something to do with that, but I want to know exactly what happened.
>>4672653
That will probably come out soon, with the whole making peace with dad deal.
>>
>>4672671
>Trying to kill him with words

"I fear no man, but that thing."
>Angry ming appears
"It scares me"
>>
>>4672706
I love how the meme of an angry Ming has evolved despite the fact Ming hasn't ever exploded on anyone. She's scolded so maybe she gets a really scary look on her face. Now I'm wondering how she'd be when she really gets mad. I don't want it to be mad like how the buns get though. I'll need to think about it.

>>4672649
>>4672671
Taking these. Writing.
>>
>>4672731
You know how it is, the disapointend face hurts more than angry shouting.
Maybe she could have the calm anger trope?
>>
>>4672731
It's just really a fear of disappointing her at this point.
Ever since that bout of insecurity she had [and breaking out of bars to give her a hug, which is still my favorite update to this point] I just can't really stomach the thought of making the completely fictional character disappointed or sad with us, so it's easier to imagine them going off on a more comical and exaggerated rant than a genuinely hurtful dissapointment or just flat out pained reaction from our actions.
>>
>>4672757
>>4672797
Might just be she goes real quiet and gives you the cold shoulder to go cry somewhere else. Or she probably just gets really disappointed in you and tells it to your face.
>>
>>4672839
Why must you hurt me this way.
>>
>>4672860
Don't upset the Ming and you'll never find out if it's true
>>
"I think it's more important to ask how are you and Xin?" You ask.

"Perfect." Renshu replies with awe in his voice. "As if we were never injured. No aches or pains. There's a disjoint between what we used to feel and how we feel now. As if our injuries were simply a vivid dream and yet we can still feel the pain we one had. Once again, we have no means to thank you for what you've done for us."

"It's nothing." You say though you're sure Renshu was getting ready to argue the point. Rather than have a back and forth about how much debt the rabbit's didn't owe you, you ask, "I sensed Ming at the Mayor's office. What was she doing there? Hopefully not trying to depose him with a stern scolding." You joke.

"Unfortunately, Miss Ming is the only person The Five are willing to talk to." Renshu says. "The mayor, in all his infinite wisdom, demanded that all meetings be held at his home. To hold them elsewhere would simply be a dereliction of his duty. According to the bakers, he's been damanding feasts for The Five for the past two days which is how long they have been here." He explains scathingly. "Luckily for us, Hien was spared in revealing his true identity and his clothing was enough to throw the mayor off the scent. He truly believes that Hien is a different person though The Five have been appraised of it. Otherwise, we might not have been involved in any of this."

"Why's that?" You ask as a feeling of dread emerges from the pit of your stomach.

Renshu sighs both in the ethereal and the material and sits down on a public bench. You do the same, still somewhat surprised that things were solid to you. "A certain little sister decided to have an arguement with Tigress." He says in a rather restrained tone. "I'd suggest you ask them what happened though rest assured they've already gotten two earfuls from Miss Ming. If it wasn't for her and the young lord's intervention we might have been left out of the loop. The concession being that only Ming is allowed to talk to them from our group and Hien to serve as mediator."

You groan. "Was it really that bad?"

"Not particularly. However, you were brought into the discussion and neither party wanted to back down. Such things tend to get rather heated. Luckily for us, Xin Lan has shown regret and is keeping their distance from Ming and the others while getting things done."

You rub your temples. "So the Five know I am here then. I'm surprised they've left my body alone. I take it that was your guy's doing?" Renshu nods and hides it as if he was scratching his ears.
>>
"Yes, though I presume that not even The Five would be so rash as to attempt to subdue an injured man least of all one in a coma. Undoubtly your actions in Zhengyi have also guided their actions. As Xin Lan told me, you simply broke out of your restraints several times. No doubt they realize such attempts to keep you restrained would be foolish and this town isn't big enough to do anything of that level again. For now they merely have to trust us in the fact that you won't try and escape. We, as the saying goes, have the deck stacked against them. Perhaps it is that fear that drives them. Nothing compels us to do good other than our own volition. Should we decide that we no longer wish to follow this path then we would be free to do as we please and there is no force on China, barring sending a vast army into a slaughter, to stop us. We are, in effect, a distaster only kept in check simply because we do not want to do harm."

You nod, the feeling mutual. Many of your own fears were simply of how easy it was to turn the other way. The fact that no one could stop you meant that you had no safe guards other than ones you placed on yourself and given that you had failed so many years ago to restrain yourself what was to stop you now? Renshu and Xin had you. You were their deterrent but first and foremost their hope. But you, you had no such thing. Rather than dwell on that, you ask something else. "What about Hien? How is he?"

Renshu gives you a look. It took you a few seconds to realize that he was somehow able to see in your direction. No just merely in the direction your voice was coming from but right were your face was though his eyes still had that unfocused look as if they were trying to see something that was not there. "He is uncertain and troubled. Far more troubled that when we first met him and he has seemingly lost all that self assurance he once had. He is a broken man. The question is...what happened while you were out there?"

>What do you say?
>Say you don't know. He seemed fine to you.
>Say that perhaps leadership doesn't suit him or that finally seeing a real battle has made him change his mind.
>Say that you did something. You made him look deep inside himself. More than ever before.
>Write in
>>
>>4672910
>Say that you did something. You made him look deep inside himself. More than ever before.
His idea of the good of the empire and his duty was what held eveeything for him, that no matter what that should be above all. We simply told a couple of stories and asked hum to think about it all.
>>
>>4672910
>Say that you did something. You made him look deep inside himself. More than ever before.
>"I don't know exactly what he saw, but his mind and his heart are in conflict over it. That inner conflict fuels his doubt, but it cannot last - he will be forced to make the choice he fears during the coming conflict. Whatever he chooses will decide his path for a long time to come, I'm sure."
>>
>>4672919
Support, because you were absolutely right.
Also I want to ask Renshu to give him some help, if he can.
>>
>>4672929
Oh and further more, When this convo is done can Renshu tell the others that we're awake?
I presume he would anyway, but it's the proper thing to ask of him.

Once we are done here though, I think we should get back to our body, check that nobody has tried to get our attentions and maybe try and improve our understanding of spirit languages.

We won't be let out until the mission is nigh anyway, so may as well use our time productively.
>>
File: Spoiler Image (842 KB, 320x180)
842 KB
842 KB GIF
>>4672919
Mfw anons pushed Hien into the same path TL started on 8 threads ago.
>>
File: haha.gif (2.79 MB, 540x304)
2.79 MB
2.79 MB GIF
>>4672937
>That alternate timeline Hien who gets punished as a political scapegoat when the mongolians assassinate one of his siblings or his father due to his sketchy-seeming involvement in Zhengyi
>The sense of betrayal he feels from being punished for trying to accomplish his duty causes him to snap and strike back at everyone around him for revenge, just like Tai Lung
>>
>>4672937
I don't quite see the resemblence.

Ours was "Oh god, what have we done, what have we become?" his is more "Is this really what I want to be with my life? Can I put myself before my proposed duty?"
>>
>>4672955
I'm looking it at it in more broad strokes. Both mindlessly persued their goals because of what others wanted. Tai Lung to become the Dragon Warrior and Hien to be like his genius siblings and his family legacy. Both were faced with the fact that their goals, as well as they preformed at accomplishing them, are leading them down a path of darkness. And both are now faced with making a choice that will ultimately force them to be someone else.

Bit broad I guess but what I mean is that TL sees the direction Hien is heading. It's the same one he went through and it's the very reason why he's in this situation. Hien hasn't reached that point yet and there's still the chance to pull him out of his and for him to come out as a better person. How much more does Hien have before his ideology of giving up his own life and desires for the good of the country become an ideology of the ends justifying the means? Tai Lung originally learned Kung Fu to make his dad proud then to be a hero that protects someone before it evolved into getting power for power's sake. TL's been through it, he's seen it happen, and he's heard it happen. It's never ended well and now here stands a young man who's making the same mistakes he and many others are.

Hien on his end, and like everyone else, thinks he's doing the right thing. He's being selfless, and for the most part he is, but he's not seeing himself slip. He's grown up all his life not being told no and compared to his siblings. So when he decides to try to emulate them no one tells him otherwise. Instead they praise him for upholding his family's traditions. When he goes off to fight raiders, no one tells him no, instead they tell him he is doing his duty. Until he meets the crew, TL is the one who finally asks, "Is this really what you want? What kind of man do you really want to be?" and now Hien is wondering "What have I been doing? Is this really the man I want to be or merely the one I'm expected to be?" So now he's were Tai Lung was at. Lost and confused and unsure about his place in the world.

Of course that's just how I'm seeing it.
>>
>>4672944
Damn anon. That's some grim AU right there. I dig it.
>>
>>4672983
Broad strokes makes a bit more sense, Aye
>>
>>4672919
>>4672926
>>4672929
We did it. Please don't tell Ming. Writing.
>>
>>4672937
A heir to both Oogway and Luo.
It seems revenge is not the only vicious cycle there is.
>>4672983
You know, maybe Tai Lung would be a good father after all.
>>
>>4673010
Hey Luo, when is News Years coming around? Is it going to be after all this raider business or are we going to have to break out to celebrate with the gang?
>>
>>4673028
I'm planning it after the raider buisness. Hopefully it can be a nice celebration after all this running around.
>>
"That was me." You admit though there was no sheepishness in your voice. "I saw what he was becoming. Where he was headed..." You pause as you come to terms with what you saw. "...I saw myself in his eyes. When someone follows their goals blindly, when they devote themselves so fully to a direction that they don't question who they are...that only leads to sorrow. Luo when through it, Kai when through it, and so did I. Simply because we became so single minded that we no longer considered other options. Our goals, once pure and selfless, became corrupted and evil. Hien thinks he is doing the right thing. He thinks this is what's for the best but just like me, he never stopped to ask himself if this is what he truly wants or if it is merely what others wish of him. How long before his ideals of putting himself aside for the betterment of the country became one of the ends justify the means?"

"Do you think it was wise to have him contemplate this before we engage the raiders? It may cost him his life." Renshu says plainly and direct.

"Yes. This is the exact situation his was raised to face. Now is the time he truly gets to decide. Does he follow what he wants to do or will he choose to fall back on what everyone told him to be." You say. "But I ask that you help guide him. You also are on the same journey. He can't do this alone. None of us could and we have the chance to help someone become better." Renshu nods though this time he does not attempt to hide it.

"You are right. To turn our backs on a wayward soul would be selfish and hypocritical. How often have we wished that we had someone help us before we made our mistakes? It would be a stain on everything we stand for to not assist. I will speak to the young lord though I am not sure how he will receive the advice." He says.

"I'm certain he will be thankful for any advice you can give him. Though I never imagined we'd serve as advisors to the royal family." You say.

Renshu chuckles, amused. "Nor did I. I suppose things have a strange way of working out."

"Perhaps you might be able to retire as Hien's personal advisor. You could live comfortably." You joke. Renshu laughs.

"And you leave you and Xin alone? I fear for what will befall China." He says shaking his head.

"Could you let the others know that everything is well?" You ask. "I don't want to keep them worrying."

"Once Miss Ming is available, I will let her know. Xin will be glad to hear it as well." Renshu stands up, ready to go. "Would you like me to visit you once I'm done? I'm not sure how long you will be kept incarcerated."

>What do you say?
>Tell Renshu you'd welcome his company.
>Say that it's best he keep himself busy. You don't want to give The Five any reason to antagonize the group.
>Have Renshu bring you some food at least. You're kind of hungry.
>Write in.
>>
>>4673104
>Tell Renshu you'd welcome his company.
>Have Renshu bring you some food at least. You're kind of hungry.
Time to meditate in prison with your bro.
>>
>>4673104
>At the risk of sounding like Xin, Food is always welcome, as is your company
>>
>>4673119
>>4673152
We need food. Writing.
>>
"I would always welcome your company." You say. "Thought, at the risk of sounding like Xin, I could go for some food. I haven't eaten since that night." You admit. Renshu smiles.

"I will bring something." He says. "Just bear with it a bit longer."

"It's no rush." You say. "I'll leave you to it then."

"And I will see you later." You retreat back to your body, leaving Renshu to his tasks. Your stomach growls rather ferociously now that you're fully awake and aware of the condition of your body. With nothing better to do you decide to meditate to calm your mind. You wonder how much longer you'll be in here but more importantly you hope that the plans were going well. The raiders were bound to move sooner or later and you wanted to catch them. Even with map, there was still the chance that the raiders might split up and their leader go into hiding. You didn't like the idea of her getting away without facing justice. Nonetheless, you there wasn't much you could do other than wait. It was about an hour later when Renshu walks through the door, their ears visible over the front desk.

He walks over to your cell, arms full of food, and picks the lock to your cell door. Opening the door with his foot, he calmly walks over to you and sets your meal next to you on the bench. "My apologies. Most of the town is busy and finding a place to cater is getting rather difficult." You open the sack of food and grab the warmest of buns. Stuffing it into your mouth, you ask. "Why's that? Have I missed anything important?"

"Nothing too important. Other than the Mayor's demand for catering, there is the New Year's festival. The event is nearly upons us and the mayor insists that it must go on, despite the raider's being a few weeks away, much to the captain's fury."

"I really wish the townspeople would choose a new mayor." You admit. "The man is a fool."

"I do too but it really isn't our place to decide for them." Renshu says as he hops on the bench and grabs a bite to eat. "The people must decide when enough is enough or else we might end up trading one fool for another."

"New Years..." You say thinking as you chew. "I wonder what we will do for it."

"What do you want to do?" Renshu asks blowing on his rice to cool it. "Assuming we deal with this raider situation once and for all."
>>
"I'm not sure." You admit. "Perhaps we could go back to Zhengyi. I'm sure the celebrations there are something to behold. Or maybe we could spend it while camping. Some peace and quiet in the wilderness could do us some good."

"I'll make sure to pack up some extra food then. In the event we spend out celebrations out of town, then we can at least prepare a nice feast." Renshu says quietly. The two of you eat in relative peace. You hear the guard drills outside but none come in to disturb the two of you. There was a sense of contentment doing this. Simply sitting with a friend and enjoying a quiet meal. Not having to deal with angry townsfolk, or raiders. No plots and planning just a simple meal.

>What do you do?
>Eat quietly. It might be some time before you get another chance to be in peace.
>Ask Renshu something. Break the silence with conversation.
>Write in.
>>
>>4673268
>Ask Renshu something. Break the silence with conversation.
So what exactly did Xin do that made the five so angry? Must have been something to behold
>>
>>4673264
>grab the warmest of buns
Bold as fuck move tai lung, you chad, just grabbing renshu like that
>Ask Renshu something. Break the silence with conversation.
His favorite story. We know xin's and the reason behind it, now i'm curious about the brother...surely someone like Renshu would have his own affections towards writing, with how philosophical he is.

Tai Lung's favorite story is, without a doubt, the various tales surrounding the Eight Immortals. A close band of ungodly powerful friends that get up to all kinds of shenanigans, including creating some legendary martial arts styles...such as the drunken style.
>>
>>4673299
>grabbing renshu like that
After grabbing Xin, you think the man is gonna stop at one bun?
>>
>>4673311
The real question is if he's chad enough to grab a bun's buns.
>>
>>4673312
No, only Xin is allowed to steal food from other buns. Ming gets mad about it enough as it is. Having a big snow leopard steal food will only make her angrier and scarier. Bascially pushing towards the bad end where Ming becomes a food tyrant.
>>
One last thing to point out. If you do invite Hien to join and he chooses to do so. Your party now equals Five. Have fun with that information!
>>
>>4673409
Only need three more after that to become the second coming of the immortal eight.
I wonder if a certain bat could truly change their mind...it would DEFINITELY be fun to see the dynamic between he ling and hien considering the history. I think they have the strongest chance to be both enemies and friends, with their upbringings.
>>
>>4673418
You inadvertantly made your own version of the Five and that's hilarious to me.
>>
>>4673268
>Break the silence.

I feel like telling him about our empathic and presence tracking abilities
>>
I'm excited at the prospect of hanging out with Crane again. Tai Lung should invite him out to Chuanli's.
>>
>>4673445
So Fated Five now?
Thank the Dragons that Four and Five starts with F
>>
>>4673409
The problem is that if allowing Hien to go back to the palace is the only way to ensure the raiders are treated well, and that realtio s between china and the nomads dosen't get even worse, then I'm viting for that.
Shame on passing up on a new party member that I really want, but it feels like it's the right thing.
He can join us later though I suppose.
>>
>>4673696
There isn't any certainties there either. His sister's word is the word of the great dragons as far as anyone is concerned. Nor is the relationship going to get worse if those raiders are tortured to death, because no word of it will leave the forbidden city.
All that changes is they have a representative.

Instead what I am concerned about, is tarnishing his reputation and breaking his lifestyle. Hanging around with Tai Lung is going to tar you for life, even if the only people able to order you to trial is your brother and sister, because while I may not know what official policy for us on an empire wide scale is, I know that our reputation and bounty is terrible.

Ultimately if he wishes to come with us, and it should be his choice, I'm happy with that but I don't think he should without some serious considerations.
>>
>>4673677
>>4673409
Also interesting, is that in chinese mythology, 4 is the number of death.
Our relation to death is quite interesting.
>>
>>4673696
I had posted a continuation of this post, but it ended up on another thread and now I can't delete it there.
Fucking 4chan.
>>
>>4673703
If he follows us he should pick up a fake identity too.
Also the relations would worsen if they are imprisoned and never appear again, probably because the nomads already don't like China, so they will always assume the worst anyway, and even though they are the agressors, it wouldn't stop the anger.
Revenge is a vicious cycle after all, they need the mystical Kung Fu wisdom bullshit to break it or something.
>>4673409
Also Luo, you said they would be charged with insurrection, but how would that work if they are actually foreigners? Isn't that some type of internal crime?
>>
>>4673731
China is the superior empire here. Reprisal attacks against the raiders are likely from my estimations, but if we break their army here and leave some survivors to flee back with tales of our forces, they will never return in our lifetime out of fear.
Their leaders being captured and likely executed do nothing to increase or decrease these events, since you can't really get worse relations than "Hey, I'm here to raid, rape and raze your people along the boarder."

as for insurrection, it is crime against the government, typically by naitives but forigners can still be charged with it, so same punishment.
>>
>>4673731
What >>4673738 said. Insurrection was the closest word I could think of because rebellion implies that they're citizens trying to overthrow their own government. So does insurrection I suppose but the meaning there seems more loose. Basically they're going to be charged for trying to dismantle the government and for plotting to assassinate the Royal family. Technicalities of them already attempting to do so with Hien's life aside they also killed to steal government secrets which is damning on it own right.

Its really owning the scrolls thats pushing it to insurrection because otherwise they'd simply be another band of bandits. You couldn't prove that they were plotting against the throne in that case but now there really isn't any other crime could cover it.
>>
>>4673738
That's the thing, our lifetime, about china. That exactly the mentality that Hien had, and it really doesn't mesh with what we have Tai Lung become, condeming not only the soldiers that made those crimes, but their entire people they came from.
It really looks to me that we should try to do what we can to give them a chance for redemption and better relations with the nomads, any other option seem way too out of characther right now.
Not that they should go free, maybe put them in a force and make them rebuild the towns they razed?
Fuck it, I will post the post that went to the wrong thread and expand it.

Unless we go with him to the capital too. Start the try to not get executed and maybe get a pardon act.
I got this image of Tai Lung in a borrowed outfit that's obviouly smaller than him, arguing the case about him and his friends to the imperial family, while being backed by all our friends and people that we helped along the way, and how the raiders should be given a chance to attone for what they did.
>>
>>4673748
We really need to discovery how they found out about the scrolls. I still think there is some conspiracy from some higher ranking noble family that is manipulating the nomads grudge for China to do the dirty work for them. Probably would kill them after they are done, claim they have the divine mandate now and then invade the steppes using the regicide as casus belli.
>>
>>4673752
The raiders are being executed mate. There is nothing we can do or say to prevent it happening, because that decision lies with the empress and the empress has the law saying "kill the fuckers"

Tai Lung's mentality is "Everyone has a chance to redeem themselves, but if you don't take it then you aren't getting another." We did give the raiders a chance to redeem themselves, we told them to go home. They ignored us and now they will be broken and cast back from whence they came, any who can't flee are going to face the justice of the land they have been raiding.

Tai Lung as he is, Isn't going to stop them being executed because it isn't his choice to make nor is it at all unjustified. Divine Regicide is going to be one big fucking crime.
What he would oppose to, as far as I understand him, is needless cruelty and inflicting pain which means that torture is something he will oppose completely. It's not to say that he likes that they will be executed, but it's not his place to refuse. If it was not crime against the royal family, maybe we have some wiggle room, but it isn't.
>>
>>4673767
Oh well, whatever.
It's not like the imperial family is not going to be slaughtered to the last man and the killer applauded for it in the future.
Happens every 100-200 years anyway.
It's think we have to really investigate, it's smell like scapegoat.
>>
>>4673769
Well yeah, how else is divine mandate going to get to it's new owners?

But jests aside, investigation and interrogation are indeed the way to go once this is all over, maybe send them along with a letter to the royals.
>>
>>4673776
I would prefer a concetration camp or forced labor than outright executivon, Hien should probably suggest that.

But yeah, they have to do a through investigation, probably under the supervision of people loyal solely to the imperial family.
Do you think we could train chi to read peoples mind, or atleast their surface thoughts? Maybe with Renshu's ability to read emotion, Po natural talent with chi and our experience we could come up with something.
>>
>>4673783
Nah, doubt our Chi can do that. Emotional sensing sure but I doubt outright mindreading.

As for forced labour, it's more the case that imperial forces can't really afford to show weakness or leniency with people attempting to dismantle their dynasty.
But yeah, leave the suggestions with the empress or hien if he chooses to return home.
>>
>>4673783
>train chi to read peoples mind
Ming and Renshu definitely wouldn't be into that. Ming out of moral obligations and Renshu out of the fact that it's take a step backwards for his progress. Also he would see it as hypocritical of both TL and him after you shot down the idea of tearing memories out a ghost.

>>4673703
>His sister's word is the word of the great dragons as far as anyone is concerned
You also have to remember that it's probably infinitely more merciful than that of an actual great dragon. In the eyes of an immortal being, to whom centuries are a small drop in the sea of time, what is it to him to execute an army of beings who live less than a blink of an eye in the grand scheme of things?

>>4673715
>Also interesting, is that in chinese mythology, 4 is the number of death.
>Our relation to death is quite interesting.
And like many thing. Purely coincidental. Ming deals with death by preventing it. TL has died. Renshu has died twice (Technically. Once when Xin killed him and once when he was captured by the judges). And both rabbits sold death as a career.
>>
I'll be late posting today. Have a few things to do so I won't be able to do write ups until this after noon.
>>
>>4674047
I meant reading, not torturing someone's soul and ripping a memory off. If that would be the only way than of course that would be a big no. The memory ghost wasn't because privacy, but respect for the dead. No hypocrisy here. The idea was if there was a way to do it peacefully, it would actually be more humane than most methods of interrogation, including the one that you cooperate, since it involves coersion, lying, stockholm syndrome and other forms of psycological abuse.
>>
>>4674047
As the other anon said, reading a thought isnt the same as painfully ripping a soul apart for the meaning. We didnt do it to the raider because it was torture, not because their memories deserved respect.

Unless of course that is how it works here, removing the memory with violence, in which case hell nah.
>>
I'll be posting in an hour.
>>
>>4674421
Whooooooooo
>>
>>4674421
Hype
>>
>>4673282
>>4673299
Grabbing Renshu's buns and talking...and continuing to eat too I guess. Writing.
>>
You grab another bun and chew. "So..." You start, breaking the silence with an awkward pause. "What exactly did Xin say to make the Five angry?" Renshu quietly chews on his food for a moment before drinking, you sense that he was trying to settle his mind which only added to your worries. Finishing his small ritual, Renshu sighs and speaks.

"It started...well I suppose innocent isn't the correct term...it started mundane enough. Though wary, The Five at least listened to our proposed plan. Once Hien and Ming had explained the process in which the powder worked and how it was a non lethal toxin, my little brother decided to make an off hand remark surrounding the idea that things would be simpler if we could simply kill the raiders as they slept. A macarbe statement but one not to be take seriously. Unfortunately before Miss Ming could reprimand Xin Lan, Tigress took the initative and stated that it would be just like you and them to stoop to murder to solve a problem. In response, as tactful as ever when they're angry, Xin Lan pointed out that most of the work in finding the raiders was our doing and should she wish to suggest something then it would be the first actual bit of help the Five had done Shifu and Po not withstanding." Renshu grabs his flask and with surprising proficiency, opens it up and chugs down it's contents. Fortunately, the flask was full water and not alcohol as your can smell. With another breath, Renshu continues, "This of course led to a shouting match, which then became a contest of insults. The final straw seemed to be when Xin Lan claimed that Tigress could never be half the person you were as she never had to do good under the ire of the entire country. It was at this point that the young lord had to draw his blade and step between the two as they had both lept on the table ready to fight. I dragged my sibling out of the building and left the diplomacy to the two left behind. Frankly it's a miracle that they're still willing to talk to us."

You groan and rub your eyes. The one thing you asked Xin Lan not to do and they went and did it. Perhaps it was too much to expect given the tension between the three of you after the events of Zhengyi. "What about the plan? Did they at least agree to it?" You ask. Renshu gives you a slight shrug.
>>
"Of that I'm not sure. It seems like Ming and Hien have had some trouble convincing The Five due to the very nature of me and Xin Lan distributing the powder. Though Ming had suggested that the Five may do so in our stead, they still have reservations over our groups splitting up. While capturing you is no longer their primary goal, they seem to worry that they cannot keep an eye on us in the upcoming battle." Renshu explains, his demenor a bit wilted though he does chuckle a bit as he goes on. "However as we both know, Ming can be quite...persuasive when she wants to be and basically laid down the law. Either the Five were on board with the plan or we would simply go on without them. One way or another, we were going to be on the battlefield with them."

You snort and cough on your drink as images of a petite but athletic cat glaring at the Five with hands on her hips, her eyes undaunted and stern in the face of some of the greatest masters in China. "I presume that went well?" You ask trying to eat and chuckle at the same time.

"About as well as it goes for us." Renshu replies. "Despite the combined efforts of The Five, Shifu, The Dragon Warrior, and the third son of the Emperor himself, Miss Ming would not budge. The stalemate lasted until she threatened to go with all of us onto the battlefield and cling to you for protection if the others weren't ok with just us three and Hien. So the Five relented rather than continued to be glared at and the planning has continued. While we're allowed to join in the battle, our roles are still as of late unknown as it has become a matter of negotiation now." You give Renshu and understanding nod though in reality you wished that The Five would simply push their feelings aside to get the job done. Moreover, you were rather baffled at Tigress's animosity towards you. The others, though wary and on edge around you, simply did their duty as it needed to be done while Tigress seemed to take every opportunity to look for a reason to incriminate you or at the very least to give credence to her ire. You sit in silence as you ponder to yourself.

>What do you want to talk about next?
>Ask Renshu about his favorite book. Xin loves to read and give Renshu's philosphical nature it might be wise to assume he does too.
>Tell Renshu about your new abilities. You can sense your friends presense and their emotions. Perhaps Renshu might be interested.
>Ask Resnhu if he'd like to go somewhere else. You've been cooped up for a while, maybe it would be good to stretch your legs.
>Ask Renshu something else.
>Write in.

>>4673594
Missed this vote. Terribly sorry anon.
>>
>>4674589
It's all good.

>Tell him about our new abilities
>Renshu, do you have any inkling as to why Tigress bares us such emnity?
>Ask him about his favorite book

We can't leave the cell, unfortunately. least not without causing trouble.
>>
>>4674589
>Tell Renshu about your new abilities. You can sense your friends presense and their emotions. Perhaps Renshu might be interested.
We should ask him to call the captain before we go take a walk, don't want to make a fool out of him.
Also we should straight up go to tigress and ask why she is so especially angry with us.
>>
>>4674604
Oh, maybe ask Renshu about the differences in philosophy between japan and china, since his cover is as a monk he should have a lot to talk about.
>>
>>4674589
>Renshu, do you have any inkling as to why Tigress bares us such emnity?
>Could you perhaps ask her to come here, so that we can talk? I'd like to do what I can to help our groups to get along more, and if she's the strongest opposition to that, then it's best we settle it somehow.
>>
>>4674607
I'll support that.

>>4674612
You're mad, man. But hey, if she fucking agrees lets go.
>>
>>4674607
>differences in philosophy between japan and china
Uhh...let me just...google that furiously. Odds are I've probably be using Japanese philosophies in this game.

>>4674600
>>4674604
>>4674607
>>4674612
>>4674617
Lots of votes. Telling Renshu about our super powers and then asking about why Tigress is angry at the gud boi and best girl gang. Writing.
>>
>>4674626
Well, most parallels I could think of would be taoism and shinto being both different forms of native animism, and the different forms of buddhism that are more popular in those countries.
>>
>>4674646
I'd say Renshu wouldn't actually know all that different, since he was raised by being thrown to the wolves and abbandoned, then just murdered his way across Japan.

Sure he may know the lay faiths, but we could probably get off with "I can only tell you of the differences between the people and their attitudes."
>>
>>4674617
Tigress has a lot of problems with us that need directly aired out. Unless we directly face her and address those problems, ALL of them and not just the ones she brings up around the others, then we won't be able to fix it.
One-on-one time with her to break through those walls is the best way to do it.
>>
>>4674660
Yeah, we need to do a no-bullshit what is your problem and deal with it.
Ironically Tai Lung will probably kinda understand and sympatise with her.
>>
>>4674670
She might just be mad that she's not part of best girl squad. You should invite her. inb4 you make Tigress turn her back on the Five in a quest for revenge or to join you in an attempt to best you
>>
>>4674677
Tigress is many things, Cute among them, but one thing she is not is a person who would turn her back on her friends and team.
>>
>>4674660
It is a shame that we can't just fix these issues by ritual combat with one ideal vs another, like Xin and Renshu did.
>>
>>4674679
>Tigress
>Cute

A man of culture I see.
>>
>>4674684
KFP2 sold me on it, whenever she got serious with Po and let down her Hard-style personality for a bit.
>>
>>4674689
Not gonna lie, and I guess a bit off topic, but I do want to see Ming and Tigress fight. But I'm a sucker for underdog fights. Thing is, Ming's not the type to pick fights even if she was trained and Tigress wouldn't fight Ming unless it was absolutely nessecary.
>>
>>4674694
There is always "the friendly spar" when we have the down time
>>
>>4674694
I think Ming would do it if it proved a point.
Like to make someone see that she's not incapable of protecting herself, or to prove that she's not a hostage. Hell, a Ming with a point to prove would absolutely take advantage of Tigress hesitating to fight her.
And she'd probably fight sherlock style when she does get some experience under her belt. Analyzing the weaknesses and condition of her opponent, playing out a mental construct of what she plans to do + how the enemy is likely to move, and then following that construct to the finish.
https://youtu.be/lLuhWLNqpiA?t=114
>>
>>4674694
Just make a verbal fight.
She would win by miles.
>>
>>4674716
That doesnt make it interesting. Besides, Luo wants to write a cat fight.
>>
"The thing that bothers me..." You start, trying to choose your words correctly. "I don't know the source of Tigress's animosity. Perhaps you could shed some light on that? You've been around her for a while, maybe you got a glimpse of something to explain it?" Renshu thinks as if attempting to remember something from long ago despite the fact it was probably only 2 days since he was last in Tigress's company.

"I'm afraid I can't say." He admits. "I've not spent much time with her when comes in regards to you. Though it's something deeply rooted inside her and such things are not something that comes about recently. She's been harboring this and it's festered. Hence, why she seems to lose reason when it comes up. Her anger towards us simply seems to be a side effect of that main issue. As we're your friends and associate with you so to do we become associated with whatever issue she has."

"Anything else?" You ask, hoping for your friend's supernatural abilities to come in. Renshu thinks harder and rubs his chin.

"She hides it well." Renshu continues. "As do you and your father. Sharing your feelings is not something that runs in your family I'm afriad. A shame I cannot read her as well as I can read you but if I was to summarize it in short I would say...inadequacy. That seems to strongly resonate her." You furrow your brow as you try to dicern the meaning behind that. You had bested the Five long ago but you didn't think it was so soundly that she would have harbored such feelings from that. You didn't think your father's training would allow that. Compounding the issue was your lack of understanding when it came to social situations at least when it came to actually thinking about them. Sighing you say,

"Could you ask her to come here, so that we can talk? I'd like to get to the bottom of this or at least find a way to let both our groups work together. Since she's the strongest opposition to that, it's best that we settle this once and for all." Renshu wipes his mouth and folds his napkin, as he looks at you curiously.
>>
"I...suppose I could ask her that." He says. "Though I am unsure if she will comply. Still, attempting to reconcile these feelings would be increadibly healthy if not for you then for her." You nod, thankful that there would be at least an attempt at this rather than consider the whole situation hopeless. With nothing more to add you decide to shift the topic a bit.

"You know...I have picked up a few new things recently." You say unsure how to word it without sounding boastful. "I can...feel where everyone is. Well...not everyone. Just you, Ming and Xin. I can feel what you're feeling. Rather...I can push forward and meditate on someone's feelings." You struggle to put the words together on something that felt so...intrinsic. It was as if you were trying to explain how to breathe or see. Renshu looks at you interested.

"Really?" He asks, his attention on you. "Is there anything else to it? What is it like?"

>How do you explain it?
>Say that you guess it's very much like his ability only that yours requires meditation.
>Say that...it's like diving into someone's core. Like swimming into a sea of their being. The only one that seems to circumvent this is Renshu, whom you can feel effortlessly or when someone else is feeling something very strongly.
>Say that it's vague and you can't really put your finger on it. You haven't tried it that often.
>Write in.
>>
>>4674718
I see what you did there. But >>4674702 is right. I want to do it simply to see how creative anons get. Ming will very much be a sherlock/shikamaru/gadgeteer kind of fighter. As Xin put it, her strength comes from her intelligence and creativity and the fact when she has her back against the wall she doesn't falter and instead becomes more steadfast which is probably one of a martial artist's greatest strengths. Coupled with alchemy, chi, and throwing and Ming suddenly becomes a very versitile fighter. Not TL levels of mook destruction but in 1v1s, she could be a force to be reckoned with.
>>
>>4674724
>It's like swimming into someone's core
We did it with Xin on the boat, we felt it with Renshu when we came back from the raiders, despite looking completely serene we could feel a violent rage that honestly felt murderious.
Hmm, he said he could read us well, maybe it's a two way street? or perhaps tigress is just harder to read than bleeding a stone.

>>4674727
Neat. Prepare for flying by leaping on thrown needles to drop kick someone.
>>
>>4674729
Oh, and of course, when we got the ability.

We sort of senses our friends emotions when we opened up about our experiences in the hells, and we "took" or internalised some of the emotions of the others. Sounds terrible in hindsight, but that's when shit got mystic.
>>
>>4674724
>Say that it's vague and you can't really put your finger on it. You haven't tried it that often.
We do not have enough empyrical evidence for a conclusion.
>>
>>4674724
>Say that...it's like diving into someone's core. Like swimming into a sea of their being. The only one that seems to circumvent this is Renshu, whom you can feel effortlessly or when someone else is feeling something very strongly.
>>
>>4674736
He isn't asking for a conclusion, he's asking for what it feels like. And we've done it a few times already.
>>
>>4674729
>>4674740
It's a weird swimming feeling. Writing.
>>
You ponder for a moment as you once again try to find the right words. "It's like....swimming." You start. You decide that perhaps the best way was just to talk and let the words come through. Since the ability felt like something natural to you then perhaps naturally speaking would explain it. "Like I'm delving into someone's core. The sea of their being. It can't really feel emotions like you can instinctively but I can dive into someone and feel what they're feeling." You explain. "It takes a bit of time...except when someone is feeling really strongly about something. It seems to escape them. Radiate from them at least...that's what I think." You admit. "You are the only one I've felt that but you're also the only one whom I can feel out instinctually without needing to meditate." Renshu raises and eyebrow. You give him a weak smile. "I guess I'm not the only one who is easy to read." You chuckle to which Renshu returns the favor.

"I suppose I now have to watch what I do and say seeing as you'd be able to read me now." He says.

"I'm afraid it might ruin a few things for Xin." You say with a grin. "For starters, they can't hide from me anymore. At least not without actual effort."

"I'm not sure they're going to like that." Renshu admits. "But to be able to sense them is quite a feat indeed."

"I think I'll keep that a secret a bit longer." You admit. "Just to mess with them a bit." You think for a moment. "But just like the emotions, your presence is the one I can sense the strongest as well." Renshu tilts his head.

"Really?" He says thinking. "Hmm...I'm afraid these are abilities I've never truly heard of before to be knowledgeable enough to explain that. I had always assumed my own were unique to me so I never truly studied them beyond their applications."

"They've proven useful so far." You say. "As limited as their applications are. I'm not sure what to make of them."

"Treat them as you would any other skill." Renshu says. "With dilligence and respect and they should serve you well."

You nod and think about your abilities a bit more. Months ago, you probably would have dismissed them for being useless in combat. Now, you wonder what these abilities could do for you outside of combat and for others.

>What do you say?
>Continue talking to Renshu.
>Ask Renshu if he can go find Tigress right now.
>See if the Captain is near so he can let you out.
>Write in.
>>
>>4674877
>Ask Renshu if he can go find Tigress right now.

Now im thinking about if Xin and Renshu truly are the only ones left from their organization or not.
...and if Xin was the only child they successfully got to that degree of “non presence”. After all, it worked once, so why stop there? What if we kept breeding more like them, kept doing the ritual. Hell, what if they thought they could take it even further somehow? There could be an even more terrifying assassin out there, and nobody would know it. Maybe they experimented with the rituals to try to bring out different effects, like making it legitimately impossible to remember the assassin when you look away from them. Or make them give off a calming, natural, belonging aura that would let them attack in plain sight and slip away.
>>
>>4674897
OK. Who's leaking my notes? because that's literally post timeskip Xins abilities to a certain degree. The others still have some growing to do.
>>
>>4674877
>Ask Renshu if he can go find Tigress right now.
>See if the Captain is near so he can let you out.
I don't know if the talk being in the cell would be better or worse.
>>
>>4674928
I'll just have to brainstorm an even wilder ability natural to 'The Successor'.
The ability to mimic someone's chi, thus fooling natural and unnatural senses into perceiving them to be the person who's chi they're copying. Of course, this would only be the 'shell' covering their true chi, which is as much of a blank void as Xin Lan's.
>>
>>4674877
>spend some time in eachothers company and then ask to see tigress
>>
I'm also looking forward to the jarring normality the crew will face when they meet Ming's family. I don't think they'll be able to cope.
>>
>>4675652
>Tai Lung keep asking if there is anything wrong in the surrounding house, then town, then country, then world
>Renshu is given full time cook duties while Ming tries desperately to explain that the others are just energetic as she is strangling Xin and TL in their attempt to go out and find something that they understand as her family just watches the scene with confusion and bemusement.
>Hien just compliments them on the home.
>>
>>4675719
I'm already imagine how her friends and family are gonna reacted to how toned and muscular she's gonna be after training.

>Mom or dad playfully toss a fruit to her and she instinctively catches out of the air without even glancing in that direction. Takes a full minute for everyone outside the crew to notice what happened.
>>
>>4675725
They are going to ask if we are her new boyfriend and we are going to drop the spaghetti aren't we?
>>
File: Spoiler Image (33 KB, 600x629)
33 KB
33 KB JPG
>>4675727
>They are going to ask if we are her new boyfriend and we are going to drop the spaghetti aren't we?
Don't worry about it anon.
>>
>>4675727
>>4675732
L-look guys. So long as nobody, and I mean nobody, mentions that Xin has been called our wife in the past, then we should be fine.
>>
>>4674897
>>4674981
>>4675250
Asking to speak to Tigress. Writing

>>4675774
Don't worry about it. I'm sure Xin won't conviently forget to not mention it.
>>
You sit with Renshu in silence. There was a sense of contentment in just sitting there with your friend and eating. It seemed, for the moment at least, there were no raiders to worry about, no plans that needed to be made, no life or death situations just peace. Unsurprisingly, Renshu felt the same way as you can feel the same coming off of him. The two of you continue to eat in this peaceful silence until there is nothing left in the cloth bag. Downing the last of your drink, you decide this would be a good time to continue the conversation. “Xin Lan likes to read.” You say it as a way to make conversation and feel a bit foolish by simply stating a fact. “I mean...Xin likes to read but other than playing music I guess I don’t really know what you like to do? Do you have any books you enjoy? Or maybe you like to play board games like Ming?”

Renshu sips at his tea. “Well…” He starts quietly. “I do have a confession to make...I...don’t know how to read.”

“Seriously?” You ask in amazement then catch yourself. “I mean...I didn’t mean it like that.” You say, suddenly finding yourself worrying that your gift for him is in poor taste. Renshu smiles at you and chuckles.

“No. I was merely teasing you.” He laughs softly. “I can read quite well though I must admit I haven’t taken the time to do so in a long while.” He takes another drink and seems to think for a moment. “I wouldn’t say I have the same fancy towards literature as my little sister does but I do have some works that I remember fondly.”

“Really? Which are those?” You ask, curious as to what kind of taste in books Renshu has.

“Well...I’ve always been fond of Miyamoto Musashi’s work.” Renshu says. “Though he only has two works, 五輪書 and 獨行道 “ You tilt your head, helplessly confused when he speaks in another language though Renshu’s Japanese always seemed to remind you fine penmanship. Like something written elegantly and with a flourish. You guess it’s because the words sound exotic to your ears. Unfortunately for you, your response is not nearly as elegant as you say,

“I’m sorry...what?”

“My apologies.” Renshu corrects himself. “Go Rin no Sho which roughly translates to The Book of Five Rings and Dokkōdō which is roughly The Path of Aloneness. They are two schools of thought that intertwine and were the man’s personal philosophies.”

“Who was this Miyamoto?” You ask intrigued that you might finally be learning about another country and more importantly about Renshu’s time in Japan of which he rarely spoke about, at least not in a positive light. What little he would bring up would often be with scorn or contempt, a testament of his cruel upbringing there.

“A wandering swordsman.” Renshu replies. “And the closest thing I had to a father I suppose. Although that implies we were close. No, I was just a student of his and though, as arrogant as it sounds, was his best.”
>>
“Wait...but I thought you were only in Japan for a few years? You never mentioned him before.” You ask as dozens of questions begin to pop into your head. “He taught you swordsmanship? Then why don’t you ever use a weapon?” You catch yourself before more questions spill out. Renshu seems amused.

“I was in Japan for only a few scant years.” He agrees. “But I learned quickly from him, as I said, I was his best pupil. He was the one who convinced me to return to China though he perhaps did not expect me to return to murder my birth father. Many of my habits come from The Path of Aloneness which is a set of 21 precepts to live, in Mushashi’s eyes, an honest acetic life. I must admit however, I fail at a few but such is life.” Renshu sets his flask aside. “As for my swordsmanship, I am quite the swordsman as he was. I simply choose not to use them. Precept #16; Do not collect weapons or practice with weapons beyond what is useful.” He recites. “As my training continued when I returned back to China, I learned how to use as many weapons as perhaps you do. However, my body is my one true weapon, my own sword, and I keep it as honed and sharp as can be. A lesson I should have imparted in Xin Lan.” He chuckles. “Though should the need arise, I can pick up a weapon easily enough.”

“What about the other book?” You ask and you struggle to pronounce it properly before simply dropping any attempts to do so.

“Ah, The Book of the Five Rings. It was a sort of combat manual.” Renshu explains. “For swordsmanship and Mushashi’s attitude towards combat. Once again, Xin Lan’s opposite.” He laughs. “It stressed simple clean strikes and a no nonsense attitude towards combat though perhaps a bit hypocritically it taught a style based on wielding two blades at once. Mind and body are to be one when striking. Perhaps it could be Japan’s version of Sun Tzu’s Art of War though more specialized for swordsmanship and more detailed on the actual tactics of duels and fighting rather than the philosophy. Oddly however, Musashi preferred people to learn through experience rather than be taught through a book. I say book but the truth was that Musashi never put his ideas into writing.”

“Is he still…” You dare not ask if Renshu had killed his former master but the rabbit senses your meaning and shakes his head.

“No. I did not kill him.” Renshu says. “I am unsure if he is still alive but I highly doubt a war could put the old dog down. As a child, his teachings intrigued me and perhaps fed into my more rebellious phase. To come back with forgien teachings and turn my back on anything Chinese as revenge for my abandonment there.” He explains bitterly. “As I grew, I began to take them more seriously if only to protect Xin Lan as they grew up.”
>>
You nod though you did not understand the concept of youthful rebelliousness. Shifu would not tolerate any lack of discipline and would often threaten to withhold teachings and techniques if you ever displayed rebelliousness. You never did have any problems following these guides as training was the only life you had up until now. In a way, Renshu did the same though his self control and training came out of need to protect their younger sibling. A thought that made your reasons for training as you grew feel even more selfish and shameful. Trying to escape these feelings you ask, “So there’s no books based on these teachings?” You ask.

“As far as I know. None. Though Hien has mentioned that Japan is now at peace so it’s quite possible that Musashi put his works into writing now that his blades had no foes to face. If so, finding a copy here in China would be next to impossible.” Renshu says. The two of you grow quiet once more and you get a strange feeling from Renshu as hard as you try to ignore it. Vulnerability, no doubt in part to having revealed something as personal as his upbringing. Not wanting him to continue to feel like this or at least wanting to spare his feelings you decide to move forwards.

“Would it be too much to ask if you could go ask Tigress to come see me? It’s the afternoon, perhaps the meeting is complete.” You ask and you hope that Renshu can feel that you weren’t trying to get rid of him but rather you were trying to spare his feelings. Renshu nods.

“I will see if she is...amicable enough to ask.” He says.”Do you think she’ll see you?”

“I’m not sure but it’s worth a try. I’ll see if I can get the captain’s attention and see if he lets me out.” You say.

“Hopefully he does but for now, I’ll go and find the wayward master.” Renshu bids his goodbye, heads out, and in a bit of what you catch in mischievousness, leaves your cell door unlocked.

>What do you do?
>Remain in your cell and try to get the captain’s attention. Won’t do if it looks like you escaped.
>Get out of your cell and walk to the captain’s office. It’s not like you couldn’t have escaped before. This way means there’s less property damage.
>Head out and go to the guard’s training. It’s quiet now so it must be over but perhaps the Captain is still there.
>Wait. Someone will come eventually.
>Write in.
>>
>>4675951
>Remain in your cell and try to get the captain’s attention. Won’t do if it looks like you escaped.
Part of me just want to go to his office and say we just woke and the door was open, but that feels like being a dick.
>>
>>4675951
>Remain in our cell and get his attention.

I can just imagine TL sat looking at the open door and meowing like a house cat because the door is 1 cm from being as wide open as it can go.
Cats are so bloody picky.
>>
>>4675959
>>4675973
We're gonna meow really loudly. Writing.

Also TL Quest has hit 79 pages on my Google docs and thats only from the times I had to post on phone so a while after the Warring Triad arc. I write a lot. And so do you guys because that's not including votes or side conversations. Makes me proud.
>>
>>4676005
Got reason to be proud man.

Gonna suck if his investigation isn't done yet, or he asks that we stay here anyway to preserve the peace.
>>
>>4676034
Well, we can tell him that we are planning to talk to a member of the five, so we could ask for a place that is more private. Or soudproof. More for the guards own confort than anything.
>>
>>4676070
Don't see the need if I'm honest, Guards are probably going to leave out of respect for Tigress and any shouting she does will be heard on the other side of town.

If this becomes an actual fight, then it's best to not have witnesses.
>>
You watch your friend leave and vanish as the door closes behind him. You sit down and wait then realize you don’t really have anything to do or even a way to contact the Captain to see if he can let you out. You could just walk out and go to his office but that feels kind of rude. A bit stumped at your conundrum, you pace a bit to try and think. You suppose you could try yelling or shouting for attention but you didn’t want to get the captain angry or, more likely, angrier. You pace for another few minutes and then sit down, a bit embarrassed at what you’re going to do next. You close your cell door and it shuts with a loose clang as there was nothing to lock it back in place. Bending down, you pick up a few loose rocks from the ground. Sheepishly, you weigh one in your hand and hurl it at the door. It connects with a loud “thunk!” and the rock embeds itself into the wood. You wince but do it again, hoping to get the guards attention outside and praying that they were still posted at the door. It takes a few more attempts but after the 5th rock falls to the ground, someone opens the door. You manage to hold your fire before you get into the rhythm of doing it.

The porcupine sticks his head in looking confused and you wave at him. “Hey, good timing. Could you see if the captain is free? I want to ask him something.” You say, trying to sound nonchalant about the whole thing. The guard nods and steps indoors.

“You hear something?” He asks looking around, missing the small pile of rocks that were knocked away by the door. You shake your head.

“I thought I heard something.” You lie crushing the small rocks you hid behind your back. “But I was just talking to my friend a bit ago and wasn’t paying attention.”

“Weird.” The guard responds. “Well, I’ll go see if the captain is in.” He turns and heads down the hall to the captain’s office. Moments later, the porcupine returns with the Captain following him. You stand, not wanting to seem ungrateful or cocky. With a wave, the captain sends the porcupine back to his post.

“You’re awake.” He says gruffly and matter of factly. “Thought you were dead.”

“Injured. But not dead.” You say. “Healing takes a lot out of me.”

“I’ll bet. It’s a miracle your legs even work. Injuries like that can leave a man disabled. I’ve seen many take an arrow to a limb and have it heal wrong. Leaves their limb stiff and nearly useless. Figured you’d have gone the same route.” The captain continues. “In either case, it seems that you’re not the kind of man to stay laying down. What do you need?”

>What do you say?
>Ask the captain if you can go free. Did he finish his investigation?
>Say that you want to speak to a member of the Five. Though Renshu is already on that, wouldn’t hurt to have someone else do it.
>Tell the captain your cell door is unlocked. Might as well let him know.
>Say that you want to speak with your friends.
>Write in.
>>
>>4676096
>Have you finished your investigations?
>Have I missed anything important in the past week other than the 5 arriving?
>How is Guang and family?
>The door is unlocked, by the way.
>>
>>4676141
Taking this. Writing.
>>
>>4676271
sorry for my lack of input, just got off work
woulda voted for the same thing anyways
>>
>>4676271
Oh shit missed the vote.
Is there still time to warn him that if tigress actually comes here there is a chance of it being a near apocaliptic event?
Giving a heads up is the least we can do after all.
>>
>>4676354
If his investigation isn't over, we can warn him.
>>
>>4676354
Sure ill toss that in. Really what we should tell the captain is that best girl viper is here.
>>
>>4676364
We'll make sure not to mention how we found a Viper poster hidden in the captain's desk
>>
“I just wanted to ask if you had finished your investigation.” You say sitting down once more. The captain nods.

“I have but I got a few questions.” He says. “Been meaning to ask them but I’ve been told you wouldn’t be around for a while.”

“Sorry but it had to be done. We need as many capable people to fight off the raiders. This was the only way to have that happen.” You explain. “Any other circumstance, I would have been able to wait.” The captain gives you a look before turning and grabbing the small chair from the receptionist desk. He drops it in front of your cell and sits down on it, backwards and facing you.

“Well, the sooner we stop dancing around the subject the sooner we can get this over with.” He says. You nod. You weren’t sure what the Captain could ask you that you hadn’t really answered already but there was no real point in delaying it. “What do you need to know?” You ask.

“Why?” The captain asks. A bit confused, you answer, “Why what?”

“Why’d you do it? Why are you even here?” He clarifies. “Out of all of China, out of anywhere in the world. Why stay here? You’re a murderer. A killer. Anyone with any sense would immediately run you out of their city if not try to kill you for what you did. But you’re still here. Helping...why?”

>What do you say?
>Write in.
>>
>>4676449
>I no longer am the man I once was Captain. I may be still trying to understand what I want, but I know what I must do, and that is to help people, no matter what. Not to attone my soul, or to repay my crimes, but to do good for it's sake, because it is the right thing.I could run away, find a place in the world and be at peace, but then what? Just selfishly away with all the strength I gained from all my training, while others suffer? Helping those who are weaker than oneself is the least a man should do, and if I can help others away from the dark path I took too, than it's all worth it.
If someone can make it less cliche please do.
>>
>>4676483
>Selfishly hide away
>Dark path I once took
Fuck
>>
>>4676449
>"I'll try to keep this short Captain, I know you don't enjoy me wasting your time. When I escaped prison, I almost murdered my father in a blind rage over a scroll that when I held it, was nothing but paper in my hands. Then as I fled, I came upon a woman who the townfolk spat on for keeping to the old faith, for tending to her own patch and respecting the forest. She sacrificed her life and freedom so that ungrateful people who wished to lynch her could have their children back. Then I met Ming and Xin Lan and seen the extent to which we would each go to for one another.
>Over all this time, I've come to learn that one thing which all of these different tales have taught me is this. If you are willing to stop, to change your ways and put your every effort into mending your mistakes and trying to repair that which can't ever be fixed then you can find some sort of peace with yourself. I have friends now who also wish to do good, I have found peace, I've helped save a ship of innocents and a city of people in the grips of a traid coup and solved a love dispute, I don't need China's respect or forgiveness for what I've done to mend my mistakes, I just need to know that this is the right thing to do and I'll keep on walking this path until the great dragons see fit to send me to Hell or to my ancestors."

Right, to clarify in case that was too rambling, the main reason to do it is "I'm trying to make up for all the deaths I've caused and I don't give a fuck if everyone hates me while I do it. I'm here to save them because it's the right thing to do and to not let my friends faith in me down."
>>
>>4676483
I prefer parts of that actually.

Replacing >>4676492 "I don't need china's respect or forgiveness for what I have done to do good,"

Because doing good for goods sake is TL's new sort of motive, as a way to avoid returning to his old way.
>>
>>4676492
I don't know. No matter how good you become, nothing can make up a death, unless you view it in the bureaucratic way that less people ended up dead overall.
That's why I push for what is done is done, now I have to do good because it is what is right view.
>>
>>4676449
On a word, redemption.
Longer story, I always wanted to be the hero, the one to get praise for helping. It isn't how it turned out, you already know that part of the story. I no longer care about the praise but I still want to be the hero, to help others. Eventually I might be able to help more than I have hurt. I want to be the man younger me would be glad to become.
>>
>>4676505
>>4676492
But telling the short aide of the events that changed our mind is a wonderful idea. Maybe add our encounter with the bat that showed what we had become as a villain, so we would never go back?
>>
>>4676505
That's sort of the point. Nothing is going to erase or fix the Razing of the valley of peace. Trying anyway is a futile effort that's going to help everyone else until we die of old age.

And talking about our encounter with the bat, like staring in the mirror, is an okay idea
>>
Posting in about 30mins
>>
>>4676483
>>4676492
>>4676513
Write ins are great. My turn to write.
>>
You look at the captain for a moment. No one ever truly asked you why you did anything. Sure, there were plenty of times you explained your ideologies as a defense or argument but never as an explanation for your actions. You turn and sit at the edge of the bench to look directly at the Captain.

"I'll try to keep this short Captain, I know you don't enjoy me wasting your time. When I escaped prison, I almost murdered my father in a blind rage over a scroll that when I held it, was nothing but paper in my hands. Then as I fled, I came upon a woman who the townsfolk spat on for keeping to the old faith, for tending to her own patch and respecting the forest. She sacrificed her life and freedom so that ungrateful people who wished to lynch her could have their children back. Then I met Ming and Xin Lan and saw the extent to which we would each go for one another. Over all this time, I've come to learn that one thing which all of these different tales have taught me is this. If you are willing to stop, to change your ways and put your every effort into mending your mistakes and trying to repair that which can't ever be fixed then you can find some sort of peace with yourself. I have friends now who also wish to do good, I have found peace, I've helped save a ship of innocents and a city of people in the grips of a triad coup and solved a love dispute." You give the captain a long look. “I no longer am the man I once was Captain. I may be still trying to understand what I want, but I know what I must do, and that is to help people, no matter what. Not to attone my soul, or to repay my crimes, but to do good for it's sake, because it is the right thing.I could run away, find a place in the world and be at peace, but then what? Just selfishly away with all the strength I gained from all my training, while others suffer? Helping those who are weaker than oneself is the least a man should do, and if I can help others away from the dark path I took too, then it's all worth it."

You stand and pace a bit. "I no longer am the man I once was Captain. I may be still trying to understand what I want, but I know what I must do, and that is to help people, no matter what. Not to attone my soul, or to repay my crimes, but to do good for it's sake, because it is the right thing.I could run away, find a place in the world and be at peace, but then what? Just selfishly away with all the strength I gained from all my training, while others suffer? Helping those who are weaker than oneself is the least a man should do, and if I can help others away from the dark path I took too, than it's all worth it. So in short, I used to do this for redemption. I wanted to be a hero, to be honored and praised for my deeds, but we both know how that turned out. I no longer care about praise or fame but I still want to do good. Eventually, I might be able to help more than I have hurt. Eventually I might become the man the younger me wished to be.”
>>
The captain gives you a long, hard, appraising look. You felt as if he were examining some kind of code. As if what you said had some hidden meaning or as if you yourself were hiding something on your person. It made you feel slightly bare. Finally, with a heavy air he says, “You’re not a good man.”

“I don’t think I’ll ever be what many would consider to be a ‘good man’.” You reply calmly. “But that doesn’t prevent me from doing good.”

“No. It doesn’t.” The captain replies. “Though more accurately, I’d say you’re a right pain in my ass. Do you always manage to cock up the plans and schedules of everyone you try to help?” He asks slightly indignantly though there seemed to be a hint of amusement in his tone.

You shrug. “It just seems to come with the territory. I never really intend for things to go south...people just tend to be stubborn.” You say thinking back at the small ornery fox from a few weeks ago. The captain grunts in response and says nothing. “So...am I free to go?” You ask.

The captain stands, “As it stands. No. Even if what you said is true, you’re still China’s number 2 criminal and it’d be foolish to just let you go...officially. However, nothing says I can’t let you out on supervised parole.”

“And who will be supervising me?” You ask a bit wary.

“Luckily for you the Five are here and have volunteered to do so.” The captain says going over his papers. “As it looks right now...Mantis and Viper have been chosen.”

>What do you say?
>Ask if this is really necessary. You won’t cause trouble.
>Ask if it can be anyone else. Like Crane and Mei Ling.
>Say you’d rather just wait in jail.
>Write in.
>>
>>4677787
Unintended probably, but the fact we repeated a paragraph twice after promising to keep it short.

>Well it isnt my friends on the five, but I see nothing wrong with it.
>Warn the captain that Tigress may be coming by soon and where we plan to visit in case she asks.

I see no reason to stay inside at current, let's go see An Bo and company.
>>
>>4677801
That is my bad, yeah.
>>
>>4677787
>That shouldn't be a problem. I've been meaning to get to know them better anyways.
>>
>>4677787
>Warn the captain that Tigress may be coming by soon and where we plan to visit in case she asks.
>She has a specially string hatred for me. I will avoid any fights, but it would be better to find a resilient cell just in case
>>
>>4677801
>>4677810
>>4677817
Warning the cap that angry sis might be storming the jail. We'll be fine with mantis and viper. Writing.
>>
Daiyu is gonna have a field day next time she sees ming.
>>
>>4677828
I don't see why, unless you are saying they will go out to a field for a day to test out Mings new superhuman skills. (And endurance.)
>>
“That won’t be a problem.” You say. “Not my friends in the Five but it’ll be a chance to get to know them.”

“You’re friends with the Five?” The captain asks, amused.

“Only with one. At the very least, I get along with him better than most.” You admit. “I’m guessing they’re still not here?”

“I’ll send someone to get them, you’ll just have to wait a bit.”

“If that’s the case, then I should warn you.” You say and the captain gives you a mixture of a glare and exasperation. “I asked Tigress to see me. She has a particularly strong hatred for me and I kind of want to get to the bottom of it. I don’t intend to fight her but in case it does break out...I’ll try and keep it away from the town.” Seeing the captain’s look you quickly add, “I’m also planning on visiting the Tavern...in case she asks where I went.” The large tiger turns his back to you and waves you off.

“I’ll keep it in mind.” He says with some restraint. “Just try not to completely destroy the town before you leave your cell.”

---


It was about another hour before the two arrived to collect you. You couldn’t really help but feel slightly amused when you simply pushed the door to your cell open and saw the look on their faces. Both of them seemed incredibly wary of you and seemed to be on edge as if they were waiting for you to pounce. Ignoring their paranoia, you stretch a bit now that you weren’t in a cramped cell and had a cramped inn room with your friends to look forward to. Without a word, you begin to head towards Chuanli’s tavern only to realize that you probably should appraise your two new jailers of the situation. “I want to grab a drink and catch up.” You say jerking your thumb at the building. “I know the owner.”

Mantis and Viper exchange a look between each other but say nothing. With no protests, you quickly make your way to your destination. The tavern was as busy as it ever was with people pouring in and out of it both from the town itself and the evacuees. Despite this mass influx of patrons, the atmosphere of the place was no one of revelry but of commiseration. A heavy depressing atmosphere hung over the place and you weren’t too happy about it as you missed it’s previous boisterous tone. Nonetheless, you enter. A hushed silence ensues as you step in through the doors as if a blanket had been placed over the building. Everyone stares at you and quiet whispers echo about as you stride forward towards the bar. Viper and Mantis follow you, unsure of the crowd’s demeanor but bound by duty to follow you.
>>
You sit down, and An Bo pops up from under the counter, bottles in her hands and confusion on her face as she looks to see the cause of the sudden silence. “Mr. Tai Lung! They let you out!” She shouts, surprised and elated. Putting the bottles down, she turns around and shouts, “Guang! He’s here! He’s out!” The sound of crashing wood echoes from the back room and a dusty boar comes rushing out, barrel in his arms.

“Hey man! You’re free!” Guang says grinning. “How was your time in the clink?” Before you can answer he frowns and turns to face the patrons. “Hey! Who said you can listen in?! Get back to your drinks! All of ya! Or do I need to cut you all off?!” The customers, rather than be deprived of their source of alcohol, cast one last glare at you and return to their drinks, noise returning back to the tavern. Guang grunts and looks very much like his father for a moment before a grin returns to his face. He grabs a clean mug, turns a spout on a barrel and pours you a drink. Mantis and Viper look positively perturbed, completely unsure of what to do.


>What do you say?
>Ask Guang if he’d like you to leave. You don’t want to drive away his family’s business.
>Ask Guang how he’s been since you left. How’s the tavern treating him?
>Ask if he’s heard anything. It’s a tavern and drinks tend to loosen lips.
>Write in.
>>
>>4677884
>Ask if they would prefer we come back at another time, we dont want to drive away their custom.
>If they dont kick us out, how have they been? Has there been any more trouble with the trader family?

>Belatedly introduce them to Mantis and Viper, then Viper and mantis to them.

Just a completely natural conversation.
>>
>>4677888
Oh and
>I take it your father is not best pleased with my revealed identity?
>>
>>4677884
>Ask Guang if he’d like you to leave. You don’t want to drive away his family’s business.
>Ask Guang how he’s been since you left. How’s the tavern treating him?
>No more problems with merchants and angry mothers I hope?
See if viper and mantis wants something. Maybe one of those mixes he came up with? Or something non-alcaholic with they think we will escape while they are drunk.
>>4677893
Well, we did they them when we left
>>
>>4677903
Stop eating parts of my post 4chan
We did tell them when we left. Shouldn't been that much of a surprise. Not our falt if he didn't believe it.
>>
>>4677903
We told these two, not his dad proper I dont think.

I do like the idea of cocktails. Just make sure we can pay for them, he will probably not press the matter but he deserves the money for his efforts.
>>
>>4677888
>>4677893
>>4677903
Talking to old friends. If they'll have us at least. Writing.
>>
>>4677905
Maybe we can encourage the 2 of 5 to open up a bit by asking them their thoughts on the place.

Our story of how we helped them is also worth it for their looks of shock.
>>
>>4677837
Didn't even see this but yes that's exactly why. Its rather difficult to keep in touch when both parties are constantly traveling so there's gonna be catching up to do and maybe someone might confess their feelings.
>>
>>4677936
Ming is a real romantic, I think she will do it over dinner.
>>
>>4677936
More proof that Luo is trying to push away Ming as a waifu canditate through emotional blackmail, so he can push his favorite waifu to win the LungBowl.
The identity of said champion is still unknown however.
>>
>>4677989
Fool! Do not look at who he has suggested, look at who he has not!

It is obvious that Luo himself is a jealous waifu trying to keep him for himself by miring down the Lungbowl with too many candidates to ever get anyone picked!
>>
>>4677989
>>4677997
Thats some 4d chess right there to try and narrow down the choices to Ming only in this waifu completion through reverse emotional blackmail. I shan't fall for it. I'll just throw in more waifus in.
>>
>>4678000
The mad man, he can't be stopped.
>>
>>4678000
Beware Luo, you may throw so many of them that you might accidentatly create the perfect waifu, thus losing.
Unless that was your plan all along. Your favored waifu simply never was introduced to begin with! By eliminating Bao early, you destroy the power of the First Girl tm, thus making any option possible!
>>
>>4678023
GAH! Such intricate harem politics, surely he must have been sired by the emperor's finest concubine.

We must be devilish if we are to overcome such insurmountable traps within traps. Though our perceptions are that of a Frog in the Well, we can surely overcome him with effort!
>>
>>4678023
Lads we've just upgraded from 4d chess to galaxy brain 5d tetris.
>>
You take the drink gratefully and drink. It was warm and sweet making it a rather pleasant feeling when you drank it. You tasted hints of various fruits in it, mainly strawberry, while the light alcoholic content gave it a small kick as if to jumpstart your taste buds. You figure drinking this after a long day of training would certainly help lull you into a nice sense of comfort. Setting down the glass, after once again not fully finishing it in order to avoid seeming ungrateful, you ask, “If you want me to leave I will. I don’t want you to lose business because of me.” Guang laughs and smacks your shoulder. Viper and Mantis look downright horrified.

“Get a load of this guy. ‘Want me to leave?’” Guang says looking at An Bo with a large grin. “Nah man! You and your friends are always welcome here.” He motions at the customers rather flippantly. “These guys don’t know you. Hell, half the town is on your side. The other half don’t want to get caught up in it.” Guang leans on the counter. “We’ve heard the stories you know. The real ones. Bout how you and your friends stuck your necks out for the evacuation. Your girl’s brother came in the other day to explain it.” He says quietly as if it was some big secret. “I was just telling An a few days prior that you were out saving someone else. Didn’t think you’d be taking on an army. See, this is why I and the town respect ya. You’re a real man. You fight the good fight because someone’s got to. Not because you’re gonna get paid or because you’re gonna get all the women. But because it’s what needs to be done. Everyone in town knows it. Saw it when you were running around asking ‘em to keep An safe incase her mother flipped out.”

An pours you some more drink and, despite their protesting looks, you place a few coins to pay for it on the counter. “Guang and I have been telling everyone the truth.” She says quietly. “We’ve been telling them everything you’ve done for us. Most don’t believe it but some do after they saw what you did to help them escape.” You bury yourself in your mug as you try to hide the warm feeling in your face. Once you put the mug down you say, “Thanks.”

You motion to Viper and Mantis. “This is Master Viper and Master Mantis.” You say. “They’re here in town to help figure out how to deal with the raiders and to keep an eye on me too.” Guang eyes the two for a moment, once again emulating his father.

“Ain’t that a thing?” He says. “I didn’t know you were friends with the Five.”

“Well…” Mantis starts waving his hands in protest.

“He’s not really...What I mean to say is…” Viper stammers.

“Crane’s my friend.” You say, cutting through their words and you drink a bit more. “This stuffs really good. You gonna be serving this for New Years?” You ask before adding and placing more coins on the counter. “Can you serve them some? I’ll pay. Non Alcoholic please.”
>>
An Bo nods eagerly and grabs a few more mugs. “We might serve something else.” She says happily. “Guang and I have a competition going.” She explains rather proudly. “He, Mr. Chaunli, and I are seeing who can make the best meal. Drink and food together. We’re gonna serve them in the festival and see who can sell the most.” You chuckle.

“Good to see you’ve settled in nicely.” You say. “Didn’t know you’d be confident enough to complete with the owner and his son by now.”

“I’ll say.” Guang says proudly as he pulls An Bo into a hug and planting a kiss on her head. “A week after you left, she was already taking orders and serving drinks like the best of them. By the next week she’d taken over the kitchen. We’ve had more food ordered along with drinks since...well ever.” An Bo blushes furiously at the praise and wraps her arms around Guang.

“Ohh this is really good!” Viper says, raising her head from the mug. “You made this here?” Guang nods, pride swelling in his voice.

“All of our brews are made in house. We’ve been experimenting here and there but nothing we have is imported or borrowed. If you wanna make money, you gotta make it with your own two hands. That’s what the old man taught me.” He says, beaming.

“Speaking of Chuanli…” You say slowly. “How is he? Don’t expect he took the news of me well.”

Guang’s face falls a bit. He rubs the back of his neck and looks away as if a bit ashamed. “Well...it was kind of rough.” He admits. “Old man wasn’t too happy you lied to him. Had a bit of a fight about it. Pretty bad one too. Took hours to get through to him that you weren’t just planning something and even more to convince him of not spilling your name out to everyone.” He shakes his head. “But he came around eventually. Right now, he’s been going back and forth from the guard’s office to the mayor’s place. I think they’re asking for his help since he used to be in the army with the captain.” He sighs. “But now that you’re on the job. Guess things are looking up.”

>What do you say?
>Say that things aren’t set yet but you’ll do everything you can to stop the raiders.
>Say that you’ll stop the raiders. You promise. All they have to do is worry about the festival.
>Say that it’ll be the Five that will stop the raiders, you’re just here as a sort of advisor and mercenary.
>Write in.
>>
>>4678048
>Say that things aren’t set yet but you’ll do everything you can to stop the raiders.
>We have a plan to work with the five and the dragon warrior to take down the raiders, but if the negotitions don't go well we will just take them on ourselfs, just like we were planning to before all pf this anyway.
>>
>>4678048
>Things aren't set yet, but we'll do everything we can to stop it. The five, us, the Grandmaster of the jade palace and the dragon warrior
>If nothing else gets done, I'll take on the army myself and be back in time for the festival, nobody is going to stop me trying some of your drinks.
>If you see your father before I do, can you pass on my apologies. Even if it's a lie of ommission, it's offended him.

No need to mention that negotiations between our groups are tense.
>>
>>4678076
That's true actually, Mantis and Viper are right at our side, I'm changing >>4678057 to
>We have a plan to work with the five and the dragon warrior to take down the raiders, but if it doesn't go well, I will take down their leaders myself, wouldn't be the first time.
That last part being a reference to both the dream/soul sequence at the library and us taking down the officer at thev forest.
Also when we ask forgiveness to the dad, we could add that people tend to not want anything with us when we use our real name.
>>
>>4678089
I feel like everyone and their mother understands why we hid our name. But to what purpose is what has everyone on edge.
>>
>>4678096
You hide your name to scout potential waifus. If they don't like you at your sneakiest then they can't handle you at your freakiest.
>>
>>4678116
What IS his freakiest, given his skillset?

Waking up from dying multiple times?
>>
>>4678048
>We have a plan to work with the five and the dragon warrior to take down the raiders, but if it doesn't go well, I will take down their leaders myself, wouldn't be the first time.
>That being said, I have full faith in the five. Their teamwork and skill are legendary. When I last fought them, I only got as far as I did because Mantis was preoccupied. No force could ever stand against all of them working together unencumbered.
Always good to spread some faith among the townspeople. If they believe the five have things handled, then it's good for morale, yeah?
>>
>>4678133
Gentle handholding in public and him not bring embarrassed by it
>>
Gonna get some food. I'll count votes when I get back.
>>
>>4678137
I'll support adding a "buff up the five" option but maybe change the wording to "Because I struck using techniques they had never seen before" so it doesn't sound like we can trash 4 of them at once.
>>
>>4678173
Ultimately, mantis DOES fill in a gap for the 5 that none of the others can fill in. He's raw power combined with sudden and unexpected strikes, and a master of grappling and uprooting the opponent from their footing.
When all five work together, they cover each other's weaknesses just about perfectly, and their strengths pretty much have a multiplicative effect. Rather than their total power being all of them added together for '5', it's '5*5'.
>>
>>4678178
I'm aware, but it's implied that with mantis being abscent and us almost winning that we were a match for 4 of the 5 at once.

Which while truthful, isn't the sort of message you want to give to the villagers. We want to play into their myth of indominability, and instead of overcoming them with brute force we did it with techniques which they had no defense for or a dirty trick, it'll keep them indominable in the minds of the villagers listening and potentially make them think worse of us. . . By which I mean continue to think we are scum.
>>
>>4678076
>>4678089
>>4678137
Taking these votes. Writing.
>>
"Things aren't set just yet but I'll do everything I can to stop the raiders. My friends and I are working on the plan with the Five and the Dragon Warrior but if it must come down to it then I will take down the raider leaders myself if it's the last thing I do." You say and you take another drink. "That being said, I have faith in the Five. Their teamwork and skill are legendary for a reason. Speaking as someone who has faced them personally, when they work together I believe that they are without equal." Guang grins.

"So then we really have nothing to worry about." He says looking over his shoulder as he pours someone else a drink. Handing the mug back to it's owner, he begins to wipe down the countertop. "I believe in you. Honestly, those bandits have better start counting because their days are numbered." An Bo comes out of the back room with 3 bowls of rice. "You will be careful right?" She asks quietly as she sets them down infront of you and the other two before gently placing grilled scallions ontop of the rice then drizzling a dark sauce onto it. "It sounds like something every dangerous."

You take the food, beyond grateful for the tavern's hospitality. You reach for a pair of chopstick and surreptitiously place a few more coins on the pile knowing full well this was meant to be free. You nod, "It is dangerous, I won't lie but I promise we'll take every precaution we can before we engage." You take a bite of the hot rise. Despite the meal's plain look, it was actually quite well seasoned. The rice itself had a nice salty seasoning that blended well with the sauce. The sauce itself was spicy with a sweet after taste and it's consistency made it so that it seeped into to center of the rice. When combined with the taste of the grilled scallions the combination of flavors was homely and comforting with each bite urging you for another bite. "This is amazing." You say in between bites. "What's in it?" You ask pointing at the rice. An Bo giggles and shakes her head.

"I can't say. I don't want Guang to steal my recipie before the contest." She says smiling. Guang gives his girlfriend a shameless grin.

"I would never. If I'm gonna win, it'll be by my own strength and technique. I couldn't face you knowing I cheated." He says.
>>
"So that just means I still can't tell you." An Bo says wagging a finger. Mantis and Viper eat greedily, unable to stop keep themselves from stopping. You couldn't blame them. It was as if you could eat this forever without being full. It wasn't until the bowl lay empty before you that you feel quite full. Content with a good drink and warm food you say, "Well I can say that if you'll be serving this at the festival then there's nothing keeping me and my friends from coming back here. Not any raiders or bandits. Just make sure you make extra because Xin will probably be coming back for 6ths if we let them."

"Hey if that's the case then it only means more publicity. People are gonna be curious why someone's coming back to our place." Guang grins. "This year's festival is gonna be the best one so far."

"Then I look forward to it." You say as you get up. "It's been good talking to you two. If you see your father before I do, then pass on my apologies. Even if it was a lie of omission, I've offended him." Guang gives a dismissive wave.

"The old man will live." He says. "But I'll let him know you didn't mean any harm." As you step out of the tavern with Viper and Mantis in tow, Mantis asks, "So...uhh...where to?"

>What do you say?
>Head to your friends. You want to see how they're doing and get some sleep on an actual bed.
>Go to the mayor's house. See if you can learn what the plan so far is.
>Go somewhere else in town.
>Write in.
>>
>>4678506
>Did you enjoy the meal and drinks? Guang and An are both incredibly good at their crafts even though one had no interest and the other was a trader.

Throw them off guard with utterly mundane subjects and then
>I'd like to meditate at the shrine
>How has the planning gone while I was indisposed?
>>
>>4678506
>Go take a bath.
Tai Lung has not showered in over a week. He does not need to be a dirty Kung Fu hobo unless he was planning on weaponizing his smell against the raider.
>>
>>4678807
>In over 2 months
FTFY

Maybe getting cleaned up is something to do, on reflection, but I'm still going to push for asking about the planning and their thoughts on the meal.
>>
>>4678506
>Meditate in the shrine.
We haven't talked to our dragon friend for a long time, we should catch up. Than it's going to see our friends so they know we are ok. Bath should probably left after we talk with tigress.
>>
>>4678714
>>4678858
I think it's going to the shrine that won. Writing. No fluffy Tai Lung for now.
>>
>>4679278
Gotta postpone the write up. Got some electrician in my house messing around with my air vents. Something about making sure there isn't any energy leaking or some such.
>>
>>4679339
Aight.
>>
Back to writing. Sorry about that.
>>
“I want to go meditate for a bit. There’s a small shrine in the center of town I like to frequent.” You say as you begin walking. Before either master could say anything you ask, in a rather casual manner, “What did you think of the food? Guang and An have incredible talent for their craft despite hating running a tavern and being a clothing trader until a few weeks ago.” Mantis and Viper share looks of disbelief.

“How...did you mean them?” Viper asks rather cautiously as if almost afraid of hearing the answer.

“I helped them.” You say. “Reunited two lovers despite their hag of a mother. Saved An Bo from being sold into a marriage with someone she didn’t love. Possibly even saved her from living a life run by her mother.” You grin, “They’re pretty happy together, don’t you think?”

“Uhh...yeah...good job.” Mantis says, a bit taken aback. The three of you arrive at the small shrine which at the moment was surrounded by dozens of villagers. The shrine itself was covered almost completely in talismans, flowers, and various offerings as the villagers kneel at it and pray fervently. Though slightly surprised, you realize that it was only natural there would be so many people here. With the attack and their near death, it was only natural that the evacuees would come here to offer their prayers to the Gods for good fortune and protection. Stand a few feet away, not wanting to cause a scene and unsure of how to proceed.

>What do you do?
>Walk up to the shrine and meditate. There was nothing illegal about that.
>Try and wait a bit. Maybe the villagers will go away after a bit.
>Go and do something else.
>Write in.
>>
>>4679643
>Walk up to the shrine and meditate. There was nothing illegal about that.
Incense for our friend.
Maybe the wind sprites will throw gusts at people that try to awaken us.
>>
>>4679583
Also Luo, is everything alright with your eletrical installation now?
>>
>>4679643
>Go get an offering for the spirits, they liked sweets I recall, and hope that the villagers will have cleared off by the time we get back.

If they haven't fucked off by the time we have something to offer then we can just sit down.
>>
>>4679651
Everything is going good now. Had an old thermostat changed, vents resealed so the heating and AC don't have to work harder to keep the house at temp but my system itself was fine thankfully. Some of the neighbors were having issues so the electric company was having a check up. Thank you for asking though, means a lot to me.
>>
>>4679646
>>4679659
I can combine these. Writing.
>>
“Let’s go somewhere else for a bit.” You say turning around. “I forgot to buy an offering and want to give the villagers time to leave.” You head to the general store where you remember buying a sewing kit for Ming. A soft orange glow began to tint the skies as the sun began to set over the town and you wonder if the villagers ever looked up at the sky and wondered if that would be the last day they would ever see. “I need to buy some incense and some fruit.” You say out loud. “Think they liked sweets and nice smells.”

As was the habit by now, the two members of the Five exchanged looks and Viper asks, “I thought you were going to meditate.”

“I am.” You reply looking around town before you realize you had begun your normal patrol route and promptly make your way off it to head to the general store. “The sprites like something to smell, particularly the air ones. I’m not sure what the others like but I assume the water sprites must like something liquid. Maybe I’ll offer them something from the tavern...haven’t seen many here though.” You say absent mindedly as you enter the shop. You hear the familiar jingle of the bell above the door and the kindly old woman makes her way out to the front counter.

“Oh hello dearie.” She says with a smile as she adjusts her thick glasses. “Did you forget to buy more food this time? Or did you want another look at the sewing kits for your little friend?” You shake your head politely.

“Not this time ma’am.” You say trying to hide your relief that you weren’t being shouted at or screamed at. “I’m just looking for a bit of incense and some fruit. I want to make an offering at the shrine.” The old woman turns around and begins to look around through the shelves as she hums quietly to herself.

“Such a good boy. Always good to offer some prayers to the Gods.” She says politely. “I tried to get my boys to do the same. Never stuck.” Mantis and Viper wait patiently with you as the old woman searched around.

“So by sprites you mean...spirits. Like actual elemental beings?” Mantis asks.

You nod. “Yeah. The elementals, children of the great dragons. Some are harder to understand than others but I can get the general gist of what they want to say though even then they tend to get a bit distracted unless it’s the earth sprites. They mostly prefer to be left alone so they can do their jobs.” You say nonchalantly, mostly accustomed to talking about it with your friends. Viper and Mantis look at you in awe.

“W-when did you learn to do this?” Viper asks. “Master Shifu never…”
>>
“It’s a long story.” You admit. “But to make it short I learned it when I died. Or at least I practiced it when I died.” Viper and Mantis look at you aghast and before either of them could say anything the old woman calls out, “I found them sweetie! What flavors would you like?” You stride over to the counter and look at worn boxes of incense sticks. You avoid the peach smelling ones lest someone else gets the wrong idea about you and go for some apple scented ones as well as some that had a peculiar spicy scent to them. You figure that the wind sprites would enjoy the curious smell and take those before finally grabbing a few sweet fruits from a nearby basket. “Oh a big offering.” The old woman says happily. “Praying for some good luck? Maybe with that lady friend of yours?” She teases with a giggle. You fail to keep your face from burning causing the old woman to giggle some more.

You pay for your goods and bid the old woman a good day, and out of habit remind her to keep her doors locked and to let the guards know if she is worried about something. The old woman reminds you once again that she’s as spry as she was back in her youth and once your daily ritual was complete you step out of the store. You can feel the questions just wanting to burst out of your two handlers and you look around a bit more before deciding if you want to answer them.

>What do you do?
>Take some time to answer Viper and Mantis’s questions. Might be handy that they know a few things.
>Go somewhere else before you go to meditate. You’re in the market district, might as well take advantage of it. Answering questions can wait or one of your friends can do it. You kind of find it amusing at the two’s reactions.
>Go meditate. Hopefully the shrine has cleared up.
>Write in.
>>
>>4679813
>Take some time to answer Viper and Mantis’s questions. Might be handy that they know a few things.
>Go meditate. Hopefully the shrine has cleared up.
Answer on the way, and if there are still some people in there.
>>
>>4679813
>Take some time to answer Viper and Mantis’s questions. Might be handy that they know a few things.
>Ask them if they would like to join you in today's meditation. Though they might not be able to see the sprites as you do, the possibility is always there - and you do know what it's like to pull the veil away and see what you were always capable of seeing, so perhaps you could give them some advice on it.
>>
>>4679824
>>4679838
Going to meditate. Asking Viper and Mantis if they would like to join. Also not being like Ming or Xin and actually answering questions rather than just teasing them for a bit. Writing.
>>
"Come on." You say as you make the trek back to the shrine. "You can ask your questions on the way there." The two, who have been quietly following you, are practically bursting at the seams with questions. "You died?!" Viper blurts out.

"Wait, you can talk to spirits? Like full on conversations?!" Mantis continues.

"How long have you been dead?!"

"What do they even tell you?"

"Who killed you?"

"Can you do it all the time or just in towns?"

"How are you even here?"

Bemused at their barrage of questions you answer them to the best of your ability. Even so, you withhold the majority of your adventures. The attack of the spirits at sea, your time in the Spirit Realm, your talks with Shenlong. You did not feel close enough to them to want to tell them these rather personal details. Instead you avoid having to answer questions regarding these and stick to the details of your ability to speak with spirits. How it works and generally how spirits act, mostly how sprites tend to get rather overexcited and forget what you asked for them. Mantis and Viper listen to you with rapt attention, enthralled with this information and every word you speak. By the time you finish your explanation of how wind sprites and water sprites who have too much fun tend to cause weather issues, you have returned to the small shrine at the center of the town. Many of the villagers had already left and only a few reamined, still in prayer or consoling one another. They cast anxious looks at one another as you walk past them, towards the shrine itself.

Whispers arise around you but as always you ignore them. You set the sticks in a row around the shrine and light them quietly, more invested in your simple task than the gossip. You place both hands together and offer a small prayer to your friends. Opening your eyes, you pull the fruit from your bags and gently peel them before cutting them into interesting shapes. You think that the sprites might find them amusing and enjoy them more. They seem to prefer the thought behind the gesture rather than the offering itself. This small ritual takes a few minutes and once you were done you turn to the two. "Would you like to join me? In meditating I mean." You ask politely as you motion to the shrine. Mantis and Viper seem taken aback at that and seem unsure.

"N-no. It's ok." Mantis says.

"It's fine. We'll keep an eye out." Viper adds gently.

You nod and sit down, crosslegged, before closing your eyes and letting yourself go once more.

>What do you do?
>Reach out and see if you can contact a sprite or spirit. (What kind and what do you say?)
>Try to head to Shenlong's home. The presence of the wind feels weak here however.
>Contact Renshu again.
>Write in.
>>
>>4680079
>Try for Bao. It's been a while, and you certainly consider her a friend.
>>
>>4680079
>shenlongs home, even though the wind is weak.

We wont catch Bao, since it is not morning but maybe we can reach Shenlong.
>>
>>4680079
>Try to head to Shenlong's home. The presence of the wind feels weak here however.
Bao would be around Shenlong's home anyway. Maybe we will get to catch up with two friends this time.
>>
I feel an increasing desire to tell them to just calm down, god damn. It's like they are stuck in a cage with a snow leaopard, we've said we won't cause trouble and even if we did they have the five, Shifu, Hien and the Dragon warrior within a stones throw.

They need to calm the fuck down.
>>
>>4680601
You have to remember that this is their 3rd time dealing with us. The first we beat the crap out of them, their master, and the dragon warrior. The 2nd we werent opening hostile but we did have an air of "you couldn't stop me anyway so let's just save some time".

The only one who won't be freaking out is probably Crane because he's great. I'd love for him to talk to Ming about how he was a janitor before he was a kung fu legend.
>>
>>4680785
We don't still have that aura? Damn.

But you make a fair case that they haven't had much time to acclimatize, but still, flinching whenever we look at them or speak is starting to get on my nerves.
>>
>Visit Master Oogway, see if Kai has returned yet
>>
>>4680886
I'm sure we do when there's something that needs to be done but we're in as close to RnR mode as we ever get. Plus they probably grew up hearing tales of the scourge of the valley of peace. It's hard to reconcile those two mental images.

That said I do agree. I get where they're coming from but it's grating.
>>
>>4680953
If we are 40ish, tigress trained by punching trees for 20 years and was seen trained by Shifu from about age 5, assuming he had a brief period of mourning and not accepting apprentices of say 2 years then yeah.
Being raised with tales of the Razing is a complete possibility. These peasants on the other side of the country knew of us and the empire hasnt made any secret of spreading wanted posters left and right, so living closer is bond to be a real talking story.

I do wonder though even with we and Kai being seemingly the only recorded martial masters to turn supervillain, I am rather suprised that martial arts isnt a heavily restricted art form permitted to only a few.
>>
>>4681045
It's more of the scope of the game? Or rather because this is a game about Kung Fu then you have a tendancy to run into other martial artists more often. But really the majority of the population doesn't practice it in any capacity and those that do, do it as a form of exercise like tai chi (although there might be combat ready tai chi masters just for shits and giggles). Most people like in, real life, don't have the time, energy, or funds to dedicate their lives to mastering a martial art. Learning a weapon is more likely because as mentioned with Ming, gives you a bit of a leg up on the training. You don't need to be a master to stick a blade in someone or smash bone with a hammer. You and the gang, The Five, Po and various others are actually quite rare in the grand scheme of things.

Same goes for Chi, learning how to use it is hard. Which is why the Five don't know how to use it. Po has the whole dragon warrior thing going on for him, you're an idiot savant when it comes to Kung Fu, The bunnies were basically bred into it, and Ming is sensitive to the supernatural (so she doesn't remain utterly useless forever. Looking at you Kishimoto) but that doesn't have to relegate her to Chi. The thing is, because of the themes and scope of the game. You kind of just run into it more often than the average person.

Also banning martial arts sounds like something the bats would have done to prevent an uprising, which sounds cool as part the first Friend of the Wind's backstory.
>>
>>4680174
>>4680384
Trying to go to Shenlong's home it is. Writing.
>>
>>4681056
Even one man able to do what Shifu or Tai Lung or oogway can is an immense threat to national security and stability, being army stalking badasses.

It's not that I'm saying that such people are common, I am just saying that they exist and are decently public figures on a wider scale, and it surprises me that there is no regulation or attempts to curb its learning such as making all schools directly under the command and jurisdiction of a speciality branch of office.
But maybe they simply grow complacent that actually mastering the art at the highest levels takes a good person.
>>
>>4681077
That is the reccuring theme of superheroes. How to regulate them and make sure that the daunting power they weild doesn't threaten the stability of already established power structures. Governments don't like being undermined and it's a question I've always asked myself. Worst case senario what can the world do if someone who couldn't be stopped in any capacity physical, mental, social, ect decided he no longer wanted to follow the rules? You can't kill them, you can't lock them up, can't hurt people around them. So what do you do?

Unfortunately, I don't really have the quest set up for an Avenger's Civil War kind of thing and the (whatever is the opposite term for grimdark is) nature of the game lends itself to believing in the best of people. I don't really think I'm a good enough writer to handle a game or topic like that either. I think, and I'm sorry that it's a bit of a cop out, that in this setting people who reach the level that Shifu or TL are in martial prowess are few and far between even within the community of martial artists. Hence why such masters are on a first name basis because they're that rare. Everyone else simply isn't that talented and even the talented ones among that group are still just regular men and women. Men and woman that can be taken down by a simple platoon of guards albeit with some difficulty.

But I think I'm probably just overthinking things again. It seems like the setting is starting fray at the edges and sometimes I wonder if I should start looking to ending the Quest. Proper ending mind you or at least one with a hopeful tone. But then I think that if I do that and start a new quest...will the issues really go away?
>>
>>4681097
Nah, the setting works fine. It's just a problem if you arent satisfied with accepting genre conventions, which as far as I'm concerned is only for if you dont like the genre or are having some literary discussion.

You are within your domain to start bringing it to a close, it is the domain of the author, but I'm happy to ride the train until you pull it into a station.
>>
You reach out with your senses and try to make your way to Shenlong's home. It had been so long since you've seen Bao and him. Where they worried about you? Had it been a long time for them? Considering how time flowed and ebbed in the spirit realm, it might be possible that they haven't even noticed. At least Shenlong wouldn't. He was an ancient being and to him time would not nearly seem as long as it seems to you. You weren't sure about Bao, she was no longer a mortal woman but did she, too, lose her sense of time? You make a note to ask them about it if you ever met them.

The sounds of the busy streets fade away and soon all your senses are devoted to feeling out for spirital presences. You try to imagine traveling to Shenlong's home, the floating island in the sea of island in the spirit world. You can feel a tug or a presense of doing so but nothing occurs. You frown a bit and try harder. You remember last time you just felt out towards it like you would any spirit or did you just imagine sitting at the shrine. You sigh and feel yourself stumbling over your thoughts. You had hoped now that you were at peace with yourself you would be able to travel to this place as easily as before. Before you can make another attempt, something tackles your side.

You tumble for a bit and open your eyes to face your foe, only to find yourself eveloped in the presence of air. Far stronger than anything you have felt before in the mortal realm. It takes only second for your mind to catch up with your eyes and you see that your once again in the beautiful shrine island in the spirit realm. The large statue of Shenlong standing proudly in the center, a large lake and waterfall behind it.

You fall to the ground and feel a weight upon your chest, looking up you see the figure of a young woman in a shrine maiden's uniform, her glowing eyes teary, and looking down at you. Her hands rise to her mouth and she whispers as if any loud noise would cause you to dissappear, "You're back. Oh Gods, you back again."

>What do you say?
>Say hello to Bao. Ask her how she's doing.
>Get up and ask Bao where shenlong is. How much time has passed?
>Hug the cat. Lift her up like you did last time.
>Write in.
>>
>>4681097
The opposite of grimdark is noblebright if I recall correctly. The setting is fine enough and it really only frays if you start looking for things outside of the quests scope. None of the characters strike me as the type to worry about the politics of it all or how the sausage gets made so it can be ignored.
>>
>>4681118
>Hug the cat. Lift her up like you did last time. Ask how she's been and how long you've been gone.

Cover all the bases really.
>>
>>4681118
>Hug the cat. Lift her up like you did last time.
>Say hello to Bao. Ask her how she's doing.
Warning: Bao is now rapidly rising in the waifu ranks for me
>>
>>4681114
I figured people who couldn't suspend their disbelief wouldn't read or vote to be fair. I'd rather have a small group of voters who enjoy the game than tons of votes with people unhappy.

My gripe is that I don't like having to fall back on "Well the setting really wasn't made with that in mind." or "It's just something you kind of have to ignore." But I'd rather do that than make up some random BS like Rowling does with the Potter Universe. I like having discussions about the universe, it's fun. I'm just not very good a making a setting I suppose. As for ending the game. I have a few ideas of how to proceed but I'm content with running it for now.

Being the big nerd that I am. How would people take seeing TL and the group in other Quest in the event I do run another (probably after a break)? Not as giant talking animals but just as npcs that match the setting and have the general personalities as the current crew. A cameo kind of thing or possible npcs you can hang out with. I think it would be cool but I can also see the faults of it too. Could be seen as fan service for the sake of fan service. I just think of it as a fun nod.
>>
>>4681130
I'm fine with it depending on type of quest. I like little cameos and crossovers if they make sense.
>>
>>4681118
>Say hello to Bao. Ask her how she's doing.
>Hug the cat. Lift her up like you did last time.
>>4681127
Do it. Join me. Together we will overrun this quest and than, all of /qst/ itself!
>>4681130
As long as you only run another quest after this one ends, and is just some cameos, not some major characters in the story, than I think it's fine.
Also I'm pretty sure that martial arts already are goverment controlled in the setting, since all of the masters ended being part of some major dojo or school after the dynasty was set up right?
>>
>>4681125
Support. We aren't a quippy lot in this situation.

>>4681130
Personally man, just from what I've gleamed from your "meta posts" lets call them, you are rather overly critical of yourself.
Setting building really is a case of "Make shit up and retcon it as and when it's no longer convenient."

There's nothing wrong with bullshitting something or just ignoring it.
>>
>>4681138
I don't think those dojo's are directly subservient to the government other than the government being ruled by divine mandate.

>>4681130
Oh and Cameo's are fine, you're only gonna get it if you read this quest anyway. Tyler Lang, mercenery with a heart of gold leading his merry band the 'fearsome four' on many contracts that don't violate their moral code could be fun.
>>
>>4681147
Well not directly, but they are most definitaly cooperstive and the most ilustrious probably had imperial funding and endorsement. There is no way that the jade palace didn't have goverment support in it's constrution and maintenance.
>>
>>4681164
Actually, Kung Fu is probably treated in the same stipend as temples in the imperial bureaucry, kinda like Shaolin is actually a zen buddhist temple.
Treated as semi-independent than.
>>
>>4681168
Neat.
Also as a note, that Renshu studied with Mushashi makes me exceptionally happy. His history is one that makes me enjoy personal histories.
>>
>>4681181
Glad you liked it. I wanted Renshu to enjoy a book or two but I'm not as well verses in Japanese tales as Chinese ones so I looked up Musashi on a whim. Turns out he had some philosophy under his belt that actually matched Renshu's personality perfectly. Even more so is the parallels it has to Xin. Xin's and Renshu’s favorite authors are warrior philosophers but one taught Xin about loyalty and friendship, the other taught Renshu about war,combat, and Aloneness.
>>
>>4681125
>>4681127
>>4681138
Hugging the cat. Writing.
>>
>>4681214
His twin mountains sword technique and his tales of his victories are also fantastic to read about, really making him one of the stand out characters of the period.
>>
>>4681223
It was two heavens technique sorry, the name I was thinking of was "from mountain to sea", basically adaptibility.
>>
>>4681223
I like the idea of him seeing a very angry bunny child and clapping across the back of the head and telling him to settle down. Then went on to teach him how to control his anger. Didn’t really work, by then Renshu was pretty broken and he mostly followed along to learn how to get revenge but once the rabbit became responsible for his younger sibling, he started taking it more seriously.
>>
>>4681237
Imagine if Renshu ended up meeting Shinran instead and studyed Amida Buddhism, the focus on the ease of the savation for the soul, and it belonging to everyone could have helped him.
And Rennyo would also have a super assassin working for him when he started the Ikko-Ikki movement.
>>
You wrap your arms around the cat and lift her up as you give her a hug. Bao’s arms quickly find themselves around your neck as she hugs you back tightly. “Hello Bao.” You say gently as you feel the wind whip around you. The presence of air bore down upon you, like a large thick blanket. But rather than feel suffocating or overburdening, it felt comforting, welcoming, like the memory of a distant friend or the warmth of summers long past. “How have you been? How long has it been since we spoke?” You ask, holding her. Bao pulls back and rubs her blue eyes.

“How have I been?” She echos,almost indignantly, as she tries to keep her voice from breaking. She hits your shoulder with the palm of her hand with a surprising amount of strength for someone her size. “I’ve been dying of worry! If I could even die to begin with. It’s been months on your end! How many centuries do you think went by here? I knew something was wrong when I could no longer keep in touch with you. I tried over and over again to talk to you and no response! Oh even the sprites tried to get your attention and nothing.” She says fretfully. “But how could I know you had done something so stupid?!”

At that you begin to feel shame. Images of a worried Bao shouting and calling for you into nothingness with no response floating in your mind. While you did not regret your actions, you did regret making those close to you upset even if unintentionally. “Y-you knew?” You ask nervously.

“Of course I knew.” Bao says, her tone softening and ears bent back. “Oh Tai Lung, of course I knew. I told you I’d always be with you. I’m the High Priestess, how could I not sense you when you’re Shenlong and my best friend?” She returns to hug you once more. “You foolish, foolish man.” She continues. “How could you possibly think you could take on hell?” She sighs. “But I’m not one to talk am I? Not when I’m like this.” Bao motions to her grab and then her eyes. “How is your friend? Is he doing ok?” She asks in a motherly fashion.
>>
“He’s fine.” You say smiling. “We’re both worse for wear from that experience but I think we came out fine.” Bao nods, a bit more at ease. “It was rough...I won’t lie and I wish I could talk about it but...I couldn’t. My mind..it just wouldn’t.” You shake your head as memories of those cold sleepless nights return. Of you tossing and turning, desperately trying to forget your time in torment. Bao gently cups your cheeks and holds your head. “It’s ok.” She says gently as she looks into your eyes. “You’re home now. It’s ok.” Bao motions to a small table near the lake at the base of the waterfall. “Would you like something to eat? I managed to get a few offerings before I returned.” She asks and you suddenly become keenly aware that the table had not been there before. Sensing your confusion, Bao giggles. “I’ve been practicing. Have to if I want to do my job properly. I did a bit of remodeling. This is my home too you know.” She says hopping out of your arms and landing on the soft grass. Her voice grows a bit quiet as she continues, “Had to...after the incident.”

“Incident?” You ask. “Did someone attack this place?” Images of a battle raging in the forest, full on spirits coming to the aid of a helpless Bao, all the while you remained in ignorance in the mortal world rose in your mind. “Shenlong happened.” Bao whispers and though her tone was quiet, you feel the utter terror in her voice. She turns on her bare heels and faces you, you can almost notice the tremble in her glowing eyes as she says, “He was furious.” She says half in awe, half in horror. “I have never seen him that upset in my life. It felt like…” She shudders and holds herself. “Like I was being torn apart from the inside out. Like the winds were ripping me from my threads. The island itself wasn’t as lucky. Trees were torn apart, splintered in mid air, the ground split in two, even the spirits looked like they were about to burst and explode.”

“Why? What happened?” You ask as your mind fails to comprehend the kind of destruction your friend was describing. “Was it because of me?”
>>
“Yánluówáng had no right to make a deal like that with you.” Bao says, her tone hardening. “The Great Dragons might not meddle in his affairs out of respect but that didn’t give him the right to do that. Especially with the Friend of one of the Dragons. He overstepped his position. If he wanted to pull a stunt like that he should have asked first. It might not be blanket immunity for you to do what you want but-” Her face softens and grows worried. “Tai Lung, dragons are possessive especially on those they deem close to them. It’s simply their nature. You already know He considers you a real friend and when someone does something like send his friend to Hell.” Bao wrings her hands and shudders again. “He was furious like I said. Some of the spirits say that his roar shattered a few dozen islands nearby. Last I saw of him, he flew off to go confront the judge.” Bao leads you to the small table at the edge of the lake. It was white and appeared to be made of marble. In its center was the image of a large dragon, made of jade and embedded unnaturally in the marble as if grown from it. Atop the table was a small feast of various foods. Dishes of noodles, buns, snacks, and fruits. Bao sits on her chair and tucks her legs underneath her before covering them in her dress as she motions for you to sit next to her.

>What do you say?
>Ask Bao if you can even eat this? You’re technically still in Taishi.
>Ask Bao how she got all this food.
>Ask where Shenlong is now.
>Write in.
>>
>>4681328
>Ask Bao if you can even eat this? You’re technically still in Taishi.
She alredy said that she doesn't know where Big Green is and the food is either conjured thought or offerings.
We really need to find Shenlong and Yanma and apologize for our mess.
>>
>>4681334
Oh shit, I meant Yánluówáng.
Yanma is his weeb name I think.
>>
>>4681328
>Can we eat this?
>How long ago did he leave?
>Can you call Shenlong? Or at least help me get down to the judge? I shouldn't let my mess stay down there unfixed because of my actions

We did fuck up,but it was our choice to make. And while he shouldn't have messed with one of Shenlong's toys, I do think we should try to calm him. Not even for the judges sake, since he accepted the deal and I doubt Shenlong would hurt him, but because it is the quickest way to soothe his pain.
>>
>>4681347
Also on memory, When another great dragon said "Don't listen to him, just because he has an empty title, doesn't mean his word is worth squat" Shenlong went on a full shout to shut the fuck up because we were his friend.

I thought that was just because he was the sort of guy to listen before acting, but put in this new context. . . Yeah, that sort of possessiveness is quite extreme.
>>
>>4681354
At that point is was a bit of both. He was willing to hear you out before deciding because you intrigued him. At that point your title was just that but on the same coin you had the title. Tradition had to be followed. In the case of hell, it is your decision to make but considering the judge works for the dragons it would have been respectful to his employer to give a heads up. "Yo your friend walked in here and wants a trip into hell."

As Bao said, it doesn't give you blanket immunity and as anons mentioned before, calling Shenlong to bail you out is a big big favor to call in. To add another perspective, dragons are possessive. You've seen it with the treasure and the murder of the sea kings kids. And now you're seeing it with Shenlong. Its less of him seeing you as a fancy object to horde and more of a fragile thing that needs to be protected. You're a unique soul and Shenlong knows that in a blink of an eye you'll be gone. The fact that someone did something that might permanently damage you in an irreparable way pissed him off something fierce. A sentiment that TL could agree with. Of course that's not to say Shenlong's perceptions will match yours perfectly. He is a being who is grander than any scale mortals could hope to comprehend.
>>
>>4681369
Yeah, can't really look through his lens, nor is there a point to try.

I'd like to tell him that our soul wouldn't have been permenantly damaged, but he's probably dismiss it as the meaningless bravado it is. At this point though I just want to try and soothe the anger of a being who's well of emotions are more akin to a sea than a well.

But if there's one thing we learned here, it's Shenlong is in fact peak Waifu material
>>
>>4681347
Supporting, but not before catching up with our other otherworldly friend. Give her the rundown on our adventures in a nice and hopefully succinct package
>>
I'm making food and I gotta get something done so I'll have to count votes tomorrow. But we got to see Bao again! Haven't said it in a while but thanks for voting and enjoying Tai Lung's shenanigans. Have a good night!
>>
One last thing though, do you guys want to recruit Hien? Honestly he was kind of just an npc I made up that kind of grew in detail...kind of like all your companions. Anyways just curious.
>>
>>4681470
I'd rather not. Catching up with him at later dates? Sure. But he needs to do his own thing for a bit.
>>
>>4681470
I 200% agree with >>4681474

He's having his own tale, let's let it go on its merry way. If our tales collide afterwards then so be it
>>
>>4681470
As long as he stay on the good path after parting ways, than he can go as he pleases.
We should send the location of the pools in a message to him later though, so he reflect alone if he wants to.
>>
>>4681470
If he wants to come then so be it
>>
>>4681470
Personally, I think I want to help him sort his head out and then send him on his way. We learned about being the man we wanted to be through travel and friends so He should do the same
>>
>>4681461
Bao being seen again in her semi-motherly manner would be funny if she didn't seem so upset.
>>
>>4681334
>>4681347
>>4681419
Talking to Bao and trying to eat food. Writing.
>>
You're about to ask for a chair to sit on when you suddenly realize that Bao is now sitting on a bench which she is gently patting for you to sit down. Still unacomstumed to Bao's new abilities, you settle in and look at the food again. "Can...Can I even eat this?" You ask, curiously. "I'm not really here am I?" Bao giggles, her voice like a soft breeze in your ears. You're not sure if it was always like that and you feel a bit of shame when you realize that the only thing she ever felt around you when she was normal was distraught. "Of course you can." She says as she grabs a fine pair of chopsticks and places them in your hand. "You can hold chopsticks, you can eat. You'll just find the experience...a bit different than eating in the mortal realm." She adds vaguely.

You hold the utensils in your hand. They felt real enough and so did Bao but you always assumed it was because she was a High Priestess. In the hiearchy, she was basically Shenlong himself when your friend was not around so surely that gave her some benefits. You think back to when you used to eat here with Oogway and push that out of your mind immediately. You were dead when you did that so technically, you were here. Shaking your head, you can feel Bao watching your hesitation with amusement and eagerness and so you quickly snap up a meat bun, stuffing it in your mouth as you were trying to eat somthing unplesant without tasting it. You chew and pause. There was no flavor. You chew again, as if trying to squeeze flavor onto your tongue. It was the most curious thing. You weren't actually tasting it but rather you "tasted" a the memory of the flavor. Swallowing, you grab a few noodles and eat some of those. "So...how is it?" Bao asks sipping from a wooden goblet. Comapared to the table and dishes, the goblet looks increadibly mundane. You swallow before you speak in an effort to not be rude.

"It's like...I remember the taste. Kind of like as if I was imagine a meal I once ate but just as vivid and clear as when I first had it." You take a drink from a goblet you suddenly find next to your hand. It was a fine wine, one you had so many years ago that you could scracely remember the reason for drinking it. It was cool and crisp just as you described. Not the true flavor but a fascimile that you could confuse for the real thing if it weren't for the fact that, instinctually, you could feel that it was not the real thing. As you continue to eat, you come to realize that you weren't getting full despite having a meal only a few hours prior at Chuanli's tavern. You look at Bao who was enjoying some sweet bread with a kind of fruit jam in it. "Is this...is this how you eat?" You ask, now a bit worried that your actions had not only cost Bao her old life but also her ability to enjoy the simple things. Thankfully, Bao shakes her head.
>>
"Oh no. It's normal for me. The way you do it is show the spirits do it although they don't actually eat but the idea is the same." She says adjusting her legs and dress. "I can bring offerings here from the shrines. I don't do it too often, I don't really need to eat anymore but when I'm craving something, people always leave something tasty. That being said, you don't have any excuse to not invite me over for a picnic." She teases. "You already know you can call me at a shrine of Shenlong so you have no excuses for a friendly visit." Bao pushes a cake towards you and cuts herself a slice with a golden knife before serving you one. "Most of the times I'm pretty busy but I'm always willing to make some time for a friend."

>What do you say before you ask about Shenlong?
>Tell Bao there's always New Years. Maybe she can get some time off to join?
>Ask if there are any specific shrines you can use. Most you've found have been weak and not dedicated to Shenlong.
>Ask Bao what her favorite food it. You can leave her a dish next time you have the chance.
>Write in.
>>
>>4682305
>There is always new years, perhaps you can meet some of my friends properly. Guangxi and An Bo make some good stuff too.
>Is there a specific shrine?
>What is your favorite?
>Have you heard much from little Fan? A sprite who apparently enjoys watching my misadventures, though to my shame I cant tell them apart from the others at a glance.

If we get a homestead, we should really get a proper shrine to Shenlong and Bao.
>>
>>4682305
>Tell Bao there's always New Years. Maybe she can get some time off to join?
>Ask if there are any specific shrines you can use. Most you've found have been weak and not dedicated to Shenlong.
Perhaps there is a rite to temporarily consacrete a shrine to Shenlong so we can use it? Also might as well get all of our friends together for new years. Couls make Hien wait a little before departing too so he can participate.
>>4682308
We are going to need a lot of things in our little future homestead/dojo depending were things go too.
>>
>>4682401
It's an idea.

But yeah, going to need a lot of stuff.
>>
>>4682308
>>4682401
>inb4 people confuse Bao for your wife.

Getting to writing.
>>
>>4682451
Is Tai Lung such a chad that people just assume that any woman with him is his wife?
>>
>>4682484
>>4682451
God damnit not again.

Not to mention we never actually dissuaded anyone from the notion that Xin was our "girl" as Guang puts it. Nobody ever asked and they just assume shit, so imagine the rumour mill spinning if and when Bao appears.
>>
>>4682484
Meme answer? Yes and because I find it funny.

Slightly more serious answer. Its mostly because of how close best girl squad is with TL. There's less of those social boundaries between TL and the crew than between normal friends. Nearly dying together several times kind of brings people closer when they work together. Ming, Xin, and Bao all are comfortable enough to rest against you, hug you, or tease the hell out of you. Something they wouldn't do with other men (Renshu aside) and something most people definitely wouldn't try on a guy like TL. So most people naturally assume a big tough looking guy like TL would only allow his girlfriend or spouse to do. Doesnt help TL is kind of quiet and doesn't fight it and that he picks up his friends on a regular basis.

But that gag has kind of run dry and has been mostly been relegated to meta post memes and shit posts. Hien being your son only kind of works because Lynx kind of do look like snow leopards if you look through the lens of him having some of his mother's features.
>>
You down your drink and set the goblet down, only to find it slowly filling back up again. “There’s always New Years.” You suggest. “Maybe Shenlong can give you a day off? You can come meet my friends properly. I’m sure they’d love to meet you as well. What’s your favorite food? I can ask a few friends I know to make you some.” You gently set the chopsticks down, satisfied with the food and not wanting to pick up some habit of constantly eating. Bao for her part grabs another potsticker and dips it into some sweet sauce. She thinks as she chews her food. “Hmm.. Well for starters I love wontons, especially in a nice thick broth with veggies but... New Years has a lot of prayers.” She says slowly after swallowing. She sets her own utensils down before continuing. “I might be quite busy that day...but...if the festivities start early in the day, I could pop in for a little bit. Most heavy prayers don’t start until late.”

“What...exactly do you do?” You ask, looking at Bao in curiosity.

“Mostly observe.” She admits. “Make sure ceremonies go as they should. You know, traditions followed. Most prayers and offerings aren’t…” She thinks as she looks for the right words. “Well they’re not complex enough for me to have to observe every little prayer and offering. The wind sprites can handle that and the spirits will report to me if anything particularly blasphemous is happening or if certain traditions aren’t followed.”

“Blasphemous how?”

“Well...it’s less of a matter of not worshiping Shenlong or worshiping someone else but more of disrespecting his domain. Stuff like burning down forests in malice or over cutting trees and vegetation. You’ve seen it before when you were out at sea and...and at my old home.” A chill runs down your back as you recall the incident when you first met Bao. How her innocent desire to treat her father’s sickness was taken advantage of and abused. Without meaning to, you ask, “Bao...have you seen your dad?” Bao’s expression changes from one of authority to one of hurt. Her ears droop and you immediately feel the regret creep upon you. “I’m sorry...I didn’t-”
>>
“It’s ok.” She says as she twiddles her thumbs. “I...I saw him once. He had come a few days after you left and prayed at that little shrine in the woods. I couldn’t really resist and I went to visit him. Normally I’m only supposed to reveal myself to those who have devoted themselves fully to Shenlong. You know like high priests or people who have reached a higher plane of thought through meditation. Most of the time I send visions or emotions because they can’t really understand or aren’t ready but with my dad...I just appeared like I would for you.” Bao goes quiet for a moment and you give her some time to gather her thoughts. “We talked...I told him what happened. I was happy he was healthy again.” Bao gives you a sad smile. “You should have seen him. He was so proud of me. His little girl had become something so much more than he could have hoped.” Bao sighs. “Of course he was half lying. You could see it in his eyes how sad he was. We talked and...and we decided it best if we didn’t see each other again.” She says her once idle hands now fidgeting. “It would be too hard to see dad grow old and I don’t think he could manage seeing me like this for only a few brief moments.”

“What about Shenlong? What does he think?”

“I think he’d let me see dad.” She admits. “He’s family and technically Priests and Priestesses aren’t forbidden from having a family and seeing them. Although...I don’t think there’s been anyone like me in centuries...I don’t think there ever will be anyone.” Bao’s pupiless, glowing blue eyes look deep into yours for a moment. “I don’t think I can die…” A stiff wind blows around the shrine and everything seems to grow cold for a moment. You suppress a shudder and try to think about something else.

>What do you say?
>Ask Bao where Shenlong is. You’re not sure you want to talk to Bao about this.
>Ask Bao something else. Maybe try to take her mind off of things.
>Excuse yourself and leave. You’ve been here for a bit and you still need to get back to your friends to plan against the raiders. Maybe you can catch Shenlong some other time.
>Write in.
>>
>>4682619
>Do you know where Shenlong is? or can you call him? I can't leave here without at least apologising for causing him hurt.
>>
>>4682626
Oh and maybe give her this comforting little tidbit.

>Bao, maybe it doesn't mean much from me but consider this: As time goes on towards the infinite, the chance of the impossible becomes improbably, then likely, then almost a certainty. You're going to have friends and other priests to come keep you company and help out when you finally need to rest. Who knows, I might even be able to get here and do it myself. I've already bested the hells, how hard can transcendence be?

Least I think it's comforting, what do you guys think?
>>
>>4682619
>Ask Bao where Shenlong is. You’re not sure you want to talk to Bao about this.
>Honestly, death is severely overrated, but if you are wondering, I won't abandon you.
Well, time to ask Oogway how to ascend and teachbour friends too, so we can all hang out when we get bored of ghe mortal world.
>>
>>4682645
Supporting
>>
Heading home, will count votes in an hour. Bao definitely needs friend hugs.
>>
>>4682626
>>4682645
>>4682675
Taking these. Writing.
>>
Been trying to write for the past hour or so and I can't. I've had this terrible cough all day and haven't been able to get cough medicine until now. My head and back are murdering me. Sorry guys. I'm gonna head to bed and hopefully tomorrow, I'll be coherent enough to do a decent write up. Hate bailing on you guys like this.
>>
>>4682943
No sweat Luo, health comes first
>>
>>4682943
Rest man, you are of no help or happiness in pain
>>
>>4682943
You better take care Luo, those are symptoms of the Corona.
If it refuses to get better you should go to a doctor and get the proper treatment.
>>
>>4683126
>>4683230
>>4683320
Thanks guys, apperciate the support. I'll be around on and off mostly to answer questions and do meta posts. Gonna take it easy this weekend and just lay low.

>>4683320
That's my biggest fear. I wear masks and do what I can to avoid catching it or spreading it but there's still the chance I might have gotten it. Could also be my body is just feeling like trash after execising for the first time in months. Wasn't anything heavy just a long walk but still.

If I drop off the face of the earth, just want you to know that An Bo's mom was the final boss. She wants to stop the TLbowl and prevent all the waifuing. But I won't think that negatively. Hopefully it's just allergies or the like. Probably just a cold I'm fighting off.
>>
>>4683423
I've been locked in my house since february of 2020 and still caught the Corona from my mother.
It was just some diarrhea, headache and pain in the back and legs, but the danger is there. I would recomend doing the test anyway if it's free where you live just to have a clean conscience.
>>
>>4683423
I'm just sort of interested in the aftermath of our misadventures, so I'll avoid anything that may come up again, like Daiyu.

Some my questions are just sort of "How's Bao's town doing/do they still think we are the devil incarnate?"
"Are the two cities, who's names are too hard to spell, both recovering well?"
"What're the recent fortunes of that trade family who wanted An Bo? the bitchass motherfucker gone home?"
and just wider manners "Has the name Tai Lung become anything other than a byword for terror in greater china?"
>>
>>4683465
Managed to snag a testing appointment today. So hopefully things go well.

>>4683466
Questions! Excellent.
>"How's Bao's town doing/do they still think we are the devil incarnate?"
The town is still afraid of you. However, they're much more afraid of the glowing eyed girl they inadvertantly created in their own greed. Her dad is working to reintroduce the old traditions for offering respect to the land. While some are slow to accept them, the fear for their kids is stronger than the inconvience of th extra prayers and offerings.

>"Are the two cities, who's names are too hard to spell, both recovering well?"
They're doing well. Soknan (the first city) is coming along just fine. Most of the damage there was to a single group of buildings due to the fire and there have been repairs made to that. Zhengyi is taking a bit longer to repair as there was a city wide riot so the damage is more spread out. However, with their new Magistrate, repairs are going at a steady pace. The triad gang is mostly powerless splinter groups now due to the fact they lost two leaders within the month and the fact one of them was a homocidal psychopath who would kill his own men to prove a point kind of killed any reason to stay.

>"What're the recent fortunes of that trade family who wanted An Bo? the bitchass motherfucker gone home?"
They left soon after you went to meditate. Being unable to get An Bo, due to the fact the town was hiding her and stopping any attempts to find her, the upstart trader saw it as a lost cause and left. Why waste time on one girl when money can buy other arranged marriages? Of course, An's mother didn't take that too well. There was tons of screaming and shouting at the townsfolk but after they stopped trading her, she was forced to move on or lose money.
>>
>"Has the name Tai Lung become anything other than a byword for terror in greater china?"
Yes and no. Your involvement in Zhengyi has made ripples in wider China. Tales of you saving the city and going toe to toe with a criminal organization, stopping a city wide riot, and teaming up with the Five have spread throughout the city and to traders. So that story is slowly circulating China. It's been a few months so the tale is out there. The thing is that TL and the Crew tend to stay to the shadows so there's not many stories to tell about you other than your misdeeds. However, the merchants you rescued so long ago are starting to come out and tell their tale as well. Should you succeed in beating the raiders, then that tale will be added to the group. In a nutshell, your deeds are being spread around China and you are garnering attention. The closer you go to the locations of your good deeds the more you're seen in a better light. As you go farther out then your old reputation tends to be more prominent but you are changing public perception. There are some that see you as a sort of bad boy anti hero. Mostly among the younger women and men who are looking for idols but don't want to be a conformist and go for the Five.
>>
>>4683547
How's in-game Luo doing?
>>
>>4683587
He's doing fine. Still working on his new book and gathering interesting tales of this period of time. Currently, he's headed back to central China to it's capital. He's hoping to use the royal library for his research then he's planning on heading to a small village that has a sudden increase in bountiful harvests and high quality crops. Bao's village. He's hoping to see if he can pass on the news of the raiders to the palace but he's not sure if can do anything but maybe he might pull something off. At the very least he can catch up with old friends.
>>
>>4683547
Well considering the last fanboy we met was a. . . "Homocidal Psychopath who kills to prove a point" I'm not looking forward to meeting more of them.

Hmm, so we know that Inner peace is a vital part of a would be masters path to learning to use Chi. But I'm wondering, if it's not a spoiler, what sort of focus it takes to trascend. Since I'm assuming that it's reaching a great understanding of the universe and passing on rather than an actual technique.

This isn't to ask for a canon answer, just what sort of thing you personally would consider viable excuses.
>>
>>4683423
Now time to think some questions them.
So we know the dragons and the judge are real, so is buddhism real too? So far we been fighting kung fu and tai chi, which is the more tao side of things (I think), are there plans to fighting some shaolin monks or other forms of qiqong? Could we meet the spirit of Confucious and he bores us to death?
We aee in a period of a strong and centralized imperial family and bureaucracy right? No warlords or that weird period where there were vassals and subservient kings were around?
I remember that there was some chinese pirate queen that had a mega armada and raided around the the pacific, would be cool if we fought them some time in the future.
Is Tibet still free?
So were the bats the founders of china or more like a pre-chinese civilization? Wondering if they would be like the Xia and got rewritten, or if it's more of a titanomachy.
Do the setting follow the greek 4 elements or the chinese 5? I know that you are mixing many elements of tradicional chinese folklore and pop culture but it's good to know so we can plan ahead.
Also, do we know more about the other 4 dragon kings? We know shenlong name and that the water dragon is boss, but any more details?
>>
>>4683633
Oh, and is there a hidden 5th dragon king that is divine and responcible for the imperial dynasty and being the pet of the jade emperor?
>>
>>4683633
The bats claimed to be the founders of chinese society, but I think they were pre-current set up, since they were bed time stories when Oogway fought in the war of three kingdoms.
>>
>>4683633
>So we know the dragons and the judge are real, so is buddhism real too? So far we been fighting kung fu and tai chi, which is the more tao side of things (I think), are there plans to fighting some shaolin monks or other forms of qiqong? Could we meet the spirit of Confucious and he bores us to death?

Never thought about it much but it's possible. I'd have to do a bit more reading in on that before I would insert it into the game. As for meeting Confucious? Probably not? Unless you for some reason go to the place where your ancestors reside and explore there. I would assume he has passed on to the otherside.

>We aee in a period of a strong and centralized imperial family and bureaucracy right? No warlords or that weird period where there were vassals and subservient kings were around?
Yep. There's nobles, basically branch family members of the royal family and wealthy people of affluence. Though they can be governors or judges because of their connections, they don't own any of the land they rule over as a vassel would. They're simply tending to it so to speak. While they can offer suggestions to the Emperor or Empress because of their positions, they have no authority to overrule his/her's decisions. There's no warlords or the like. That probably would have been Oogway's time in the War of the Three Kingdoms.

>I remember that there was some chinese pirate queen that had a mega armada and raided around the the pacific, would be cool if we fought them some time in the future.

Sounds cool as shit anon. Might pull that incase the crew decides to hang around with Daiyu and sail with her for an extended period of time.

>Is Tibet still free?
Dunno. I think it was mentioned that Tibet was conquered by the mongols? If so, the crew doesn't know enough about that. Hien would have to make inquiries as well.
>>
>So were the bats the founders of china or more like a pre-chinese civilization? Wondering if they would be like the Xia and got rewritten, or if it's more of a titanomachy.
As >>4683638 said, they were a precursor civilzation or kingdom that came before China itself. He Ling and Shenlong have given tidbits to it and both were correct. Bats were the rulers of this kingdom, subjugating every other race in their tyranical rule for centuries. How they did this hasn't been explained but it's safe to say it was their use of Chi. Only bats were allowed to learn how to use it and weild it while others were kept ignorant and uneducated so as to be more easily controlled. Hence, He Ling's view of him being superior to everyone else. From Shenlong's words, TL has learned that the first person to earn the title of Friend of the Wind, and the inventor of Dragon Style itself, was a bat named Hon Wan. With the time she spent learning and befriending the great dragon, she used this knowledge to amass and army and begin the revolution that would lead to current day China. She basically started the rebellion against her own kind. Unfortunately, she died long before her dreams came to fruition though it was a peaceful death of old age. People don't remember or know about bats because it was so long ago and the War of the Three Kingdoms further threw the information into more obscurity.

>Do the setting follow the greek 4 elements or the chinese 5? I know that you are mixing many elements of tradicional chinese folklore and pop culture but it's good to know so we can plan ahead.
Bit of both. There was some discussion about it a few threads ago but for now we're sticking to Fire, Water, Wind, and Earth (ooh...that's avatar...just noticed.) for simplicity. So it's mostly the greek elements but with a chinese twist I suppose.

>Also, do we know more about the other 4 dragon kings? We know shenlong name and that the water dragon is boss, but any more details?
You do as much as any other person would. The gold earth dragon is named Dilong and is often associated as a female dragon due to the whole mother nature thing. She's prayed upon to keep roads clear and to prevent earthquakes and the like. It's said that when the earth rumbles she is upset which coincidentally enough, she tends to be the one who gets upset the most. The ruby dragon, Zhulong is the dragon associated with the royalty and blessing Hien's family. He is the dragon of fire and life and is prayed for good health.
>>
>Oh, and is there a hidden 5th dragon king that is divine and responcible for the imperial dynasty and being the pet of the jade emperor?
You're thinking of the Septims from the elder scrolls. Not the Yan family. But and elder scrolls quest sounds kind of cool...

>Hmm, so we know that Inner peace is a vital part of a would be masters path to learning to use Chi. But I'm wondering, if it's not a spoiler, what sort of focus it takes to trascend. Since I'm assuming that it's reaching a great understanding of the universe and passing on rather than an actual technique.

I don't have an actual idea. I'm divided between having one way or it's different for everyone. I can certainly tell you how Oogway would tell you and that would involve inner peace. It would be to let go of all worldly ties and connections. To subsume yourself in Chi and let go of the material realm. Rather than send your mind and spirit, you send yourself entirely because you no longer have anything tying you down to the mortal realm. It takes much more than inner peace to do so as you have to be willing to let everything go. Not so much no longer caring about family and the like but simply knowing that you can leave them behind without worry kind of deal.
>>
>>4683866
Oh, it's just that one of the traditional way to see the dragon god and the dragon king there are actually 5 dragon kings, 4 indicating cardinal directions, having their "elements" being associated with what there is that way, and each one with a diferent colour, and the center one is divine and represents china and the divine mandate, and together they are a aspects of a grander dragon god, just kinda mirroing how the 5 emperors are set up so they serve the jade emperor.
Thing is since china is so big, there are a lot of different interpretations of major mythologies, and since the ruling dynasty changed so many times, including changing ethinicities and peoples, the "official" version also changed with them, that without counting the times it became legalist, confucionist or buddhist.
I took a bunch of optional classes of chinese mythology, culture and history in university and been looking for reason to info dump what I learned, sorry I've been doing it for the past few threads.
>>
>>4683866
Master! Tai lung has broken free!
. . . 'Oh shit uhhhh, I'm sure you can handle it, peace out Shifu'
>Petals out

That's fucking funny.
>>
>>4683896
Oh, and rolling earth and metal elements into one is quite logical, and transforming wood to air is ok since shenlong ended up being about both in the quest anyway.

Is the earth milf is a relationship with the water king or not? I think I remember something about it, but I not sure if it's real, or even if it is, if is canon to the quest
>>
>>4683866
And if you make a Elder Scrolls quest after this one, maybe even something between the periods of one the games, I would play the shit out of it.
Actually I would play any quest you make after this one, but I guess I would be even more excited?
>>
>>4683896
it's cool dude. Even if I don't end up using it or I kind of ruin the real mythology, you're being chill about it and I'm always up for learning new things. On the flip side, it might give me ideas too.
>>4683899
That was an unintentional highlight of the movie. The way I reconciled it was that by that time, Oogway knew Shifu could handle this on his own and if he had stayed, he probably would have held him back even more. Plus, I like to think, at least in this canon, it would have been a good chance for Shifu to reconcile with his son. If Oogway had stayed, Shifu would probably have leaned on him too much for guidance. Not perfect but it's something.
>>
>>4683912
>Is the earth milf is a relationship with the water king or not? I think I remember something about it, but I not sure if it's real, or even if it is, if is canon to the quest
Nah not in this quest.

>>4683926
Well thank anon. Glad you enjoy my writing. Elder scrolls would be fun. It changes from time to time but at the moment I'm kind of in the mood for an MMO quest. Not an isekai but one that focus more on the players and community. Mostly, just what your character would do. Would they be a crafter main? Would the prefer pvp or to make the biggest guild in the server kind of thing. Rewatching the King's Avatar kind of got me in the mood. There was a quest in that vein Guns x Glory but I don't know what happened to it. QM set up a second season with a new protag and it kind of fell through because he thought it was taking too long. From what I remember the players were enjoying it and didn't mind it being a new guy that would eventually team up with the first protag. QM had set it up that they were both in an old competitive team before the start of the game.
>>
>>4683967
Hey, can't mess up mythology if the people themselves can't decide which version is right.
>>4683989
So dragon waifu is a possibily then? Although if I would go for a divine being, it would be the Queen Mother of the West, how many women are civilized and savage at the same time and can make you immortal without effort?
Quick trivia, there is a theory that the queen mother of the east (do not co fuse with the west one) is somehow realted with the japanese Amaratsu. But there is no clear concensus if that would be a belief that waa already present before the japanese ancestor migrated to the isle, or if the stories of the yamato influenced the folklore.

A mmo quest hm? Something like a sandbox where we make our character and than decide what to do?
>>
>>4684037
>A mmo quest hm? Something like a sandbox where we make our character and than decide what to do?
Yeah. You make your own character or at least choose their ingame class if I don't make the irl version of them. Maybe you're a newbie who thinks ninjas are cool. Maybe you're an old returning player who wants to enjoy a game they used to love again. Could be a competitive player who wants to start their own team. As for cameos, could be the TL and the crew play the game (obviously they're human but you know what I mean) and you could recruit them or they're a rival guild but the story would center on the player.

But that's just one idea. Elder scrolls I'm not sure what it would be about. Maybe the character generation there would give me some ideas.
>>
>>4684066
If we did, I've got to say that I'd push for playing a mysticism expert though that'd put a lot of strain on you since to use it [per lore] it'd be like trying to get high on command to use your spells, without becoming impaired.

Such experts in game really need more praise.
>>
>>4684066
That sounds like a neat idea that I haven't seen yet, would be down for it.
>>4684079
Perhaps we could roll for some stata in the thread and than build a character out of the results? When there are so many options choosing one gets difficult.
But official lore nerd is a good one. Just need to make an youtube channel and especulate to get them easy money.
>>
>>4684111
I would have to find out what dice system to use. I guess d100s? I kind of like no dice narratting but having to roll sounds like an interesting way to run a quest as well.
>>
>>4684209
no man, all the best systems use d10 dicepools where stat = # of dice.

I'm personally a fan of ORE (one roll engine) which has you trying to make PAIRS to determine if you succeed.
For example, your pool is 6d10 and you roll 1, 3, 5, 5, 6, 7, 8 you'd get a success of a quality of 5 with a power and speed of 2
the documents for ORE games can tell you a lot more, it's a great system that tells you as much as you could possibly want to know with a roll. Sounds complex, but it's actually quite fast when you get the hang of it.
That bitch even has stats tied to bodyparts and a pretty fluid way of 'getting hurt lowers your capabilities' being represented.
>>
>>4684209
From the quest i've seem, 3d6 with incremental success and failure seem to be the more conscistent and fair. Most actions will end up being average, but there is space for a great succes or failure, specially when adding bonuses and maluses and varying DCs.
20 best of 3 end up as critfests, in either way, and I personally feel like that takes away what should make them special.
100 best of 3 is very random and inconsistent, sometimes with actions that should have no right of failing or succeding going through. Some people use enormous bonuses and maluses to solve it, but it ends up being just fishing for crits in the end and feels unnessessary.
Honestly, your narrative way of telling the story has been awesome so far, it feels fair and always create some kinda of tension, even when playing an OP guy like Tai Lung, probably because you make sure to always throw us at situation a where we have some kind of disavantage, and that makes the moments we can go all out even better.
>>
>>4684272
Yeah, narrative style is very much "Dn thinks it can work so it does" but unlike most, that isnt a bad thing in my book, since we know what we can and can't do pretty solidly so when we push for that middle ground it's usually satisfying.
>>
>>4684248
That's the one that becoming very popular in /qst/ right now isn't it?
Seems to be a good one too, but I don't have enough experience seeing in action to know for sure.
>>4684282
When the QM and the players are in sync narrative style tends to be the most solid choice.
>>
>>4684248
>>4684272
>>4684282
>>4684311
I've never heard of ORE but it sounds quite interesting. I might give it a look. I also never thought of the other dice systems in terms of how many crits you get and the like. Interesting.

I'm glad you guys enjoy the dice free narrative but I'm not sure if I could pull it off again at least, not with a setting made from scratch. The thing with TL is that the movie has shown all his capablities or at least enough that you have an good idea of his power level and it's just a matter of adapting them a bit. If I were to do, say, the MMO quest. There isn't a set power level I can use or refrence too so the players and QM don't have a good idea of what can be done or not which I feel can lead into a mismatch of ideas. That's why I feel like a dice system might help a bit more because success or failure is quantified a bit.

That's not to say it wouldn't work and perhaps it's just my nerves getting to me again.
>>
>>4684340
https://1d4chan.org/wiki/One_Roll_Engine
A quick, decent rundown on it
>>
>>4685034
Huh sounds pretty easy. Might give it a try sometime.
>>
I'll be posting a write up in about 3 hours.
>>
>>4685510
Noice
>>
>>4685510
I take you are feeling better boss?
>>
>>4685527
A bit better, yeah. Coughing has toned down a bit and I don't have a fever though I woke up at night drenched in sweat and shivering. Back feels tingly though. I'm hoping it was just a brief flu. Either way, it's quarantine for me until my test results come back. Luckily, I got the quest to keep my occupied.
>>
"Bao...maybe you can or maybe you can't but as time goes on, the possibility of more people finding you, more people transcending and joining you, because higher. The impossible becomes improbable, then it becomes a possiblity until it becomes a certainty. You'll have friends and other priests and priestesses join you and keep you company. When you finally need to rest then they'll take over for you." You say gently. "If it comes down to it, then I'll do it myself. I won't abandon you."

Bao looks deep into your eyes and gives you a soft smile, her eyes tearing up. Bao holds one of your hands and gives it a squeeze. "Thank you." She whispers. "I don't want some old men and women who transcended. They...they wouldn't understand how I feel. What this is. But you do...and only you." She wraps her arms around you and hugs you. You hold on to Bao for a moment, comforting her. After a while the two of you let go and part.

"Could you tell me the location of a some shrines?" You ask. "Most of the ones I find aren't really dedicated to Shenlong and the wind feels fairly weak. I can't really do much with them." Bao thinks for a moment and reaches underneath the bench. She pulls out an old, frayed scroll and spreads it out on the table. You recognize it as a map of China though it seems to be devoid of any towns or villages on it.

"Let's see..." Bao mutters and she gently touches at seemingly random spots on the map. Each touch marks the map with a glowing green burn. "There we go. Those are some of our stronger shrines. You should be able to come here easily and call me there. There should also be some spirits lingering around there. They tend to like them more than just normal shrines. Although I do have to admit they're rather out of the way now a days." You look over at the locations once more and realize Bao is correct. From what you can remember when compared to Ming's maps, many of these shrines were located in the hearts of forests or of the regular roads and paths people often use. As if knowing what you were going to ask, Bao says, "Don't worry, once you go back, grab a map and leave it at the shrine, I'll have it marked up for you by the next day."
>>
"Thanks." You reply as you memorize a few locations just in case. Going back to your previous conversation you ask, "Where is Shenlong? I want to talk to him. I want to make things right. I was my dumb decision and the Great Judge should have to be punished for that."

"I don't know." Bao admits. "I haven't seen him since he left. He hasn't returned either, none of the children have mentioned it."

"Can you call him?" You ask, remembering the first time Bao summoned the Great Dragon when you first arrived. "Maybe ask him to return?"

"I can try but I don't know if he'll listen."

>What do you do?
>Ask Bao to call Shenlong. Maybe you can get him to come here.
>Leave and return to the mortal world. Perhaps it's best to give Shenlong some time to calm down. You can return at a later time and explain your side.
>Tell Bao that you'll see her at New Years. Maybe she can get Oogway to talk to Shenlong though you have no idea if he can even help.
>Write in.
>>
>>4685757
>Ask him to come back, Maybe he'll wish to talk to me directly.
>>
Also, Bao is cute. CUTE! Climbing the ranks without all the. . . Inconvenient complications that the others have. Prime running the the TLbowl, which Luo continues to stir like a manic gremlin.

But anyway, I fear Shenlongs continuing wrath and uneven state but while I have no idea how to calm or soothe him I do feel that we should stick to the party line of "I don't regret doing it, but I do regret causing you worry and I'm sorry for that".
Not sure if we should make a play of 'if I'm guilty then dispense what punishments you would' since that sounds more like a mayrter complex than taking accountability. Hopefully he'll just scold/shout at us for worrying him then settle in for some story times.
>>
>>4685757
>Ask Bao to call Shenlong. Maybe you can get him to come here.
Say that we are here. We want to talk to him and apologise for making him worried.
>>
>>4685769
>>4685818
Asking Bao to call Shenlong. Writing.
>>
>>4685755
tai lung you fucking madman that's practically a marriage proposal
is your goal to live on in Eureka for so long that you can have 100 years of marriage with EVERYONE you consider a potential waifu?
>>
>>4685861
Of course not.
That's something you do only for the best girl.
That's why he said it to Bao.
>>
>>4685865
That's something you do only for the best girl squad
ftfy
>>
>>4685865
>"So, what's your type?"
>Tai lung looks off into the distance, thinking about catgirl priestesses with glowing eyes and phenominal spiritual power
>realizes they wouldn't get it
>"Never thought about it, I guess I don't know."
>>
>>4685876
>>realizes they wouldn't get it
Mfw anons had the chance to describe Bao but didn't and then call me out for not adding Bao the list on waifu squad.

Besides we all know Shenlong is end game waifu. It's ok, we don't need to pretend anymore. An Bo's mom is long gone and she won't judge you. I mean she will but she can take it up with the dragon.
>>
>>4685884
>”Someone who is honest and dependable. Someone who I can rely on when I need them.”
>”I guess...well they definitely need to know how to cook. Otherwise we'd starve within the week. Plus, I think I'd prefer someone who can read my emotions easily when I have trouble expressing them. I think something like that would be nice.”
It’s bao.
>>
>>4685892
I dunno. You're kind of describing Oogway there. I'm gonna have to increase the list of potential waifus now aren't I?
>>
"Can you please try?" You ask and Bao sighs slight before nodding. "Always stubborn to the last." She says with a quiet smile. "You might want to find some cover. If he does return, I'm not sure it'll be a smooth one." You nod but don't move. Bao stands up and walks over to the large statue of the Great Dragon. She knees for a moment before standing. With her arms open wide, she calls out to the infinite skies above.


O' Great Dragon of the Wind!
Please heed the call of your humble priestess.
Your friend, given the title you only bestow upon those you deem worthy, calls upon you.
Bless us with your presence so that we may bask in your wisdom and glory.


Bao's voice rings throughout the clearing and for a moment nothing happens. Slightly dejected, Bao turns around to say something when the island rumbles and a roar tears through the sky. Lightning crashes and thunder cracks as the clouds seem to darken around you. The pressure around you increases astronomically and it's as if the air presses all around you. The trees threaten to tear themselves out of the ground as the wind whips around you, knocking the food and drink off the table. From the skies above descends an emerald dragon. Impossibly long, Shenlong's form coils in upon itself as he slowly descends down from the heavens itself.

His voice rings out through your very soul in an language you do not understand but meaning is forced upon your mind. "You have summoned me with promise of an old friend. I am in no mood to be decieved small one." Bao merely nods, trembling in fear.

>What do you say? How do you explain what happened?
>Write in.
>>
>>4685901
>Say "Shenlong, my friend, I cannot hug you in greeting from there!" to try to lighten the mood, and treat our old friend like we would any of our other friends.
>Apologize for it taking us so long to reach this place once more, but explain that things have been...hectic in the mortal world lately, and the circumstances surrounding our beloved blood brother's fate warranted our intervention.
>State that we have learned to overcome what we experienced of Hell, and come out a stronger and better person for it. But, more importantly, we have given a second chance to someone who we feel deserves it despite their past.
>Once the heavy part of the conversation is done, say that we should find a way for Shen Long to meet some of our other friends - he might truly enjoy their company. And, of course, tell him some stories about the going-ons we've experienced since our last visit.

Long and unnecessarily segmented, but that's how I roll baybee
Did I get everything...?
>>
File: meme.png (779 KB, 500x730)
779 KB
779 KB PNG
>>4685876
Your post made me laugh so much I had to make the edit that popped in my head.
>>4685901
>Shenlong my friend! I must apologize for all the trouble and worry I caused you! I acted without thinking, so I could save another friend that is dear to me! I tried to reach you after the incident, but it seem I overestimated myself, for seeing the works of hell shook my inner peace, and I could no longer find my way. Alas, troubles in the mortal world have kept me from visiting you, even after I managed to recompose my being. Would you wish for me to tell my journeys, just like I did last I've been in your presence?
This speech feels way too formal, but he is an angry dragon, so it might work.
>>
>>4686006
That's some damn good photoshopping. Awesome job man!

Thus my plan for the TLbowl, fan work, and memeposts moves ever onward.

I'll leave voting open until tomorrow. I'm a bit more tired than I realized but I definitely feel better than before. Best if I don't push myself and end up going backwards.
>>
>>4685901
>I hope I havent forfeited the privilege to call you that Mighty Shenlong, it is never a pleasant thing to have driven away a friend.
>I'm sorry, truly and sincerely for causing you distress and anger, it wasnt my intention or desire to do so and I bid you listen to my reasons before dismissing me.
>My trip into hell was completely unplanned, we had been trying to unconver information about a raiding army which had razed villages through the use of a soul trap. We and our friends brother entered to learn and when we left his soul was trapped and bound back into the afterlife. I won't lie to you Shenlong he was no paragon and you know my view on redemptions as well as what I would advocate, even if this man was barely known to me he was still a soul who had promised to try and redeem himself and now due to my poor decisions he was having that chance removed, which I couldnt allow.
>I went with him to speak on his behalf, pleading leniency in hope of him redeeming himself, yet we were asked to prove our willingness to believe in him and shoulder a fraction of his sentence.
>It wasnt pleasant, obviously enough, but the end result was completely worth the experience, though I was suitably shaken that I couldnt return to your island or you until I was recomposed.


I dont think we should be joking, but if he accepts our tales of events, then we can maybe move to talking about our journey and asking about his peaceful friend.
>>
>>4686295
The raiders weren't the ones using the soul trap, it was the head librarian so the knowledge that the scroll waa stolen wouldn't be lost. Just needed to clarify so we don't accidentaly lie to our friend.
>>
>>4686466
I think it is clear in context that we were using a soul trap, not the raiders razing with a soul trap. But clarification didnt hurt us before.
>>
>>4686485
Rereading it now I can see what you meant, but it's kinda ambiguous. Maybe put the soul trap before the raiders? Or just let it be and Luo uses the intended meaning.
>>
>>4686533
Doing housework to keep me moving a bit. Don't want to lay on bed all day. I'll be doing a write up in a about 3ish hours. But as long players tell me what meaning they intend to convey, I'll run with that. It's a dick move of "hurr you didn't say you put on pants" proportions to punish someone for grammar or language. Might be that english isn't their first or something.

I might change up the sentence structure just to make the post flow a bit better but the meaning stays the same.
>>
>>4686552
I know boss, that's why I said the last sentence, you are chill as fuck.
>>
I immediately regret doing housework. I have tested positive for Corona. Now I must remain locked in my room.

In my boredom I wonder if Shifu has the same Chad energy as TL. Does he have his own best girl squad to choose from? Does it run in the family and if so does that mean Tigress has a good boy crew to find?

Anyways, due to recent events, I'll work on a write up.
>>
>>4686653
Oh shit, hope you get better boss.
Mine was bad for only a weekend than just a general tiredness for another 2 weeks, but I'm pretty sure that was just the medicine.
Is the rest of your family going to do the test too now that you got it?
>>
File: Ed4-VjGWsAch6Sk.jpg (75 KB, 482x427)
75 KB
75 KB JPG
>>4686653
>>
>>4686663
Yeah, they are thankfully. I stuck to my room even before the results came in so hopefully they're ok. None of them have shown any symptoms either. Honestly, more worried about them to be honest. Still, state of mind is a big thing in these situation especially with quarantining so I gotta keep positive.

Speaking of positivity, I've given it some thought, and right now I'm really liking the idea of an Elder Scrolls quest. Doesn't help that I started playing Oblivion again (my first ES game and my favorite because of that. Just has that perfect blend of cheesiness, bugs, and the music is really really good). If I were to run a quest I think it would take place around that game's time. I am considering using a dice system for that though. Apologies if you prefere the no dice system we're using right now. But that's all in the future.

Really, I'm tempted to continue TL quest and then when we reach a nice stopping point, put it aside as a small break to try a different quest. However, I'm also worried we may never go back to it either.

>>4686672
I know anon. I know...

>Pic related
>>
>>4686684
Hey man, we are here for you.
Do whatever quest you like, I will follow you anyway. And I'm quite sure you can make any system you want to try work.
Oblivion quest eh? Kinda want to make a knight of the nine. Maybe make it after the game ends, the champion fucks off to the shivering isles and the world has to clean up the mess?
And as long as the quest has an satisfying end and you don't try to run 2 quest at the same time, anything should be fine.
>>
>>4686577
he a chill dude.

>>4686653
Doubt that he does. Though Tigress has a point to make. . .
>>
>>4686692
I was thinking perhaps a few years prior to the events of the game or in an AU where the champ doesn't exist or the events don't happen. Won't make the MC the new champion if the events still occur, at least not by default, but mostly I don't want to deal with Skyrim's whole thing.

It'd certainly start at a lower power level than TL quest though. Maybe as a new adventurer or something just to enjoy a rise to power kind of thing. Either way, I definitely don't plan on running two quests simultaneous. I've seen others try that and it only ends up killing both.

But that's future stuff I'll jot notes down here and there. Read up on mysticism lore and for some reason it reminded me of doctor strange. Becoming sorcerer supreme and telling the archmage of the mage's colleges to fuck off sounds funny but it's ultimately up to the votes to see what character we get.

Back to TL quest though, gotta calm down Shenlong.
>>
>>4686653
You know, I was wrong. In the rather low quality KFP tv show, it is shown Shifu was part of a precursor furious five type of team but is the last member of the team who didnt go evil or die and remained true to Oogway.

So man was Chad enough to reject the evil of his long time friends but not chad enough to punch the evil out of them and keep them around.
>>
>>4686741
Punished Shifu, a man denied his waifus.
>>
You get to your feet after realizing that you were on your knees and approach the dragon's shrine. "Shenlong my friend! I must apologize for all the trouble and worry I caused you! But I'm afraid I cannot hug you in greeting from there! I acted without thinking so that I could save another friend who is dear to me! I tried to reach you but it seems that I overestimated myself. My trip to hell was completely unplanned and I had arrogantly thought that I could endure like I could any other mortal wound. As you may have figured, I did not come out unscathed but I did come out a better person in the end. The experiences were harrowing, and they shook me to my very core. So much so that I had lost the ability to speak with you or anyone. But it was worth it. You know my views on redemption old friend, and so I went before the Great Judge to plead for leniency. My friend is no paragon, far from it, but even he could redeem himself even if I had to share a portion of his sentence. To compound the situation, things have gotten rather hectic in the mortal world. A band of raiders have begun an attack agains innocent people and my friends and I have been searching for their whereabouts. It was through our search that we had found a magic circle that trapped the souls of it's village to serve as a container for their memories. My friend and I entered this circle to find out more information and it was this that damned him. Being a being that was neither alive nor dead, his soul was finally taken away by the Great Judge's men. It was this man who I plead for and this reason I went to visit his court. I couldn't allow him to be damned because of a decision I made and have his chance to change taken away. So I agreed to that terrible deal. It is not the Judge who should be blamed but me. Even as we speak, we are still searching for the raiders but we have cornered them and I hope to finish their raids once and for all." You explain.
>>
The Great Dragon remains in the air, oddly silent for someone so large though you wonder if he ever did make a sound. You were always distracted by the wind and lightning. You hope that he was at least listening to your tale. At last, after what you think and what very well could have been, an eternity, the Great Dragon speaks. "I've always said that your urge to save all those you could would be your undoing." He says in what you assume to be a tone of neutrality. "You cannot save everyone Tai Lung. To attempt to do will eventually force you to pay a price that you cannot ever hope to fufil. Never in the many eons of my existence have I ever met someone as reckless as you. Never have I heard of anyone daring to do what you have done." He continues and with what you think is a tone of amusement adds, "And perhaps that is why you have earned the title you bear. I cannot imagine being friends with someone who is not as adamant about the well being of others as yourself."

You give a weak smile. "Well...perhaps it is not starting a revolution but I do intend to do what I can when I can."

"You continue to fight for the safety of others and it will cost you. Perhaps it already has or perhaps you have yet to incur the full debt but for now, we will remain at the present. What is it you plan to do with the raiders?" He asks.

>What do you say?
>Say that you will deliver them to China's capitol. You're unsure if the Five are capable of transporting that many people.
>Say that Hien will take care of them. He is the son of the emperor and he can help transport the raiders to his home city.
>Say that you will defeat the raiders and move on. The Five and Hien are more than enough to take care of the rest.
>Write in.
>>
>>4686780
>For now my friend it is simply the plan to subdue as man as we can and drive the rest back to their home, hopefully never to return as pillaging foes. Once we have done that, then we can change to fit the situation, but at current it seems that Prince Hien will be taking them back to the forbidden city, hopefully for as lenient a sentence as they can hope for. I'm not sure how I would feel about delivering the raiders to a fate of torture.
>>
>>4686780
Also, the great dragon of freedom and energy just called us reckless. That HAS to be a record, considering how little the other air sprites understand of the concept of safety
>>
>>4686780
>For now we simply plan to defeat the raiders, and leave the decision of their fate to Hien, the emperor's third son. I feel like whatever decision he makes will seal his future, be either a dark path or one of a paragon, and that's something he must do for himself. After that, we will see what happens. Should the raiders be taken alive and the prince and the five be incapable of escorting all of them to the capital, than I will aid them. Should Hien choose to unfortunaly end their lives, than I will do the best I can to put their bodies and soul to rest. One way or the other me and my friends will try to celebrate the new years together, in the village we are currently staying should it be possible. I even invited Bao should she find enough time between her duties as you priestess. I also wish you could be present my friend, but I worry that it would be something too lowly for you.

A revolution for the well being of others? Wonder where have I seen something like that before?
>>
>>4686826
>Shenlong appears in a village in the middle of bumfuck nowhere
>TL: "So this is my friend, the great dragon of Air."
>Almost everyone is shitting themselves or gobsmacked
>Renshu and Xin and the captain are too busy expecting truely absurd things and are saying hello/foaming at the mouth
>Tigress' utter rage grows so large that Shenlong almost mistakes her for a demon
>Ming is doing what is "protocal" that being face in dirt praying.
I'd laugh
>>
>>4686845
He could do what that dragon from Mulan does, become very tiny and stay in Bao's shoulder, shouldn't worry too many people.

But the idea wind dragon incarnate appearing and bring a storm just so he can watch fireworks with some wanted criminals, the prince and china's greatest hero is too funny to pass uo.
>>
Also I feel the need to advocate that once we have learned Renshu's style and if he wishes it, taught him ours, then we should get to work updating our personal style.

Because while Dragon style is currently the greatest style of martial art in history, and technically can't be topped since any styles intergrated into it become dragon style by default, I feel like we should not be content to let it go unimproved on.

>>4686856
I mean he could, but Mushu wasn't a prideful dragon god, he was a family spirit for what was a barely notable sorta-noble family.
>>
>>4686861
Time to make beast style than?
I'm down. Brutal Tai Lung that doesn't actually kill people is best Tai Lung.
>>
>>4686885
Snow leopard style I'd prefer, but I think the endless adaptations of Dragonstyle could be improved with application of Renshu's "Cruel mercy" style of living wall, as well as increasing our use of Chi strikes.

I don't actually know if our old style is of any use to this, but maybe it is right that it reflects our roots.
>>
File: Spoiler Image (165 KB, 800x629)
165 KB
165 KB PNG
Sorry about that guys. I ordered some soup and got caught up watching random youtube videos. I'm reading the write ins, and did ya'll just invite the Great Dragon of the Wind for New Years?

You know I can't say no to that.
>>
>>4686929
You know we did. Though if it's beneath him, he doesn't have to.
>>
>>4686929
I'm sorry, I just couldn't resist.
We are getting all of our friends together and not atleast inviting him feels wrong.
Wish Luo and Dayu were here too.
>>
>>4686965
>Ship comes over the treeline on a tide of water, luo hanging off the side.
>Turns out Shenlong invited the other dragons and the Dragon King gave Daiyu a lift.
>Daiyu herself is serfing that wave like she owned it.
>>
>>4686968
Kek
Hey, if he invited the other dragons, Hien would be able to talk with the fire one. Isn't he the patron of the imperial dynasty?
>>
>>4686974
Apparently. I do want to ask Shenlong about that
>>
>>4686968
And thus TL's legend is cemented as the radest dude to live
.>>4686791
>>4686826
Now I'm writing.
>>
"For now we simply plan to defeat the raiders, and leave the decision of their fate to Hien, the emperor's third son. I feel like whatever decision he makes will seal his future, be either a dark path or one of a paragon, and that's something he must do for himself. After that, we will see what happens. Should the raiders be taken alive and the prince and the five be incapable of escorting all of them to the capital, than I will aid them. Should Hien choose to unfortunaly end their lives, than I will do the best I can to put their bodies and soul to rest." You say. "Currently it seems that Prince Hien will be taking them back to the forbidden city, hopefully for as lenient a sentence as they can hope for. I'm not sure how I would feel about delivering the raiders to a fate of torture. After that...I suppose my friends and I will go to celebrate the new year. I've already invited Bao but I would be remiss to not invite you as well though I understand if you would not degrade yourself for something as lowly as this."

The island rumbles and shakes as Shenlong makes a loud sound akin to what you would describe if two thunderclaps were being rubbed together. For a moment you fear that perhaps you had offended the great dragon. Inviting a being of immeasurable power to some common party. Perhaps Ming was right and you were too casual with your betters. It was only moments later that you realize that the great dragon was laughing. Loud thunderous laughs the likes you've never heard before. "Never has there been one so bold as to ask me, the Dragon of the Wind, to appear at a festival as a guest instead of a diety." The great dragon lowers himself, his head eclipsing the entire island, to be face to face with you. "You amuse me greatly, my friend. I am curious as to how the festivities have changed over the years. I will oblidge your request and shall visit you on that day. My children shall prepare the shrine for then, you only need to call upon us both and we will arrive."

You nod, "Thank you." You say bowing. "We will be honored to have you in our presence. I am not sure if we will be in town, but if not then we will call for you in one of the many shrines Bao has shown me. We intend to celebrate it with friends, the location does not matter only that we are with those we hold close."

"Then I look forward to see how you and those you hold dear celebrate another year." Shenlong replies.

>What do you do?
>Bid Shenlong goodbye. It is getting late and you must return your attention to defending the helpless.
>Ask Shenlong what his favorite food is. Do Dragons even eat?
>Ask Shenlong if you could have another gift? That armor he offered might come in handy. You're not sure if it would be proper however.
>Ask Shenlong something else.
>Write in.
>>
>>4687206
>Ask Shenlong what his favorite food is. Do Dragons even eat?
>Secretly plan to get more art supplies so you can make a painting of everyone in a group to give to Shenlong at the festival. One of You, Bao, Xin, Ming, Shenlong, Renshu, and...anyone of the other friends you have who might possibly be there, such as Po or Hien.
>>
>>4687206
>Ask Shenlong what his favorite food is. Do Dragons even eat?
Maybe he likes incense too. Or is like God and huffs lamb smoke.
>>4687215
I don't know if Tai Lung can paint. Is there any of our frienda that can? A sketch of the entire gang celebrating new year would be a nice memento
>>
>>4687225
What do you mean you don't know, we've painted scenes multiple times for shifu
>>
>>4687248
Oh yeah, we painted pictures together wirh the letters.
That should work fine then, get a some big canvas or paper so we can fit everyone in.
>>
>>4687206
I'm laughing. Holy shit, he agreed. Haaaaaaaa

>Ask him if he has any preferred food
>Bid him goodbye
Much as I want to keep chatting, we need to tall to tigress.

Also, supporting the art idea.
>>
>>4687631
And if we do it in town, then can you imagine the mayors terror when he couldnt make enough food to sate a dragon?

And I grow increasingly sure that Shenlong likes us most because we have almost no concept of what is proper so arent as deterred as other people. But anyway, we shouldnt ask for gifts because that means they are not gifts, nor would they be rewards for acting as their champion.
>>
>>4687215
>make a painting of everyone in a group to give to Shenlong at the festival. One of You, Bao, Xin, Ming, Shenlong, Renshu, and...anyone of the other friends you have who might possibly be there, such as Po or Hien.
What would I give to have that actual art peice comissioned. Hope the anon who drew Xin and the one who drew Jianguo still enjoys the quest. Those were some good peices.
>>
>>4687215
We should make one of Po and us back to back. He'd lose his shit
>>
>>4687906
maybe, but I think for Shenlongs picture it should just be an attempt at a stylized group portrait
>>
>>4687215
>>4687225
>>4687631
Asking Shenlong what he likes to eat. Writing.
>>
"What sort of food do you enjoy?" You ask. "I am friends with a few people who know how to cook. Perhaps we might be able to serve your favorite meal." Shenlong looks at you for a while before replying.

"I do not require the same needs as mortals. However, your hospitality is most generous. Watching you mortals enjoy the holiday will suffice for me." He replies. You supress a frown, part of you understood that there might be the chance that the great dragon would not need to eat or even know what kinds of foods would exsist in your world but another part of you wanted to be able to do something for him to enjoy the festivities as well. However, if Shenlong said he didn't want anything for him then there really wasn't much you could do. You bow once more. "I understand. I must apologies if the festivities are not to your liking then."

"My curiosity will suffice." Shenlong replies. "As such, I will already enjoy your festivities."

"I see. Then I must say goodbye for now my friend. There is still much to do in my realm and there will be no festivities if we cannot stop the raiders. I must return for now but I promise that I will try to visit more often." You say and turn to Bao. "Goodbye Bao. I hope that the next time we meet, it's with good news if not a bit worse for wear." Bao gives you a weary smile.

"Take care Tai Lung. I know you won't. You push yourself too hard to save everyone but at least stay alive." She says wrapping her arms around you. "And remember Wontons, thick broth with veggies." She giggles.

You chuckle, "I'll make sure to remember." With one final goodbye to both your friends, you close your eyes and find yourself sitting at the small shrine, eyes still closed.

"Do you think he's dead?" Mantis asks quietly from atop your shoulder. You feel him poking your cheek with one of his claws. Viper lets out a quiet hiss, "Don't poke him! He's meditating. Let him do it in peace."

"Hey, I'm just doing my duty. If he's hurt or sick then we need to take care of him." Mantis protests. "Master Shifu isn't this still when he meditates and he hasn't moved for about an hour or so. I don't even think he's been breathing."

"He's breathing." Viper says huffily. "Just leave him alone. Everyone is staring even more now." You feel Mantis hop off from your shoulder and you become keenly aware of whispering going on all around you. You sigh, there went any hope of waking up and being left alone. You open your eyes and stand up.

>What do you do now?
>Go somewhere else in town. Another store maybe.
>Go to the inn where your friends are at. It'd be nice to lay on a real bed and talk to them.
>Go find facilities of another kind to use. You're not sure you'll be in town for long. The battle is nearly here and you're not sure when you'll be in town again.
>Write in.
>>
>>4688016
Shame we couldn't scare mantis.

>"Meditation has yet to kill me Master Mantis, though my friends did try to bury me after the second day"
>Go get a shower.
>>
File: lUUuYW8m3dhlNeDSmVTd.jpg (164 KB, 880x587)
164 KB
164 KB JPG
TL in one of the many instances where he fumbles the fettuccine
>>
>>4688016
>Go find facilities of another kind to use. You're not sure you'll be in town for long. The battle is nearly here and you're not sure when you'll be in town again.
Ok, now it's bath time.
>>4688030
Well, we did come close to losing ourselfs one time.
>>
>>4688038
I wonder, how badly is TL affected.

Would mid-fight flirting from an enemy fumble him completely? Or could he focus on kung fu? Let us pray we never find out.

>>4688058
Not really, we just sort of didn't wake up for a while
>>
>>4688030
>>4688058
Bath time. Writing.

>>4688067
Here's hoping that the bun's constant teasing is building up a tolerance so they can get married.
>>
>>4688085
A tolerance would be nice.
Not even needing to talk, just to be able to function.
>>
>>4688115
Well I guess it's time to spend more time with your favorite bun. Or Ming. She likes to tease as well. Especially since she knows your embarassing baby stories now.
>>
>>4688163
Nooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo
>>
>>4688163
Honestly I never got why baby stories are considered embarassing.
>>
>>4688182
Mixture of social norms and shame mostly. Simple answer is that most people have an image to uphold in the eyes of everyone else. Dumb shit you do as a kid or baby undermines it even if it's understandable that you had no control over your actions or didn't know any better. No one really likes to be seen the fool. Naturally, people have different ways to cope. Some roll with it and laugh to deflect or legitimately enjoy remembering it. Others get really defensive or outright deny it. In a nutshell, it's less about you being a dumb kid and a bit more that someone is making fun of you for something you couldn't help as a child.

Nowadays it's just normal to be embarassed about such things so that tends to magnify the feelings. Case in point, I don't like remembering my childhood too much. I feel like I was a rather spoiled ungrateful kid despite the fact my immediate family members (cousins) were far worse than me and much more well off.

In the case of TL, it's just his lack of social awareness that messes with him. It's kind of funny to be fair. He can handle his crimes being thrown at his face and he can handle physical abuse but throw the fact he was a cute chubby baby that stuffed his face with peaches and he doesn't really know how to react.
>>
>>4688182
As someone who's "baby stories" involve running around buck ass naked in a strangers home during new years because they thought being naked made them invisible because he'd read "the emperors new clothes", I can assure you that being stupid is not something that many people enjoy being reminded of.
>>
"Meditation has yet to kill me Master Mantis, though my friends did try to bury me after the second day" You say as you pat dust off your pants and quietly brush some soot from the incense sticks from your shoulders. "But now that I'm done here, I really need to take a bath. After that I'll just be heading back to my friends. Shouldn't take long." The two nod sheepishly as they try to avoid your sight after poking all over you.

"The bathhouse is this way..." Mutters Viper says, clearing her throat as she points her tail in the right direction. "It's a natural hot spring."

"Lead the way." You say and the two masters take you to your bath.

---

It had been quite some time since you had bathed. With all the traveling you've done, it was quite rare to have found a river or a stream to at least wash off. You spend what feels like hours scrubbing grime, dirt, and slightly disconcerting, quite a bit of blood out of your fur. Each pass feels like a breath of fresh air as your coat becomes cleaner. Once that task was done, you spend a bit more time cleaning your clothing. You frown as you look your clothing. To be frank, you're not even sure if you could call it clothing anymore. From how frayed and worn down, it more resembled patches of cloth that you simply bound around your body than pants and shirt. Even your poor cloak, which you had bore since the beginning of your journey, was barely a thin scarf. If you were lucky, you could warp it around your mouth for the bare minimum of protection against the cold. Sighing, you gingerly wash your things and step out of the bath house. Maybe next time you could spend some time in there relaxing rather than making yourself presentable.

You and your handlers regroup outside of the building and you lead them towards the inn where you could sense your friends at though at the moment Ming was still in the Mayor's home. Making your way upstairs and passed the cramped halls full of refugees, you head towards the last room down the hall and enter.
>>
You see the pair of rabbits sitting next to each other looking out the window. Their twin cottontails quietly wiggling. If you weren't used to it, the unncany way the pair of ears twisted in your direction followed by the two turning their heads in unision to face you, would have unnerved you to no end. "Hey big guy. You're alive again." Xin Lan says turning around fully to hop off the sill. They wander up to you and eye you up and down. "You're really fluffy today. Finally had a bath?" Noticing someone behind you, they lean around your leg to peek. Their face instantly drops. "Oh. It's you two. What do you want?" They say disdainfully.

>What do you say?
>Tell Xin that they're much more fluffy than you. Especially their cottontail. Maybe, just maybe, you can win the verbal joust this time.
>Tell Xin that Viper and Mantis are your handlers. It's to keep the captain happy.
>Pet Xin and ask Renshu how things are going. Seems like Ming is still busy and you're not sure where Hien is.
>Write in.
>>
>>4688230
> Maybe I should go by the name fluffy then
> No need to be hostile they are here for my protection (joke)
>Pet Xin and ask Renshu how things are going. Seems like Ming is still busy and you're not sure where Hien is.
>>
>>4688230
>Pet Xin
You can't choose to not.

>Play nicely Cottontail, these are my handlers to keep the captain happy.
You know what, we cant possibly fumble the spaghetti bol that terribly. Let's see this verbal just.
>>
>>4688230
>Say "Jealous?" to Xin. Leave it ambiguous over whether you're talking about the fluffy fur, or your two newest groupies.
>Pet Xin and ask Renshu how things are going. Seems like Ming is still busy and you're not sure where Hien is.
>>
>>4688230
>Tell Xin that Viper and Mantis are your handlers. It's to keep the captain happy.
>Pet Xin and ask Renshu how things are going. Seems like Ming is still busy and you're not sure where Hien is.
>Renshu told me you got in a fight defending me Xin. I'm glad for the detication to our friendship, but there is no need for a repeat of it now.
>I've also invinted two friends of mine to spend the new years with us. Hope it doesn't annoy any of you. Last think I want is to accidentatly ruin any little time we earn to rest.
And than we fucking sleep like a rock.
>>
>>4688258
I support the jealous comment. that is clever.

And yeah, also warn the others that we are inviting good friends.
>>
Eating my food. I'll count when I'm done. Could this be the day where we beat Xin at word play?
>>
>>4688289
No. But we never got where we are today by giving up. Broken bone or broken sensibilities, we shall best them!
>>
>Say "Jealous?" to Xin. Leave it ambiguous over whether you're talking about the fluffy fur, or your two newest groupies.
>Tell Xin that they're much more fluffy than you. Especially their cottontail. Maybe, just maybe, you can win the verbal joust this time.
>Pet Xin
>>
>>4688236
>>4688242
>>4688258
>>4688259
>>4688332
Tons of votes. Writing.
>>
"Jealous?" You ask Xin Lan with a sly grin. The rabbit turns to give you a confused look but you simply pet their ears. "Play nice Cottontail, these two are my handlers to give the captain some peace of mind. No need to be hostile towards my protection. I heard you nearly came to blows with Tigress defending me. You know I always appreciate your dedication to our friendship, but let's not repeat it now." You chuckle. Xin Lan raises an eyebrow and quietly says, "Touché." Before they swipe at your tail and say in a much louder voice, "Whatever you say fluff butt. I'll put up with them." Against your better judgement you reply, "If anyone is fluffy, it's you. Especially that cottontail, 'fluff butt'." Xin Lan, who was making their way back to their brother stops in their tracks and slowly turns to face you. A heavy weight drops in the pit of your stomach as you see the smug smirk in their face.

"Oh I know." They reply almost too sweetly as they shake their hips and wiggle their tail. "I've caught you looking many times big guy. I know where those eyes go. Then again, recent events make me think I'm not the only cotton tail you're after." They flick their eyes towards their brother who was looking at the two of you with a bemused look. Mantis and Viper look both horrified and astounded. "We are a set you know. Ain't that right Stripes?" Words die in your throat as Renshu closes Xin Lan's stained book and lies in that calm collected voice, "I'm afraid I don't follow. Do you Tai Lung?"

"N-no. I'm afraid not." You manage to croak out while you vigorously shake your head. Xin Lan grins and pats your lower back, "You have good taste though. I don't mind sharing. I am your wife after all." They wink at you and you swallow. "H-hey, Stripe- I mean Renshu, how are things? Ming still busy?" You stammer as you sit on the bed next to the window. Mercifully, Renshu chooses not to push your buttons anymore. "Miss Ming is still at the Mayor's home. Unfortunately, the town's elected representative has a rather...ostentatious view of fighting the raiders-"
>>
"That's an understatement." Mantis snorts. "What?" He asks as everyone turns to look at him.

"I'm afraid Master Mantis is correct. It is a rather low description of his true views. Miss Ming spends a rather large ammount of time talking him down from his ideas. Things such as sending the entire squad of guards along with us for some kind of righteous crusade or attempting to throw a festival for The Five before we leave. A hero's departure."

You wince. You had heard that the Mayor often got grand ideas that tended to get out of hand but you had hoped that at least, he would leave the planning to The Five and simply take credit all for himself. "What about Hien?" You ask as you heard the door open. "I haven't heard from him at all and none of the villagers have mentioned him."

"That was my doing." Hien says stepping in and followed by a tired looking Ming. Ming flops down on the bed next to you and rests her head against your shoulder. She lets out a very frustrated and tried growl into your arm. You give her a look and she motions to Hien for him to explain while she continued to vent into your arm. "My apologies but Ming has been handling most of the talking on my behalf when it comes to the mayor. Both groups have decided that it would be for the best that my identity remain a secret."

"Wasn't hard." Xin Lan scoffs. "The mayor is an idiot. Thinks Hien is a completely different stranger."

"Nonetheless, we fear that if the mayor discovers who I really am then his ideas and meddling would rise astronomically. One of our fears being he'll send townsfolk to join our fight without our consent. What better rise in reputation than being the man who lead an army to assist the son of the Emperor? On a similar note, we've also decided to keep your identity a secret as well."

"What?!" You nearly shout in surprise. "That's impossible. Everyone knows who I am. Everyone in town is talking about it too."

"Like I said, he's an idiot." Xin Lan repeats.

"But still..."
>>
File: 1493596219294.jpg (35 KB, 583x439)
35 KB
35 KB JPG
I just lost the second half of this write up...including a large rant by Ming...fuck.
>>
>>4688553
Oh shit.
I guess Ming's rage was so great it destroyed the update.
>>
>>4688553
Try pressing Windows Key+V for your clipboard history
Or ctrl z on whatever you wrote it on
>>
>>4688569
Tried it. It is gone my friend. Well I must persevere. Back to writing.
>>
"We gave him your fake name." Ming says finally pulling her face free from your arm and laying across your lap. "You're really fluffy by the way..." She adds before rolling over on her back and looking up at you. "He thinks the real Tai Lung has fled the town and has run into the woods. Took us about 3 hours to convince him not to send the guards on a wild chase. 'For the security of the town' I said. Hien had to talk to the captain to keep his investigation quiet so the mayor wouldn't catch wind of it." Ming rolls her eyes and as if on que she continues, a rant building up. "The man is an utter handful. The first day the Five arrived, he tried to throw a feast congratulating us for being accepted into their group. Took about an hour to convince him that we weren't part of the Five and another to convince him we were important enough to work with them. Then he wanted to hold a 'team meeting' which was just an excuse to gather all of us up for wine and dinner so that we can talk about how this will make his political career! And don't get me started on that rediculous uniform idea!" You decide not to push that issue so Ming simply tells you, "Early today the man insists that all women stay behind and get measured for matching uniforms! 'Women need to show excellence and grace even in the battle field and unifromity only comes from what they wear.' I'm not even gonna be in the fight! But if I did know how, I'd show him some grace as I make his face less uniform!" Ming shouts. She reaches behind you and grabs a pillow to press against her face as she screams again. You look at your friends helplessly but they don't make a move. Evidentally this is has been building up for some time. You gingerly reach and pet Ming between the ears.

"You're not coming with us?" You ask. Ming throws the pillow against the wall behind you.

"Tai Lung, sweetie, I'm useless. If I go with you guys then I'm nothing but a liablity. It's better that I stay here and support you guys with making things." She says. "We haven't even decided anything yet..." She groans and casting a half glare at Viper and Mantis before turning to her side and burying her face into your stomach and hiding it.

>What do you say?
>Ask Ming what happened. Why are things not ready?
>Ask Viper and Mantis why that is. Seems like the issue is on their end.
>Ask Hien what he has been doing.
>Write in.

[Terrible rewrite but it has the same gist of the original.]
>>
>>4688594
>Ask Viper and Mantis why that is. Seems like the issue is on their end.
>>
>>4688594
>Ask Viper and Mantis why that is. Seems like the issue is on their end.
>I know Tigress has a deep hatred for me. Hopefully she accepts my plead for us to meet so we can atleast put this feud on hold.
Ok, new plan. Kidnap the mayor, lock him in a basement and than give the key to the captain when we leave.
That should solve his meddling.
Or we try to elect Chuanli's dad.
Or ser up a town council instead of a mayor.
Or just ask Hien to fire him already.
>>
>>4688594
> comfort ming hug her
> You are not useless you are one of the best healers that I know also even if you are not at the level of martial arts that the five that is only because you have recently eaten. With your dedication, knowledge of medicine and training you could be so dangerous in A fight like any of us is more with your alchemy and ingenuity with a kung fu technique that allows you to take advantage of your strengths, it would be the most dangerous of all of us.
> Ask Ming what happened. Why are things not ready?
>>
> comfort ming hug her
> You are not useless you are one of the best healers that I know also even if you are not at the level of martial arts that the five that is only because you have started recently. With your dedication, knowledge of medicine and training you could be so dangerous in A fight like any of us is more with your alchemy and ingenuity with a kung fu technique that allows you to take advantage of your strengths, you would be the most dangerous of all of us.
> Ask Ming what happened. Why are things not ready?

Edition: sorry I'm on my cell phone and the correction car gave problems in the previous comment
>>
>>4688619
I will support
But keep an eye on the handlers to see if their reactions counter and the truth
>>
I wonder if being less polite is the way forwards with that mayor. Namely "shut up, don't move until we tell you to and if you send more men or resources and they get killed or stolen, I'm having you slung in the prisons on charges of murder"

Then again, he may be one of those pompous fucks who gets ruffled that his authority is being challenged.
>>
>>4688953
See, thats why my kidnaping plan is perfect.
People will be worried but it will only be for a few days.
>>
>>4688998
It isn't, since your plot doesn't have any noted successor, simply trying to get the old Boar to run for Mayorship. Which granted he's fair and even handed but he doesn't want to do it.
>>
>>4689002
But there is no sucessor, it's just to shut him until we leave.
The reform or sucessor is the non-meme suggestion.
>>
>>4689003
The same effect can be achieved by just. . . Not having the discussion in his house through the guise of something relating to spiritual kung fu, then spending the rest of the time in said building as his home just pinging this around him.

Actually, a council would make for an alright system of governance so long as they actually turned up.
>>
>>4689011
I don't know, the man would probably follow around anyway and calim he knows what we wpyld talk about anyway.

The council idea, have a fixed, small council that is responsible for some parts of the city, and than have some sort of town meeting that everyone can attend.
That way people can only interact with things that concern or interest then. Being a mayor is too much responsability but you know a lot about farming, or it's your livelihood and you want to make sure no one fucks up? Aply for farming councillor and be responsible for just that part of the thing.
If the villagers can be assed to work with even that little than they deserve a incompetent baffon as their leader.
>>
>>4689238
Holy shit I mangled that first part.
He seems the type of person that would follow us around anyway and claim he knows about what we would talk about.
There, now I can be at peace.
>>
>>4689238
And at the end too, if the villagers can't be assed to do that much than they deserve an incompetent baffon as their leader.
I'm really screwing up writing today.
>>
>>4689238
True enough
>>
File: Bunny_EdenSawyer_6x4.jpg (52 KB, 1000x750)
52 KB
52 KB JPG
Have some bunnies.

>>4688619
You're good my guy. happens all the time.

>>4688604
>>4688614
>>4688618
>>4688713
Asking them what's going on. Writing.
>>
You pull Ming into a hug. "You're not useless. You're one of the best healers that I know. Just because you're not at the level of the Five in terms of martial art that's only because you've recently started. With your dedication, knowledge of medicine, and training you can become as dangerous as any of us." Ming gives you a soft smile and boops your nose. "You're so sweet." She says. "But I'm speaking facts not self deprecation. If I go with you guys, I'm a liability. You'll spend more time taking care of me than fighting the raiders. It's better for everyone here that I remain in town. With that you can fight worry free." Ming pats your arm. "Don't worry I'll catch up soon enough."

You continue to hold Ming and look at Mantis and Viper. "So why isn't anything getting done? We have a good plan and the longer we continue to go back and forth like this, the more time the raiders have to get ready." The two masters seem to shuffle uncomfortably. "Well...the plan sounds solid but we think that it should be one of us to deliver the powder. We've seen how your friends fight and we want to be able to prevent as much harm as we can. Despite what they've done, they're still people and there's less brutal ways to bring them down. If Ming can just trust us with this then we can start to move forward. We also think that for that reason that the teams should be a mix of both sides."

"And I keep telling you that Renshu and Xin were litterally bred for this kind of work." Ming coutners. "No one can do this better than they can and we need the plan to go flawlessly or we risk the raiders being alerted and mitigating the spread of the powder. Each team has been split up based on their strengths. Tai Lung can take down the leader and by striking the rear he can handle reinforcements. Your group is the biggest and can handle the frontal assault. Renshu and Xin can help by striking the flanks with stealth. It's a solid plan."

"Not to mention that, while talented, both groups are used to their own team's fighting styles. Their talents may allow them to work with the other group but ultimately they will work better within their own teams." Hien points out. "The time for lieniency has unfortunately passed. We must strike fast and strike hard while we still can."

>What do you say?
>Concede with the Five and work to mix the teams. If only to get this done faster.
>Agree with Ming. The plan is solid and right now they have to learn to deal with your group's methods.
>Compromise with the Five. Come up with plan that helps both groups.
>Write in.
>>
>>4689349
>Agree with Ming. The plan is solid and right now they have to learn to deal with your group's methods.
>>
>>4689349
My original plan already had viper helping drug people, mantis could also help, since he is small. The more people are powered the better.
Do they know how to chi strike and disjoint bones quickly and efficiently? Because the take down of the ones that are sleeping have to be done by Renshu and Xin because they know. Shifu can also help since he know it too, but I'm not sure if he know how to sneak.
The front attack in the morning has to be done by Po and the Five so it attracts as much attention as possible so when we can catch their flank by surprise.
But mixed teams can only work if they mantain cohesion, and is already clear that they are more worried about complaining about the methods than actually solving the problems, and that goes for both sides, so they either show willing to work together or we will go alone and solve this already.
>>
>>4689349
So their concerns.

>You cannot use chi, you cannot move like a shadow in the night and most importantly you have not had practice with this manner of operation. If you wish to avoid killing them as we do, Leave the work of powder and sleeping gases to the professionals.
>if you wish to stick someone with me, then put Po or my father or Mei ling back where I am to ensure that I do not slip the leash but that is as far as I am willing to entertain your fears. To take anyone else would reduce your effectiveness as a team. I'd suggest Po if you are truly paranoid, he is so far the only one to halt me by force.
>Xin, Renshu, to put our guests at ease do you promise to me that you will not brutalize anyone as you are setting the powder? When battle starts we won't have that luxury, but until then knock outs or chi strikes only.

That is as much as we will compromise and in this matter, our word is final.
>>
>>4689364
And about being brutal, do they know how to pick the patterns of the guards? How to sneak by? They can't just punch the guards standing alert, otherwise they will raise the alarm when they should exchange rotation and and therefore the powder will not work because the guards won't breath it in.
Not only that, but how do they plan to transport the raiders if they just knock them down? Every time they wake up just fight the entire army again?
Their broken arms can be healed, dislocated joint realigned, but they won't be able to rise up if they can't attack.
Not only that but Renshu also helped making the powder, he is the second person with most knowledge on how to handle it.
The raiders already are afraid of us since we took down their officer and ran the guerrilla warfare, and Hien and Xin were also there. Us appearing behund them will have an even bigger demoralizing effect.
Also both Xin and Renshu are way less brutal in their fighting style since the city, specially since they aren't worried anymore about their best friend being imprisoned and the other stressed making gigantic batches of cure, all the while having to stop an entire Triad while being hunted by china's greateast heroes, who should be helping them instead.
We and Renshu already fought the leader in the soul trap, so we know her fighting style, and we promised Po would lead a charge.
And if they thunk thatvthe dragon style is too brutal, they should probably file that complaint with the founder of the first dynasty and the dragon gods, since they were the creators of it.

I may have gone too far on my rant here, but sometimes people have to be reminded they are the unreasonable ones.
>>
>>4689381
I did forget that Po had our promise.

Altering >>4689376 "I'd suggest Mei ling, I promised Po that he would have his time in the sun and my father has. . . A weakness against me, making Mei ling the only one of your group who is both willing and capable of keeping up with me without weakening the rest."

But on the topic of brutal, dislocating limbs isn't brutal, it's tearing muscles that is
>>
>>4689385
Yeah, but people have a natural reaction of grimacing when you hear the pop.
Like I've seen people cringe more seeing someone dislocate a shoulder that someone break their arm.
The brain is fucking whack.
>>
>>4689392
Then we need to make clear the difference between a dehabilitating but easily fixed injury and the sort of thing Xin did in the temple.

But anyway yeah, sometimes people need to take a leap of faith. We've done nothing to contradict our promise of doing good.
You do make a great point on "Having already fought their leader, but she escaped". Best to not mention the soul trap and I'd advise keeping the comment about dragon style to ourselves, no need to sound petulent.
>>
>>4689407
Fair enough.
When you start ranting is hard to stop, feels very cathartic. Cut out as much as you think is good my dude.
>>
File: 604.png (22 KB, 381x205)
22 KB
22 KB PNG
>>4689407
>the sort of thing Xin did in the temple.
They...they never stopped doing that. That's how they've been fighting.
>>
>>4689419
Shhhhhhh.

They don't know that. so Shhhhhhh.
They only fight like that when put into a corner, and nobody but us can say otherwise.
>>
>>4689419
I don't remember exactly what happened and how bad it was.
But we need to fix this.
We have to fix this.
>>
>>4689415
Since you give me free writ.

I'd say that being "Less brutal" is rolled into the white lie of "Don't actively mutilate people into quadpraligics"
And maybe dial back "Things only work if they maintain cohesion and evidently nobody is able to work together because you're all scared of me" to "Things only work if we can maintain cohesion, and we cannot do that in mixed teams."

>>4689427
He kept shredding muscle and sienew, so in this ancient land that means that the subject can't walk ever again.
>>
>>4689427
Xin went around the temple hamstringing and cutting up Triad members' ligmanets to save Ming while going full ninja. Cold brutal efficiency which is the only way they know how to fight. It left quite a scene. People laying in their own pools of blood or strangled into unconciousness via wires. To Xin's credit, they didn't kill a single person and they even went out of their way to save temple priests despite it not being his current "mission".
>>
While talking about this, it seems like we're compromising then? Mind giving me a consisce list?
>>
>>4689436
Basicaly, if viper and mantis can actually sneak then they can help put the powder together with Renshu and Xin, so we can cover more ground.
Shifu can help the duo chi strike before the attack too if he is silent.
And Mei Ling can join us in the flanking since she worked together with us before.
But only if everyone is willing to behave, otherwise we are turning the car around.
>>
>>4689440
Also during the sneaking, Renshu and Xin should be considered tge experts. If tbey say the operation has to happen at a certain time, at a certain order, than it happens that way.
Do Viper and Mantis think they can spend the night poisoning the campfires and still join the front attack? If they can't, than they will not help, otherwise the flanking force is large than the main one.
>>
>>4689436
The compromise is
1. "You can put someone with me to keep an eye on me if you like, Mei ling is the best choice or our father. Po was promised a place to lead and we won't rob him of that, and one of the 5 missing reduces their fighting capacity greatly for every member removed."
2. "Rabbits, please promise that until the battle starts and you have no choice, you won't brutalise people, only dislocate bones, clean knock outs and chi strikes"

Then just give them a list of reasons to stop fucking around, like:
1. Renshu and Xin are masters of stealth and poisions, if you fuck this up then you will end up killing the raiders
2. none of you are ninjas, and you're going to break this mission in two if you fuck up even once.
3. Teams work on cohesion and even in the past few hours, I've seen you two flinch in horror whenever I have so much as glanced in your direction, so it's quite clear that working together in combat is going to end in disaster.
4. TL and Renshu have prior experience facing the leader, and to take them off that topic robs our side of advantage
5. Dislocated limbs and broken bones are fixable, stop being squirming, it's the torn hamstrings that can't be fixed, so we will avoid that.
>>
sounds good. I'll get to writing.
>>
"You can send someone with Hien and me to keep tabs on me. Mei Ling is the best choice as she already has fought along side us. Po must lead your group if he's to fit into his role as Dragon Warrior. With every member extra member of the Five missing it will diminish your fighting capacity so they will remain as they are." You say quietly. "Mantis and Viper, you can join Xin and Renshu on their mission provided that you understand these caveats. Renshu and Xin are in charge and you will follow their orders to the letter. They have lifetimes of exeprience handling poisons and stealth and if you even mess up once, you'll end up killing people. Neither of you are trained as they are and even one mistake on your part will have the whole mission fall apart at best. At worst you will have the entire camp alerted and all four of you killed." You turn to face the rabbits. "Can you please promise that until the battle starts and you have no choice, you won't brutalise people, only dislocate bones, clean knock outs and chi strikes."

"What?! You don't let me have any fun." Xin Lan protests. Renshu gently pets their younger sibling and smiles. "What Xin Lan means is that we promise. Even if they do wish to be dramatic about it."

"I don't brutalize people." Xin Lan mutters under their breath as they turn around to read their book again. "My cuts are all clean and professional..." You turn back to Mantis and Viper. "Those are my compromises." You say flatly. "Either you agree to them now or we pack up and leave tonight. I've wasted enough of my own time on risks this past week and I expected better from all of you. More decisiveness."

"We can't just decide-" Viper begins.

"You can and you will." You interrupt as your patience begins to falter. "I understand your concerns and I'm trying to work with you here but frankly this is starting to get overbearing. We don't kill people and we only want to help but if you're unwilling to take the help then we will go on our own and deal with this issue ourselves. So that is the question. Do we have an agreement or not?" The two masters look at each other uncomfortably.

"F-fine. We agree." Viper says. You nod and relax a bit more. "Good. Then we leave the day after tomorrow so you have time to get ready." You look around the room a bit. "This place is a bit cramped but your free to stay. I'm staying here for the rest of the night and I'm not sure there's any vacancies."

"No." Mantis says rather tersely. "We have to let the others know about the plan. I hope you don't mind, my Lord, but could you keep an eye on Tai Lung?" He asks. Hien nods.
>>
"It will be no problem and probably for the best that the two people the mayor shouldn't know about remain close by." He says. "Should anything need to be relayed between both groups, I'll go and deliver the messages." The two masters begrudgingly leave the room and Ming, still in your arms, looks up at you.

"Don't you think you were a little too hard on them?" She asks gently.

"No." You reply. "They needed a push to make up their minds otherwise we'd be here for several more days. Whatever anger it'll incur can be dealt with after the battle. Right now we need to mobilize."

"And I thought I was the one who had to play nice." Xin Lan jokes.

"They are worried." Renshu adds. "They're afraid of both of you." He says poking the back of Xin Lan's head.

"Well it can't be helped that we're efficient." Xin Lan counters. "I think our results speak for themselves. We've saved two cities and a ship because we didn't hold back. I say that's good enough for me and the big guy."

"I'll have a talk with them tomorrow." Ming says yawning. "For now I think we need to figure out sleeping arrangments."

"I call the bed!" Xin Lan shouts jumping across the room and landing next to the two of you.

>What do you do?
>Grab Xin and Ming and flop on the bed. You don't care who's in it. You just want to sleep.
>Stay up a bit longer and talk to your friends. (About what?)
>Go out for a bit. There's still something else you want to do. It's getting dark but you know there might be a shop or two that is still open for a little longer.
>Write in.
>>
>>4689543
>Ask to talk to Hien

Tigress will answer our request or she won't, time doesn't particularly matter here.
But I feel the need to check on the lad, see if he's okay and talk it out with him. I may help his mental state.
>>
>>4689552
And it occurs to me that going to sleep with Xin, Ming and Renshu lying on top of us wouldn't help our case against not being married to some of them.
>>
>>4689543
>Stay up a bit longer and talk to your friends. (About what?)
Talk to Hien about that council idea. He has knowldge about goverments, maybe he has some input or know if something similar has been tried.
And see if he had that talk with Xin that we recomended, he won't have much time if he didn't.
Maybe talk about that fire dragon businnes? Maybe he can comune with fire sprites due to bloodline right.
And thank him for standing up for us and risking ruining his reputation. As we told to Xin, we apreciate the his faith in us, even if it's pragmatic.
>>
>>4689543
>Grab Xin and Ming and flop on the bed. You don't care who's in it. You just want to sleep.
>>
>>4689576
I don't think he knows about them, but no harm asking if he knows of spirits.

Oh yeah! Inform everyone that we invited Shenlong and Bao aka "Some friends you've all yet to meet"

I don't think we need to thank him for sticking with us, since we already did before. May seem a bit forced if we keep doing it.
>>
>>4689590
I was thinking that he may kinda hear the fire like Crane did with the wind, so he could have the potential to talk with them if he trained. Than we could just give him some meditation tips. Actually just give him meditation tips no matter what.
And yeah, warn everyone. Let me just copy the previous time I've said it
>I've also invinted two friends of mine to spend the new years with us. Hope it doesn't annoy any of you. Last think I want is to accidentatly ruin any little time we earn to rest.
And about thanking him again, I don't know if is too much or not, I will let others decide.
>>
>>4689601
Now, do we actually tell them who our friends are, or keep it a suprise?
>>
>>4689613
Keep it a surprise, it will be way more entertaining that way.
None of them ever seen Bao right? The village was before the city so it should also the their first time meeting.
>>
>>4689623
None of them know, that's right.
>>
It's also amusing to me that Tai Lung spent a week asleep and everyone is in a deadlock, but when he wakes up things get cruising again.
I know it is because we are willing to ignore good Grace's and push past the bullshit, but still.


That also reminds me, we do need to rebuke Xin slighly. We told them to play nicely with the five and they didnt, which is disappointing.
>>
>>4689718
It's because of his mega chad energy, no one can stop him.
But yeah, we really need to have a talk with Xin about calming down a bit. And to stop cutting tendons.
Although I think our friends didn't want to push the issue too much exactly because we asked then to play nice.
>>
>>4689721
Or the fact he is the equivalent of a walking nuke.

Anyway, that's another thing to do in our downtime. Help Xin work out a means info transitioning to a less crippling means of attack.

Which granted, is a tall order with knives. But I feel like they can do it, provided the avoid cutting things that wont heal.
>>
>>4689718
>>4689721
Talks are good. Especially when you're dealing with the bun who's still getting used to feelings. They're still exploring and learning what their buttons even are as they're being pushed. But I need to pause for a bit. As well as I feel, my sleep has been pretty rough so I'm gonna power nap or maybe just sit around for a bit and try to get some actual sleep in a few hours. For now, I'm gonna see about ordering food. Could go for...soup. Soup sounds nice. Maybe egg bomb soup.
>>
>>4689743
I always liked egg and chicken soup from the chinese chippy.
But udon noodles are also something I will always suggest to you.
>>
>>4689743
My family actually has the ultimate cure for any illness or bad feeling.
Drop dumplings.
>>
>>4689771
Drop dumplings? What are those?

>>4689747
I am sad. My local chinese place does not do delivery.
>>
>>4689834
Google can tell you more than I could fit into a post.
But the gist of it is that it's basically dough you drop into chicken broth in big spoonfulls and boil up until it gets nice and cooked up. There's a certain denseness to it, but at the same time they're kind of fluffy. Using wheat flour makes it fluffier and, in my opinion, tastier. Probably healthier, too.
It never fails to settle my stomach and make me feel CONSIDERABLY better when I'm sick. The chicken, vegetables, and broth included in it are pretty hearty too.
>>
>>4689847
I know exactly what you're talking about

Your family knows their shit, lemme tell ya
>>
>>4689847
That sounds insanely tasty. I gotta learn how to make some. Now I want food...
>>
File: maxresdefault (2).jpg (68 KB, 1280x720)
68 KB
68 KB JPG
Quest will be starting up in about an hour. Thanks for playing and helping me stave of what might probably be depression!
>>
>>4690556
Baki baki
>>
>>4690556
Oh yeah, time to kick the shit of some people!
>>
>>4689576
>>4689601
Talking to everyone a bit. Getting ready for Tigress to gain inner peace through sheer unadulterated hatred of us.
>>
>>4690637
That's not very Astral-transcendence of her.
>>
>>4690658
Bu it makes perfect sense, since Tai "Sam Hyde" Lung keeps getting away with it.
>>
>>4690668
I always thought we were more ferris bewler who can caught sneaking out of Jail.
>>
>>4690689
Technically you're Kazuma Kiryu who keeps getting bailed out of potential jail time so he can deal with the random shit that goes down. Although we're not a saint because we've killed people.
>>
>>4690692
Hey, a lot of saints killed people.
And redeemed ones exist too.
>>
>>4690692
Or maybe we just made people go to sleep. Forever.
>>
You glance at Xin Lan and simply reach over to pull them into your arms as well. The rabbit yelps in surprise and wiggles a bit before settling down and relaxing. "Thanks." They say sarcastically. "When I said bed, I didn't mean you. Although you're pretty comfy." They admit as you turn to face Hien. "How have you been holding up?" You ask the young lord.

"I am fine." Hien says quietly. "Right now focusing on the raiders is more important." You study Hien quietly for a few moments. He seemed to be alright. More importantly, he simply seemed to be keeping to himself more than anything else. You're unsure what to really say so you don't press the issue anymore. Hien would talk about it when he was ready. Instead, you decide to change the subject. "The royal family is said to have been blessed by the dragons." You start. "Is there any truth to that? I heard it's Zhulong."

"I'm afraid that might simply be a myth." Hien admits. "I've not found anything in my studies substantiating that claim. It is true that my family's sigil is the dragon and we do offer substantial offerings to the Great Dragon Zhulong as is tradition but I'm unsure if we are anymore blessed by He than anyone else. We are certainly blessed in our position in life to which we attribute to the Great Dragon but I'm afraid I don't know any more than that. Although my grandfather stood by his claims that we did inherent some kind of blessing long ago from Zhulong."

"What do you believe?" Xin Lan asks as they get more comfortable. "Most stories like that tend to have some truth to them. Especially when they're passed down by the royal family. There really isn't a reason for your family to make something up like that considering you gain nothing."

"I'm not entirely sure." Hien says. "Certainly there is great talent within my family but I feel no more different than the average person. The tales always say that those blessed by the dragons enjoy some kind of boon or gift that elevate them among regular mortals but if such a blessing exists then I certainly don't feel it."

"Nothing?" You ask. "Have you ever felt like a presence nearby or perhaps heard voices?"

"No, I'm afraid I'm quite sane." Hien says amused.
>>
"It could be that your family's ancestors were blessed and the tale had expanded to include their descendants." Renshu points out. "Such things would add more mysticism to the Royal family. A family that is already known to be reclusive to the wider public."

"That might be so but it would not explain the lack of documentation. However, The War of the Three Kingdoms resulted in the loss of many tomes and historical documents. It is possible that such documents contained the information we wanted."

You nod and decide to fall backwards and flop on the bed. Ming and Xin Lan yelp in surprise and cling to you as you fall. You look up at the ceiling and are about to suggest something when it reminds you. "I just remembered. I invited some friends to join us for New Years. I hope you guys don't mind." Xin Lan looks up at you in surprise.

"You? Who?" They ask. "How? You've been in jail- Your witch craft!" They exclaim.

"It'll be a surprise." You say with a grin, much to their annoyance. Xin Lan spends about another half hour trying to get the information out of you but in the ultimate act of defiance, you simply fall asleep.

----

For the third time in living memory, you wake up blind. It takes you a few seconds to realize that you have a pair of ears over your eyes. Brushing them aside, you see Xin Lan who had their face buried in your chest, ears once drapped over your eyes. Ming snoozes in your other arm, hugging your side tightly and snoring quietly. You adjust yourself, trying not to wake your friends and see Renshu asleep above your head, his ears behind his head as ussual. Hien, however, was nowhere to be seen.

>What do you do?
>Get up and go around town. Get some errands done.
>Just lay there. You mostly gave The Five a day to prepare. You're group has been ready for ages. Might as well relax.
>Poke Ming and wake her up. Go for a run.
>Write in.
>>
>>4690728
>That scene
Daaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaw

>Give them 5 minutes, then wake Ming for a run.
She's had a week off, I refuse to let her slack further. Also lets see if we can spot Hien on our dodging runs.
>>
>>4690728
>See if you can find Mei Ling. If she's going to end up fighting alongside you, then you can at least get some practice in with her early to make sure you fight as coordinated as possible. And you do have some illusory experience against the leader of the raiders that you can pass on.
>>
>>4690728
>Get up and go around town. Get some errands done.
>Poke Ming and wake her up. Go for a run.
We go buy some paintings supplies and when we go back we put Ming through training hell.
She thinks she is useless is a fight? We will fix that.
>>
>>4690745
Heh.

Not putting her through training hell though, she's got shit to do. Seeing Hien or Mei along the way would be good, though I sense tigress about to leap out of the shadows and accuse us of doing the evil's because we don't have our watchers with us.
>>
>>4690736
Actually, making sure we can work together with Mei Ling and not having to shout strategies mid fight is a better idea.
Support.
>>
>>4690734
>>4690736
>>4690745
Working out and finding Mei Ling. Writing.

I also just realized that if everyone is gonna train in the time skip then I might have the music for it...I need to get out more. https://youtu.be/04HIJVUoU5E
>>
>>4690756
And this one! I counted this vote too.
>>
>>4690761
Perhaps you do, But I've found Xin's training music

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TVcLIfSC4OE&ab_channel=Disney
>>
>>4690761
I personally prefer this remix of the song
https://youtu.be/D94yoe5MmKI
>>
>>4690774
This remix is awesome! God I love both songs.
>>
You wait a few more mintues and Ming turns around to cling to your arm. "No Xin...stop taking food from your brother's plate..." She mutters. You supress a chuckle and gently poke her cheek. Ming stirrs and opens her eyes, "Whas...going on?" She asks sitting up and rubbing her eyes. With both your arms free, you gently lift the rabbit off your chest and set them next to their brother. Xin Lan wiggles a bit and hogs all the blanket as they curl up and pull them. Instinctively, Renshu pulls their sibilng into a hug and they both continue sleeping.

Ming yawns and lazily points at the two rabbits. "You'd have a hard time believing that they were killers." She muses as she gets out of bed to stretch. You follow suit as you get the sleepiness out of your body. "Wanna go for a run?" You ask. "Been a while and we can't have you slacking off." You tease. Ming giggles and shoves you which she has as much success as trying to push the building. "I'm sorry that I've been too busy keeping you three alive to work out." She jokes and moves on to actual stretches. "But I can go for a run. Something to wake me up."

"Good because you'll need a nap after this." You joke. Ming simply tosses her boot at you in response.

---

The two of you quickly circle the town as you dash through the woods surrounding it. As you exercise, you see the town slowly populate as people trickle out of their homes to go about their daily lives. To you if was a simple jog, to them, you and Ming were almost blurs, two people running as fast as they could as if racing. The two of you leap over roots and fallen branches, duck under low hanging fruits and climb over large rocks, pushing your bodies and muscles in real examples of someone could run into in a fight. Practical applications of exercise rather than lifting weights and stretching.

"Are we stopping early?" Ming asks, sweating but not winded as you come to a stop at the edge of the woods. You shake your head. "No, I'm actually looking for someone." You admit looking around the town.

"Who?"

"Mei Ling." You reply as you jog, or rather power walk, into town. "If we're going to be fighting along with her, then it's best we get used to each other's style or at least let the poor woman know. She can join us in our run."

"You sure she'll join us? Pretty sure she'll be too busy trying to capture you." Ming asks bemused.
>>
"That's something we'll see but first I want to get somethings around town." You say making your way to the general store. Several people stare at you and Ming as you two essentially race across the streets. You and Ming enter to find the old woman organizing some fruits in a basket. She looks up and gives you a big smile. "Oh there you are dearie. Rather busy these days aren't you?" She says amused. "Need something else? I can reccomend a nice dinner recipe if you're planning something nice for your bunny friend." Ming coughs and supresses a laugh as she holds up her hands. "I wouldn't put food near those two." She says before turning to look at you. "So what are we doing here?" She asks.

"I'm looking for a painting set actually." You say as you try to keep your face from going red. "Do you sell any here?"

"Oh no sweetie." The elderly woman says. "I'm afraid I don't have anything like that here. I do have a few paints we use for painting buildings and the like however, will those do?"

>Do you buy the paints?
>Yes
>No.
>>
>>4690804
>Buy black and green, there's not really any other colours we need for the group picture and it makes for a rather nice asthetic. Only shenlong and Bao's eyes need Green.
>>
>>4690809
Dont forger some white, it can mix with the black so we can different tones of grey, it can help with detail.
>>
>>4690804
>Yes
>>
>>4690820
Isn't our paper white? or is it tan?
If it's tan, then lets get some white, but I'm not expecting to mix paints like Da Vinchi
>>
>>4690849
It doesn't matter if it's white or not, the white is so it can have some gray.
What really makes a black and white paiting is the tones of greys, otherwise the sharp contrast fucks with your eyes.
>>
>>4690855
Huh, neat. Thanks art man, I'll add white to my vote then
>>
>>4690809
>>4690820
>>4690837
Buying paints. Writing.
>>
>>4690861
Not really an artist, just random trivia I learned.
>>
Is it wrong that I can just imagine Shenlong putting the picture on his shrine and going off his head at anyone who so much as tries to move it and the scene fills me with a sensation of joy.
>>
>>4690943
>I have infused this object with chi equal to a thousand men, so that it may weather a thousand years. Don't mess with it, I'll be back to top it off in a few hundred years.
>>
Now I'm imagining the intro cinematic to chrono trigger. You know the one where it zooms in to the picture of Crono and the gang but it's on Shenlong's island and it's scenes from this quest.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=M8I45TYVHmc
>>
You nod. "I'll take those. I just need some green, white, and black and a few caligraphy brushes. Those should do." You list off as you think about it. "Do you mind if I come pick them up on a later day?" You ask as you pull out a handful of coins to pay. "I don't need them right now and I want them safe until I need them." The old woman takes your money and counts out some change for you. "Of course. I'll have them in the back room with your name on them so my husband doesn't use them. That old man keeps saying he'll paint the bench outside but he never does it. Always goes to play mahjong with his friends like some old woman." She says waving her hands around. "I keep telling him that nothing will get done but he insists that he can do what he wants because he's retired."

"I want some mahjong tiles please." Ming says as she also digs into her bag for money. "So we have something to do on the road. Oh and some cards too..."

---

With your purchases made, Ming having spent another few mintues deciding if she wanted the plain cards or the ones with images on them. The two of you head towards the small shrine in the center of town. "I need to do something there." You explain much to Ming's confusion. You take a few moments to offer a prayer and set one of your group's maps on the shrine. "You're offering a map?" She asks.

"I'm asking for a favor." You say. "The map is gonna be marked tomorrow."

"Well I hope it's left alone." Ming says.

"Who would want to steal a map?" You ask, surreptitiously sliding it behiding something larger.

---

Your final stop was towards the Mayor's home. According to Ming, that is where the Five were stationed at courtesy of the mayor himself or rather his insistence. You wait outside the large two story building as Ming goes in to collect Mei Ling. "Last thing we want is the Mayor bugging us all because a new comer arrived to help." Ming explained before hurrying into the house. You spend a few minutes waiting and watching people walk by. Then another few as you quietly kick at the dirt. And then even more as you lean to look through the curtains but catch nothing. Finally, after what feels like half an hour Ming reemerges with a confused Mei Ling in tow. Her expression changes once she sees you however. "Sorry! We got caught up with the Mayor. Again." Ming says stiffly. "Anyways, we're here."

"So, still haven't gone into hiding?" Mei Ling asks with a wry smile.

"Sorry but our game of hide and seek will have to wait a bit longer." You reply with a chuckle. "But don't worry. You won't find us so easily. I'm not sure Xin will let us live it down."

"Fair enough. I'll just have to wait a bit longer to capture you." She says with a shrug and a spin of her new staff. "What do you need?" She asks.

>What do you say?
>Ask her if she wants to go for a jog. You and Ming aren't done yet.
>Tell her about the change in plans. Ask her what she wants to do.
>Ask her something else.
>Write in.
>>
>>4690980
>Ask if she wishes to join us for a jog, we can explain as we run. "If you can keep up"
>There is a good chance that we will be fighting together Mei, I'm also rather out of touch with your style. I thought it would be a good way to understand how the other fights with a light spar. Do you accept?

A laugh and a joke, but really it's besttto familiarise eachother with our styles
>>
>>4690980
>Tell her about the change in plans. Ask her what she wants to do.
>I can help you with tips against the raider's leader, since it's likely we will end up fighting against her together. She is some sort of weapons master, carrying around a small arsenal and using it to it's fullest. It is best she is kept flanled at all times, and we must make sure to remove her shield and throwing weapons first. She will then switch to a dual wild stance, focusing on her back and targeting her legs will be the best strategy, since she is well armored, but still very mobile.
>>
>>4690984
>>4691038
Talking to Mei Ling then. Writing.
>>
"I can explain while we jog. Think you can keep up?" You joke. Ming swats your arm but Mei Ling grins. "I'm sure I'll be fine." She says flourishing her weapon and slinging it on her back. "What's your route?"

The three of you run through the woods once more. Mei Ling keeps up easily with your pace as she leaps and flips over obstacles and you're unsure if that is part of her fighting style or if she's simply showing off. "Our target is the raid leader." You explain. "We'll be striking from behind the enemy camp and flank with the Five's frontal assault. There should be less resistence on our end but considering we'll be cutting through to the leader then I expect we'll be facing the stronger fighters than the regular rabble. Hien will be joining us on this fight as well so we'll be a three man squad."

Mei Ling nods. "You got any info on the target?" She asks.

"Nothing much other than what we gleaned from the magic circle." You admit. "She's some kind of weapon master. Uses a whip, dual blades and a spiked shield. She seems to have weapons hidden on her person as well so we'll have to be wary of that. As far as we've gleaned she's proficient on anything she gets her hands on and doesn't fool around. She's also well armored though that doesn't seem to have slowed her agility down."

"Sounds like you have your work cut out for you." Mei Ling says. "Have to come crawling back for help?" She jokes.

"No. Just some compromises to make the Five actually do their jobs." You reply. "We'll need to hit them fast and hard. The sooner we can take their leader captive the sooner the fighting should stop. Not to mention we'll need to seperate the leader from her shield. Not only does she know how to use it to defend but she's turned it into an effective weapon."

"So it's us three against her. Should be simple enough." Mei Ling says. "She can't cover all her angles."

"We shouldn't under estimate her." You say. "That's as far as we know. She might have something else up her sleeve. She's battle hardened not some kind of regular bandit that picks on the weak."

"We should be ok. This isn't any of our first time either." Mei Ling continues. "Just tell me what I need to do."

>What do you say? What's your strategy for Mei Ling?
>Write in (or ask a question)
>>
>>4691242
Mei Ling uses a staff right? Because that would make her the perfect dedicated flanker since the extra reach should allow her to easily attack and then relocate.
Hien's sword should be able to help parry the raider's weapons by the simple virtue of being made of steel, so perhaps he should take the front.
We can take a more flowing position to try and remove her weapons and capitalise on any mistakes, help Hien or Ming should she shift her attention and try to work around any tricks she has, like reinforcements and hidden weapons.
>>
>>4691259
We should also explain that our first way to beat her was to throw her soldiers at her, which forced her to break stance and move, hence opening up her defenses for closing the distance.

So spear/sword and shield, toss we motherfuckers at her while you close distance and disarm her of that god damn shield.

The whip should be easy enough for you to deal with, given the use a staff has so stopping that from flailing everywhere would be lovely.
Swords don't require any special considerations, they are just a skilled fighter with them.
>>
>>4691657
>Inb4

NOOOO You can't throw people! That's not right!
>>
>>4692306
If yeeting people is wrong than I don't want to be right.
>>
>>4691259
>>4691657
Getting to writing. Umm...writing!
>>
>>4692306
>Looks at Po
>Looks at Tigress
>Looks at Shifu
>Looks at master thundering rhino
>Looks at just the five in general

Ya'll negro's be Hypocrites or god damn oblivious.
>>
"You'll be on flanking position." You say. "With your staff, you have a longer reach and keep your distance. Hien will shore up the other flank with his blade. With that we should be able to counter pretty much anything she can throw at us."

"Not exactly the most detailed of plans." Mei Ling points out.

"Not much else we can plan for." You reply. "The only thing that's left to do is go confront her and her army."

"Finally we get to actually do some good." Mei Ling says swinging and flipping through the air. "I was going out of my mind just sitting around and talking to people."

"It's been a long wait but yes, we finally get to end this once and for all." You admit. "Hopefully it ends well. There's been enough deaths to last several lifetimes."

Mei Ling gives you a look, unsure of what to say...

---

The three of you finally come to a stop at the shrine in the center of the village. By the time you finished your jog, it had become midday and the streets were full of townsfolk. Now that you had some free time to look around, you notice that several of the stands in the market place were either being torn down or redecorated. You assume in response to the New Years festival around the corner. Store windows were being lined with their best goods and you can see carts full of goods and produce being wheeled around to the few eateries around. Off in the distance you can see Chuanli and Guang rolling a large cart full of barrels out of their tavern. A large 'closed' sign was hung on the front door, an oddity considering they would definitely be open by now. Mei Ling interrupts your thoughts with, "Well that was a fun jog." She say stretching. "But I really gotta get back to the Five. They might have their own plan they want me to hear." She say with an air of importance. "They'll see though. I'll show them I can be part of their group."

"Good luck!" Ming says with a wave. "I should get going too. The stores are looking like they're closing and I should double up on ingredients. Maybe get some things done before I need to babysit the Mayor again." She sighs and pats your arm. "Thanks for the run. I'll see you tonight for dinner. Hopefully Xin isn't hogging the bed by the time we return."
>>
"I'll be sure to make them share." You say amused. "Might want to buy some ingredients for food as well. Looks like the dining places are closing and are buying out everything. We might have to make our own food tonight."

"Just as long we eat alone and not at the mayor's place." Ming says walking off with a wave with Mei Ling following suit.

>What do you do now?
>Go make one last round through the stores. They'll be closed soon and you're not sure if you'll get another chance to buy things. (What do you buy?)
>Go find someone else to hang out with. As much as you hate to admit it, this battle could be the last one for any of you. Best you make the most of the time before (who do you visit?)
>Just wander around town. Not much to do but wait. (Skip forward to the departure)
>Write in.
>>
>>4692398
>Head out to the forest and begin to examine our Dragon style for ways to improve it, using the other styles we know and use such as our personal style. [Skip to departure]

Best to get it out of the way.
>>
>>4692398
>Go find someone else to hang out with. As much as you hate to admit it, this battle could be the last one for any of you. Best you make the most of the time before (who do you visit?)
Go see the captain or Renshu to know if Tigress accepted our chance to talk, this may be the last time to bury the hatchet. If she's not interested than
>Just wander around town. Not much to do but wait. (Skip forward to the departure)
>>
>>4692407
I figured she would have appeared by now but sure, I'll follow your plan.
>>
>>4692410
Just, I'll have it noted, I am still voting for having our timeskip be to work on our Kung fu
>>
>>4692432
I see no problem in a training time-skip.
>>
>>4692463
It isnt really training. More reflection and theory crafting an improved style

"You know, hitting this way will make it hurt more but also do less damage. And dodging like this makes it easier to recover from a strike"
That sort of thing
>>
>>4692465
That's tecnically still training I think.
But I'm not a martial artist, so chance is I'm wrong.
>>
>>4692466
Training as far as I am concerned is when you actually spend time doing the physical work to increase your body and muscle memory.
Though you are technically correct, learning how to combine moves does increase our proficiency. So I suppose it does count, huh neat.
>>
>>4692403
>>4692407
Taking these. Writing.
>>
You decide to be a bit proactive with your time. You didn't have anything in particular to do while you waited but you decide that there were better ways to spend your time than loitering about the town. You head back to the inn to go find Renshu. He was supposed to deliver a message yesterday but Tigress never came. You don't doubt that he delivered your request but perhaps something went wrong. You push your way past the crowds of people in the inn's lobby and work your way up to your room.

"Hey big guy!" Xin Lan shouts as you open the door. Moments later, you catch the rabbit in your arms. They lay in your arms, leg crossed, and rest their head in their arms. "Had a real nice time last night." They say with a smirk. "Really know how to treat a lady. Don't mind if I do it again tonight. The bed is basically stone compared to you."

You cough and feel your face grow a bit hot. "Where's your brother?" You ask.

"Aww don't be like that hun." They say with a pout. "I'm a much better time." Xin Lan swings their legs and hops out of your arms. "Stripes! The big guy is looking for you." They call out and you walk into the room. You find Renshu quietly stretching on the floor.

"Has something happened?" He asks looking up. "Or perhaps Xin Lan has convinced you to sleep with them?" He says with a quiet smile.

"N-no." You stammer. "I was wondering if you had heard from Tigress. She never arrived while I was in jail and I left where I was going to go as well."

Renshu thinks for a moment. "It is possible she never went to look for you. When I relayed your message she didn't seemed to convinced that she wanted to go. It might be likely she simply did decided that she had other things to do than speak with you."

"Did she say anything in particular?" You ask. "Wouldn't be surprised if she simply said something along the lines of me having to go after her if I wanted to talk."

"Nothing really." Renshu admits. "Other than excusing herself to leave she only really replied with, 'I see'."

"Well...if she doesn't wish to make amends to air out her grievences then I won't force her." You say, disappointed. "What about you and Xin? Are you ready to head out tomorrow?"
>>
"I am. Though I am afraid to admit that perhaps I am a bit too eager to engage." He says clenching and opening his hands. Despite his calm demenor, you can feel the faint vestiges of bloodlust creeping out. "I cannot really sit still." He blows out some air to keep his breathing steady. "Still...I'd much rather unleash on the raiders and save the villagers so a few more hours of waiting will do me no harm."

"Stripes has been stretching and working out all day." Xin Lan says sitting down next to their brother. "I don't think he can get anymore ready."

"You going to be ok?" You ask.

"I'll be fine." Renshu replies. "This is nothing new."

"He'll be fine." Xin Lan says.

>What do you say?
>Ask Renshu to do something for you. Maybe some errands will get his mind off of things.
>Ask if there is anything they want to do before leaving.
>Go and find somewhere in the woods to train.
>Write in.
>>
>>4692635
>Go and find somewhere in the woods to train.
Get them to come train with us. Maybe we could come up with a new style together.
>>
>>4692635
>Ask Renshu to do something for you. Maybe some errands will get his mind off of things.
We need him to help us with something secret in the woods.
The something secret will be teaching us how to be...suave. Our weakness to words must be trained out!
>>
>>4692653
Renshu? A lady's man? Its not as unlikely as you think.

Imagining the bunnies teaching TL to pick up people is pretty funny.
>>
>>4692657
we cannot ask xin, xin is far too teasing
only renshu would be respectful while teaching us...i hope...
>>
>>4692663
He would but that wouldn't stop him from making a small joke here and there.
>>
>>4692652
I'll support this, since I do think learning his wall style is important to both our own growth and bond, but also because >>4692653
>>
>>4692652
>>4692653
>>4693001
Asking best girl to teach you how to seduce people. Maybe if we waifu the raid leader she'll stop being evil. Happened with Ming. Writing.
>>
"Well I was just going to go to the wood right now to do light forms before the battle. Would you like to join?" You ask, jerking your head in the direction of the woods. Renshu smiles and gets to his feet. "I'm glad that I'm not the only one on edge for a fight." He says. Xin Lan hops to their feet as well.

"Well now I gotta go. No point in sitting around and doing nothing." They say. "Someone's gotta keep an eye on the two of you."

"I'm glad that I have such a responsible little sister." Renshu says amused. "And not one who'd been checking their blades every 10 mintues for the past few hours eager to use them." Xin Lan crosses their arms and sticks out their tongue. "I was not." They deny. "I was just making sure the big guy didn't end up losing them in their bags again. Now lets go before anything else comes up."

The three of you make your way to the woods with the rabbits pointing out various foods they could smell. From what Xin Lan and Renshu said, these meals were the kind that took days of preperation and a handful that even took days of slow cooking. You're partly thankful that you arrive at the forest in time or you'd be liable to ask one of the two to try and sneak you some food out. You make a mental note to ask Renshu to make something extra nice tonight. Now that you had some time to wait, Renshu could take his time to prepare a meal. "I'll let Miss know that I'll be cooking tonight. Don't worry." Renshu chuckles as the three of you arrive at the training grove. You give Renshu a rather embarassed look. "We heard your stomach." Xin Lan laughs as they jab your abs. "So what exactly are we doing here?"

"Well..." You say thinking a bit. "I was just going over forms but now that we're here I've been meaning to ask..." You turn to Renshu. "Do you think you could teach me your style?" You ask. "I've been interested in it for a while."

Renshu gives you a soft smile. "I'm honored that you would ask me of such a thing. I was not certain that such a plain fighting style would interest you." They turn to look away. "However, I'm not sure I should. Not as I am now. Right now, there's only blood and the stench of death surrounding my style. Stains I do not want to pass on to you."

>What do you say?
>Write in.
>>
>>4693547
>We are all stained here Renshu, and no water will ever clean it, but it doesn't mean that it's a blade that needs to do more evil, just to blunt it's edge so it may only do good.
>>
>>4693567
Time to transform it into the beast style, so it can crush skulls and sever spines, but still never canonically kill people somehow.
>>
>>4693547
>"It is your choice my brother, but your style is not plain nor is it bloody by design, simply as used. A sword is a defense as much as a weapon and once you learn to hold yourself back from the vindictive strike your style shines as the least aggressive and bloody style I've yet come across.
But while I respect your decision to clean your consience and style of your prior actions please never forget that you and Xin are not the only people who have been stained in their pasts.
>>
>>4693567
>>4693581
Writing.
>>
You know, Juddy hops from Zootropolis makes me think of a less violent, less warlike Xin. It's only on rewatching that I'm drawing connections.
>>
>>4693773
Never seen the flim actually. All I know is the image of Renshu I posted a while back was some kind of OC as far as I checked.
>>
"We are all stained here Renshu, and no water will ever clean it, but it doesn't mean that it's a blade that needs to do more evil, just to blunt it's edge so it may only do good." You say putting a hand on Renshu's shoulder. "It is your choice my brother, but your style is not plain nor is it bloody by design, simply as used. A sword is a defense as much as a weapon and once you learn to hold yourself back from the vindictive strike your style shines as the least aggressive and bloody style I've yet come across."

Renshu smiles, "You're far too kind than you need to be." He says.

"Just take the compliment Stripes." Xin Lan says. "So then what are we gonna do? We gonna fight?"

"Actually there is one other thing..." You say rather embarassed. "Maybe...you could...teach me how to actually talk to people?...With out heating up like a furnace anytime someone makes a joke? I'll admit that...social engagements aren't my strongest suit and you seem to have a better grasp on them."

"Me?" Renshu asks slightly amused. "I'm not entirely sure I could help with that and someone would considering your...bashfulness rather endearing." Xin Lan laughs.

"Yes, you. You got girls knocking at our room at all times of the day looking for you." They say.

"They are simply looking for advice." Renshu counters. "Nothing more. And I endevor to help them with their issues."

"Don't be dense. You know exactly why they look for you." Xin Lan shoots back.

"Yes. I do." Renshu admits icily. "And they'll not get it. Despite my own ideas of when I wish to date, I refuse to entertain women who wish to slink around my emotions like that. Whether or not I've been trained to catch such attempts."

"You know what...never mind." You say. "Maybe this was a bad time."

"No, it's fine." Renshu says lightening up. "If you truly wish you learn. I will try and teach you as you practice. Assuming a certain someone remains a polite bunny." Xin Lan shrugs. "I'm not gonna do anything. Even I won't stoop that low as to insult someone's earnest attempt to learn. Maybe a tease afterwards but not during. Big guy wants to learn then we should teach him."

Renshu nods. "Xin Lan is right. If you wish to persue this then we will do all in our power to teach you. Just be warned that we will not hold back."

You're about to nod when you see the glint in Xin Lan's eye and you suddenly wonder if this was a good idea after all...
>>
---

"You ok?" Xin Lan whispers. You nod as you shudder again remembering the "training" you had done a few days ago. You can't remember a time where you had blushed so hard and so often. You weren't really sure what it was gonna entail but you certainly weren't expecting a combination of Renshu asking you to speak pickup lines, learn about body cues, and Xin Lan flirting with you. Needless to say, it went terribly.

"Geez big guy, you're all over the place." Xin Lan had said scratching their head. Renshu placed a hand on your arm and noded in agreement. "I'm sorry to say but...that was quite dreadful. My apologies, but it seems this is something that will require far more work than a simple afternoon."

You're pulled out of your memories when Xin Lan raises a hand in the air to signal the group to stop. The 10 of you stop your running and slowly crowd around the white rabbit. "Found something." They say and lean down to gently flick at some invisible object just above the ground. For a moment you see nothing but then you hear a soft thrumming and see the faint outline of a wire. "Trip wire." They whisper and look around.

"Clearly your handiwork." Tigress says curtly. "Perhaps one you forgot." Xin Lan shoots a glare a Tigress and looks at everyone is disbelief before shaking their head.

"No. Too sloppy." Xin Lan says and they slowly trace the wire up the tree with their finger. All of you follow the rabbit's point of view and you see large logs ready to fall upon all of your heads. "This trap has been here for a few days as far as I can tell but it's not one of ours."

"The raiders have prepared for us." Shifu concludes. "We must proceed with caution. Can you disarm this Master Rabbit?"

"Master yes. Rabbit less so." Xin Lan points out. "Xin suffices. More to the point, I can but it'll make a lot of noise if I do it the quick and dirty way. Doing it the silent way will take much longer. My professional opinion? I say we leave it alone. It's quiet and the fastest option."

"We can't just leave it here." Crane says. "Someone might come across it and set it off in the future."

"I can stay behind." Renshu suggests. "I'll disarm the trap and catch up with you. Xin Lan can guide you. No doubt there will be more traps ahead."

>What do you say?
>Just avoid the trap. No splitting up until the poison mission starts.
>Tell Xin Lan to disarm it quickly. You'll be long gone by the time anyone comes to check.
>Tell Xin to take his time to disarm it. As long as no one finds out you're here.
>Leave Renshu behind. He has the same training as his sibling.
>Write in.
>>
>>4693798
>How long will it take? Give me estimates.

If it's a minute, let Xin do it.
If it's a few minutes, let renshu do it.
If it's half an hour, leave it.

Are we on a road, actually?
>>
>>4693798
>Just avoid the trap. No splitting up until the poison mission starts.
We will have to disarm the entire forest later anyway since we left our traps behind, so no reason to worry about it now.
>>
>>4693821
No, you're in the woods. You're sneaking up on the bandit camp so you have a place to hide while the stealth group can do their thing.
>>
>>4693862
Yeah, then leaving it alone isn't going to do us any harm.
>>
Rolled 2 (1d2)

>>4693821
>>4693830
Rolling for it.
>>
>>4693921
I think he had changed his vote to leave it alone right?
>>4693878
Or am I confused?
>>
>>4693932
Bit confused.

But ultimately doesn't matter anymore.
>>
>>4693942
I thought the vote was changed to leaving Renshu behind. Did I misread that?
>>
>>4693942
Than did you meant leaving Renshu alone wouldn't be a problem?
or that you prefered it was disarmed but it wouldn't really matter if the trap stayed?
>>
>>4693947
I am a bit semantic, I hadn't changed the vote but the knowledge that wasn't on a main road meant that the trap didn't matter anymore.

>>4693958
I'd prefered it disarmed but it doesn't really matter at this point if it stayed. Nobody but raiders are going to be hurt by it.
>>
>>4693961
My mistake, sorry about that. Dunno how I misread that.
>>
>>4693965
Because it's vauge and unclear but made sense in my head so I didn't notice.

But eh, [the misunderstanding] doesn't matter now since the decided course is made.
>>
>>4693968
No, it made perfect sense, I just thought it was a vote change.
Entirely my fault for bringing it up, sorry.
>>
>>4693830
Just realized that disarming the traps would increase the likelyhood of our group being found out, or at least put the raiders in high alert, since they probably sends out scouting teams to check the perimeter of their camp, and they would realise if a bunch of their traps suddendly were non-operational.
>>
>>4693798
>>Just avoid the trap. No splitting up until the poison mission starts.
>Just avoid the trap. No splitting up until the poison mission starts.
>>
"Leave it." You say. "Once this is all done, we'll scour the woods to disarm as many traps as possible. As they are, they can be a liability for their owners as well. Best to not get rid of something we can take advantage of." Xin Lan nods and waves everyone over as they point out the trap and makes sure it's not tripped by accident. Your group continues their journey through the trapped woods and soon enough you begin to run across more and more. Pitfalls, badly concealed and shallow, sharpened sticks and rocks slings, Most of these traps were of lesser quality almost as if hastily made. "Seems like they were having fun..." Xin Lan mutters as they direct everyone through a small series of pot holes on the ground. "Honestly, seems like they just put traps down to put something down."

"Seems like it." Monkey replies. "We haven't seen any patrols around these parts."

"That's probably because they're avoiding their own traps." Xin Lan replies. "They're swarming all over the place. We got a few squads to the east and another handful to the west. They're patrolling alright."

"It seems like we're talking to path of most resistance to avoid them." Renshu says. "In any case we should be nearly there."

---

Your group travels through the maze of traps for another hour or so. As you continue, the traps begin the thin out and soon you begin to work on avoiding roaming squads of raiders than tripwires and pitfalls. The squads don't look to be in the best of shape either, they look haggard, worried and you don't have to work hard to avoid their searches. You're unsure if this is the state of all the troops or simply the state of their non elite members. No doubt that the leader would be surrounded by her more experienced members. Better to guard the camp itself with their best than risk them getting taken out like the others. Your team stops and hides out in between a small center of tightly packed trees. From the branches you can see a decent ammount of the remains of Xiqi. A large bonfire burns in the center of the ruins near the community hall itself. The community building was in use. You could see smoke rise from it's chimney and several raiders were coming in and out from it.

"They're not even trying to hide." Shifu says from a nearby branch.
>>
"No. They're expecting us." You say as you search through the grounds. More well armed troops were patrolling the grounds but you could see no sign of their leader. Judging from their patrol patterns, they made sure that each squad is within the sight of one another. Each one's sightlines overlapped the other's, making sure that there where no gaps or blindspots.

"Not bad." Xin Lan says from your shoulder. "This'll be interesting. Fun even." They say giving you a grin. They point over your shoulder. "Look. Smaller flames. I bet the squads that patrol don't head back to the main building. They want everything covered. If we hit that huge bonefire, you can be there won't be a soul that isn't hit by the powder."

"We need to stick to the plan." Mantis replies. "We hit the smaller flames. Less likely to get caught and we still get some cover a bit of the camp with it."

"We'll never get anywhere playing it safe." Xin Lan says. "The more people we incapaciate, the easier this fight will be."

"If you want that, then why don't you target the main building?" Mantis replies.

"Good point. We should." Xin Lan says. "I bet their leader is in there. Or...she might be in the abandoned mill. Thing is, we don't have enough powder to hit everything. With the size of the flames, either we target the building and get filled up, hit the smaller flames around the town and hope we get some patrols or put it in the main bonfire in the center and risk it all to try and get as many as we can."

"How much can you spread the powder?" You ask.

"Not at all. It's one of those three. Try and spread it out and we won't have enough to do any effect. We hit one of those three options and that's all we get. The fires around town are small enough that the flames won't eat up much of the powder. Or rather, it'll mingle with the smoke without it being choked out. The more smoke or concetration of smoke and the less effective the powder becomes because the smoke smothers it and pushes it down."

>What do you say?
>Tell the groups to hit the flames around town. Just as planned.
>Have them strike at the community hall. There's tons of people who go in and out. A bit harder to get to but it'll have more gaurenteed targets.
>Have them try and get to the large bonfire. It's in the open and surrounded by raiders but if they manage to pull it off then the pay off will be the greatest.
>Write in.
>>
>>4694117
We've seen our friends abilities and we KNOW what they are capable of. The large bonfire is a gamble I'm not willing to take but the community hall is almost a 90% success rate for a much larger payoff.

>I trust the pair of you, if you think you can breach the community hall then go for it. But the large bonfire is too great a gamble on this.
>>
>>4694117
>Have them try and get to the large bonfire. It's in the open and surrounded by raiders but if they manage to pull it off then the pay off will be the greatest.
I trust in Xin. Xin KNOWS what Xin can do, and if Xin feels confident that their abilities are up for the challenge, then I believe in them.
If there's ever a time to go maximum 'nothing', it's now.
And Renshu's spirits will be EXTREMELY helpful as well.
>>
>>4694117
>Have them strike at the community hall. There's tons of people who go in and out. A bit harder to get to but it'll have more gaurenteed targets.
Or
>Have them try and get to the large bonfire. It's in the open and surrounded by raiders but if they manage to pull it off then the pay off will be the greatest.
We only changed the plan to the many smaller campfires because we tought they wouldn't have a central bonfire, so this technically IS the original plan.
>>
>>4694133
>>4694134
The simultaneous posting with the same sort of emphasis amuses me. But still, I don't take their comment to mean that they can do it easily or even successfully with any certainty.

>>4694137
So which are you picking mate? this is kind of a "pick one and only one" deal
>>
>>4694142
Hmmm...we could extend this in a way, by asking Xin how confident they are in their ability to hit each of the options.
It'd give us a bit more information. We've never actually seen Xin going all-out with their stealth before, so we don't have a good reference for if they think they could reliably hit the large bonfire or not.
>>
Rolled 2 (1d2)

>>4694133
>>4694134
>>4694137
Oh fuck looks like my vote would have been the decider I can't choose.
Let the will of the dice gods be know.
>>
>>4694145
I'm down with that.

Amending>>4694133
>Ask renshu and Xin if they are certain they can hit it, and if yes, hit the biggest bonfire, if not community building
>>
>>4694145
Actually this is a better idea than my gambling.
Ask an assessment of the risk from both of our bunnies expert on the comunity hall vs the bonfire.
For example, since the hall is enclosed, would the powder be more effective? Do they remember the layout?
>>
>>4694153
i'll amend my own vote to support this one
>>
>>4694153
>>4694161
>>4694162
It seems like the votes are unanimous. We'll ask the rabbits for an opinion before we decide. Writing.
>>
You study the ruins for a moment before leaping back down to group up with everyone else. "What do you think?" You ask looking at Xin Lan. They look down at you. "The community center I can totally hit. I know the layout well enough to get in and out of it. No problem."

"Think it'll be effective though?" You ask.

"Yeah, with so many people going in and out? There's something going on in there. Either they're cooking in there or sleeping. Theres too much traffic going through there. We hit that place and the fire will blow powder all over the main hall. It might even get on their food if they are cooking there." They say as they draw out a map of the village in the dirt. "But our big hit is that large bonfire. Even if there's nothing going on in the building, that large bonfire is blowing smoke all over the village. Imagine if that's powder. Almost everything will get hit!"

"Xin Lan is right. If we hit the large bonfire, then it's gaurenteed it'll hit everyone outside. Even if the effects are thinned out a bit. Our victims will definitely be drowsy, and easier to pick off. If we hit the house, the effects will be more concetrated and it's possible that our victims will get tired faster. About the same as the smaller flames but since the building is enclosed we're more than likely to have them be affected by the poison." Renshu explains.

"So then which one are you most confident about hitting?" You ask. Xin Lan thinks for a while.

"The large bonfire. I can hit that." They say confidently. "But I need to go alone. No one else."

"That wasn't part of the plan." Tigress says. "Even after forcing your demands on us, you can't just go and change them when it doesn't suit you."

"None of you can keep up." Xin Lan counters. "Not you, not the real Stripes. No one. If you want to hit that bonfire. I got alone. No one else."

"Alright. I understand." You say placating your friend. "But what about the community hall?"
>>
"It would be best if it was just me and Stripes for that one. We both know the layout of the place. Taking those two will just slow us down." Xin Lan sighs and continues. "But...if we really have to take them then sticking to the original plan would be best."

"Master, you can't allow this. Tai Lung is only with us because he agreed to work with us." Tigress says. Shifu looks at you.

"She is right. We all agreed to work together. I understand your friends are capable but we cannot allow ourself to spilt up over differences. Mantis and Viper aren't there to slow you down. We're sending them in to back you up in case things go wrong. It's in everyone's best interest." Shifu explains. "If one of us gets caught then we all worse off for it."

>What do you say?
>Tell Xin Lan to go hit the bonfire. Alone.
>Have Xin take Renshu and go hit the community house.
>Have Xin take Renshu, Viper and Mantis. Have them target the community building.
>Stick to the original plan. Hit the small bonfires.
>Tell Xin to take Renshu and have them hit the large bonfire.
>Write in.
>>
>>4694248

>Have Xin take Renshu, Viper and Mantis. Have them target the community building.
If they fuck this up I'm reminding Hien to talk shit about the five to his father.
>>
>>4694248
>Have Xin take Renshu, Viper and Mantis. Have them target the community building.
>If you guys need anything, even just a tiny distraction from outside, then use a window to reflect some light in our direction. We'll be watching.
>>
>>4689541
>>4694259
Oh, and reminder that the agreement is that they are the seniors in this sneaking mission and call the shots, so follow they follow what the ninja say.
Unless the evil criminals are the ones that honor their words, while the noble heroes lie to get what they want.
>>
>>4694248
>Have Xin take the others and target the community building.

Don't fuck it up, five.
>>
>>4694490
I feel like the motto we need to preach here is "If you are unable to do it, don't try it". Because one mistake will fuck us all.
>>
>>4694888
Seems that Tai Lung philosophy is becoming some sort of self-improvement through acceptance.
I find it neat.
>>
>>4694945
More along the lines of "Anyone can be better, they just need to be willing to change" in both a moral and physical sense [renshu and ming for example].

But this specific thing I'm advocating is just for this situation, since the mindset of "can't do it, won't try" isn't a good one elsewhere.
>>
>>4694964
Well, I was thinking the whole I killed people and nothing will change it, but it doesn't mean I can do good for now on think.
This moral could be turned into one of understanding your limits and accepting them. After all, you can only really improve with you know whats wrong, but forcing yourself to do it even ifnyou can will only bring ruin.
Or some generic chinese wisdom like that.
>>
>>4694259
>>4694278
>>4694490
Taking the others because we need to play nice. Writing.
>>
"Xin, take the others." You say. "Go hit the town house." Xin Lan gives you a mutinous look. "I know but we did make a deal and at least we honor our deals." Xin Lan frowns and crosses their arms.

"Forget the deal." They say irritably. "This is a matter of making this work. Me and Stripes can do this alone. Anymore people and we risk getting caught."

"Do it. We'll back you up on your signal." You say looking right into the rabbit's eyes. Xin Lan huffs and waves at Renshu. "Come on Stripes, we got a job to do. You lot better not slow us down." They add, pointing at Viper and Mantis as they slip their mask and hood on. "Let's go." They order, emotion leaving their voice. The four leap into the shadows and soon enough, the sounds of their movements vanish.

"You need better control of your minions." Tigress says.

"They're not my minions. They're my family." You say coldly and stop before you say anything you might regret. Tigress returns the glare with her own.

"Enough you two." Shifu says sternly. "Save your energy for the bandits. Even if their plan goes right, we still have an entire army to deal with. We should take our positions and get ready for the assault."

"Master Shifu is right." Hien says placing a placating hand on your shoulder. "We should be ready as well. Not only for our part of the plan but to go in and assist our friends in case things go wrong."

"No point in sitting around here anyways." Mei Ling adds. "We'd just end up fidgeting. Sooner we can strike at the raiders the better." You stand, exchange one last glare with Tigress, and get on your way with the others. While the Five and the others headed towards the main road's entrance, you, Hien, and Mei Ling head towards the opposite end to flank. Your group takes it's time slowly, with your experiences in the woods, there was no doubt there would be more traps around the town. You find a few and remnants of your own old traps but nothing that warranted much care. Once you arrive at your appointed location, all that was left to do was to wait for the signal. That being hearing the Five engage the raiders.
>>
"Nothing left to do but wait." Mei Ling says with a sigh as she taps the ground with her staff. "How long do you think it'll take them?"

"I'm not sure." Hien says as they peer through a telescope. "Could be hours, could be minutes. All we have to do is have faith in our friends to succeed."

"They'll succeed. I belive in them." You say quietly as you sit down against a tree and wait. You could do anything else, fidget, train, pace but it wouldn't make time go by any faster. It was just best that you waited and conserved your energy...

----
https://youtu.be/bnerisonITQ


You are...

Xin Lan and currently, you're hiding behind the remains of a building. Patrols are to your north, east and south. Your target, the community hall in the center of the ruins. Your assets, Mantis and Viper of The Furious Five and your older sibling Renshu. Currently, you are surrounded and every guard has a sight line with another.

>What do you do?
>Send someone out as a distraction. They can buy you time as you proceed onward regardless if they get caught or not.
>Stick to the shadows and attempt to press onward. The guard's torches make it rather difficult but there should be enough room to squeeze through.
>Kill a squad. There's roughly 10 or so seconds when one squad passes by a wall. More than enough time to kill a group without making a sound. You can use that new gap to proceed onwards.
>Write in.
>>
>>4695182
>Stick to the shadows, but use stones or the thunk of our knives on wood to create seconds of distraction.
>No killing, Big guy would be upset with us.
>>
>>4695184
Also, Does tigress want a fuckin' slap?
Shittalking us is one thing, shittalking the best girls is war.
>>
>>4695182
>Stick to the shadows and attempt to press onward. The guard's torches make it rather difficult but there should be enough room to squeeze through.
Snakes can contort into weird spaces and mantis is small. Maybe we should.take one of them and send the other with renshu so the group itself is smaller.
A distraction may put them in alert, and even if we get them uncoucious instead of dead, the raiders will notice.
>>
>>4695187
She's just seething that older step bro is still ahead of her in everything, including dealing with his emotions.
>>
>>4695193
The shifting of rocks and stones isn't that bad. I'll clarify though

>>4695184
>Use stones or the thunk of our knives as distraction only when absolutely required.
>>
>>4695195
Oh, I was talking about the distraction presented in the choices, not your write-in.
But now it got me thinking, notmally a rustling of bushes and pebbles rolling can be atributed to a wild animal when it happens, but how would it work here?
There's only so much that can be the winds fault if it's not very strong on that day.
>>
>>4695213
It doesn't have to be much, but it can be attributed to the wood. You know how it expands and contracts, and these are half destroyed anyway.

Now this won't work repeatedly in a short amount of time, but it's still viable.
>>
>>4695231
We are in ruins. Couldn't mantis knock some over as a distraction? Make it look like they finally gave out.
>>
>>4695275
Problem is, can Mantis be trusted to properly disappear after he get their attention?
If there is space below the floorboards he could fit down there.
>>
>>4695275
Well. . .Yeah, that's the idea with the stones. Not the wood though.
>>
So we're using stuff for distractions as we sneak on by then?
>>
>>4695298
I thought you just meant throwing stones. A pillar falling over should be a decent distraction
>>
>>4695303
Yes. Sneak as far as you can until you hit a deadlock the group won't be able to pass, then use a distraction. Repeat is the idea.
>>
>>4695303
Yeah, but without sending someone alone, and avoiding it as much as possible.
>>
>>4695184
>>4695193
>>4695195
Moving onwards and getting best buns captured. Writing.
>>
>>4695331
>Implying capture is a possibility without being drugged.
>>
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mJz9N3odqGg

You press onwards while maintaining optimal stealth via the shadows cast by the buildings. The two novice's noise was withing tolerable levels. With the sun's current position it would be best to take the longer route, the shadows would be longer and by proxy give you more room to hide within them. It was increadibly inefficient to bring the other two along. Although you understood that Tai Lung had only agreed to this to placate The Furious Five into cooperation, at this point in time it was much more efficient to break that promise. They would not simply abandon the mission over such things and could be expected to maintain cooperation during the fight to accomplish their goal. To burden you with two complete novices was rather foolish even for your friend.

You had no callsigns, no signals, no motions that they would know. Only your sibling could be trusted with such things. You could not even sacrifice the two to succeed either. Conditions upon conditions to restrict you. Still, if it was to make Tai Lung happy then you would do them. You did not like the feeling you felt when you imagined them upset at you. You raise your hand as your group dives behind another building. Luckily they at least knew that sign and they stopped to hide. You hear the familiar jingle of chainmail as a patrol walks by. The ruined walls of the building cover you from both sides and the shadows obscure the forms of your team. You lean against the wall and keep and ear out. Your brother does the same. You can hear another set of squads nearby. Roughly 3 more within a 30 foot radius. 2 walking away, the third making it's way to intercept another's patrol. You count the steps, roughly 20 until the next building breaks line of sight and 25 until the squad's mirror begins to cover that blind spot.

18...19..20!

You leap forward and break into a run, your feet absolutely silent as they hit the ground with every step. You had roughly 10 seconds before the next squad turns the corner. You could never explain it, but the shadows always seemed to beckon to you. No matter how dark or light, it simply seemed to be a part of you and you seemed to blend into them as you became part of them. Of course this was all metaphor. Such abilities did not exist but part of you seemed to recall in the long distant past, perhaps during that time Renshu used to say you were once normal, that he could always find you. As you grew, you remember he would always seem to pass you when you hid even if they walked a few inches past you.
>>
Your ears flick. Too slow. They were too slow. You spin as you throw yourself into the shadows, hand going into one of the many hidden pockets on your person, and your hand snaps forward, launching a throwing knife. The knife crashes into the remains of a wall and several bricks fall as it breaks apart. The squad, which had now just barely cleared the turn, pause and turn around to face fallen bricks just as the Five make it to the shadows. You crash to the ground into a roll and slide into the darkness. The sound could easily be mistaken as rubble finally giving away, no doubt that these raiders were not masons unlike you. You continue your roll and slide to your feet as you press your back to the wall once more to listen. The noise had bought you some time and your mission was no in jeporady but now you were completely surrouned as more squads made their way towards your surrounding area to double check the fallen bricks.

>What do you do?
>Tell the others to wait here. They're only slowing you down.
>Send someone to run as a distraction. With so many raiders around it's doubtless that they would get caught however.
>Wait. That's the only thing left to do. Perhaps until another change of shift when the guards will be less likely to know about the fallen bricks.
>Write in.
>>
>>4695385
>Tell the others to wait here. They're only slowing you down.
Tell can't sneak, so their orders is to fuck off.
Get Renshu to find a path for them do leave.
>>
>>4695385
>Quietly inform the snake and mantis that they are too slow. Too slow and we had to cover them with the bricks, you're not going to get further in at all.
>Wait here they were only slowing us down.

Don't try and get them out, just tell them to remain here and undetected as best that they can, movement is too risky.
And unlike Tai Lung, Xin isn't diplomatic enough to give them second chances.
>>
>>4695390
Can they find a hole that they can hide in?
If they can than Renshu can follow Xin, he will know how to apply the doses better.
If not then he will have to babysit the "great talents".
>>
>>4695393
It's a decrepit building, I'm sure they can find something.

Know thing five actually, they can't, but still moving them while the guards swarm in around us means that their attempts to leave will see them found.
We need to hide them now before the converging guards see them.
>>
>>4695393
In their defense, even TL would have some problem stealthing with Xin in this regard given his size not to mention, as an anon pointed out, the five were trained to fight as a group against a group (technically against TL but they've mostly started to lean towards group fights). Mantis and Viper are fast but they're not fast and stealthy. Not to mention, that both buns have literal decades of training to not be seen.

But the votes are to tell them to wait. Stripes is babysitting and if Xin had their persona on then Tigress can take it up with them. Writing.
>>
>>4695416
Oh I know that they are way out of their enviroment, it's just that they keep pushing to be included in it even after being told that it would cause trouble.
Also one must never pass to oportunity for bants.
>>
>>4695416
Like the other anon said, it's that they don't know their limits and one fuck up is going to bring this whole house of cards crashing down around us.
>>
You stand and dust yourself off. No fractures or lacerations. You were still at peak condition. You listen for a few moments later before you speak, voice just barely noticable. "Renshu, remain here. Keep watch on the guards and Mantis and Viper. I'll head out on my own from here out."

"But we're supposed to stick together." Viper protests. "This place is swarming with guards."

"No. You're only here because Tai Lung allowed you to be." You say neutrally. "You're slowing me and my brother down and jeporadizing our mission. No second chances. That's the kind of man I am. Tai Lung might give them but not me. You get one and if you pose a threat to him or Ming then I will not hesitate to do everything in my power to stop you. Currently, you're risking everything for us. Months of planning, searching, training and I will not let you ruin that. Renshu if they attempt to stop me you know what to do."

"My apologies." Renshu says as he steps in front of Mantis and Viper. "But I am the same. Tai Lung and Ming mean much more to us than you could understand. Much more than I believe any living person could ever understand and I too will do anything in my power to keep them safe. So I'm asking you politely, as a person to another, please do not try to stop us. We can all stay here and remain hidden. I'll make sure that we can anticipate any guards coming to check here so we can move before being caught. Or you can attempt to stop Xin Lan and force my hand. This is the choice I'm offering you." Renshu stands at ease, hands to his sides and, unbeknownst to anyone but those he faced, completely prepared to strike. You do not wait to see if anything occurs. You had no time and waiting would only waste more. Your sibling was more than capable to do what needed to be done.

You dash, as fast as your legs could manage without injuring themselves, and slip between two squads behind their backs as they walked passed each other. Your footfalls utterly silent, you finally meld into the shadows fully. No one could find you, you could feel it deep within you as if it were a fact of life. You flip over the heads of another squad. They were too busy looking around them. They would never look above. You land within the ruins of another building, right on one of the old roof beams as you remebered it's location. Not wasting a moment, you flip and dive behind a broken barrel as another group returns from their patrol as planned. You can see the community hall only a few dozen feet away. Your margin of error was growing smaller as you approached and soon there would be none. Only perfection would suffice if you wanted to return to your friends. If you wanted them to remain alive.
>>
You tail the returning squad, diving behind rubble, sliding across streets and remaining invisible within the shadows of the buildings and broken objects. Your path leads you to your next checkpoint, a large stack of sacks adjacent to the building that were full of powdered materials used to act as mortar to keep bricks together. You dash and roll, your momentum carrying you behind the sacks. Above your head was a small window, a possible entrance among many.

>What do you do?
>Use the window to enter the building and work your way to the fire place from there.
>Enter through the front door. Wait for someone to open it for you and slip inside.
>Try to find an alternate entrace. It'll cost you more time but you might find something else.
>Write in.
>>
>>4695507
>Use the window to enter the building and work your way to the fire place from there.
I suck at sneaking missions.
>>
>>4695507
>Enter through the front door. Wait for someone to open it for you and slip inside.
>>
>>4695507
>Check the window for other people with our hearing first

Also hearing such loyalty warms my heart
>>
You know, as a matter of interest, I can already see Xin's counter argument when we get back to the five and have to explain themselves.

>"Like Shifu said, they were there in case things go wrong. I covered their near miss and put them in a place to help quickly if things went bad, rather than taking them with me and ensuring it went bad. They did exactly what they were here for."

Not going to win many points with anyone, probably make Tai lung exasperated but the mission is filed.
>>
>>4695952
Hey, the deal was that they would obey the orders of Xin and Renshu, Xin just ordered then to stay put in. Therefore everything is ok.
The only thing that will make Tai Lung angry is the bunnies threatening to kill them.
>>
>>4696093
Exasperated, not angry or annoyed.
Because that means Tigress is going to kick off, and he has to deal with it.
>>
Don't worry anons. Ming will start threatening people soon enough.
>>
So we're tied. At least I think we are. But it seems like the window eeks out a win.
>>
>>4696334
2 to 1 for windows. in we go.
>>
>>4696334
Time for Xin to swoce right in.
>>
You press you ears to the wall. At least 2 dozen raiders, another dozen or so sleeping. You draw your blade and slip it under the window. Slowly, steadily, you raise the window open while taking care to not make it creak or groan. With it only a third open, you quickly slip into the building. As you had calculated, the window leads to a small storage room full of old tools and broken furniture. There's a creak and you immediately leap to the rafters. You hang from the beams running through the room, your finger's grip holding you aloft.

A group of raiders burst in, 6 or so, stumbling and drinking heavily. You don't remember there being much alcohol if any in the encampment. You wonder if they brought it here themselves, spoils of other raids they conducted. They speak loudly and joyously, obviously intoxicated. Less of a problem for a fight but more due to the fact that they weren't leaving. They cheer a bit and one shoves another into a crate, smashing it and spilling unlit torches everywhere. The others hoot and goad the two into fighting. Soon a small wrestling match begins between the two as they continue to stumble and fail to get a proper grip on one another.

Your arms begin to burn and your fingers ache as you hang on for another few mintues. The raiders show no signs of leaving and their sparing continues as the group swaps fighters, evidentally finding a entertainment with this. Luckily for you, none of the raiders look up or have an reason to do so but it would only be a matter of time before someone is knocked around in such a way that they'll look up.

>What do you do?
>Try to sneak out of the room. Perhaps the raiders will be too busy watching the brawl to see you.
>Try to knock them all out as fast as you can. Maybe you can do it without them shouting for help.
>Hold on a bit longer. Maybe just maybe they'll leave.
>Write in.
>>
>>4696386
>Hold on a bit longer. Maybe just maybe they'll leave.
Now an officer will probably come around to stop them, but I'm worried that they will look up.
>>
>>4696386
>Hold on
I don't know about the officer idea but if they do come in, they won't look up. Just in case, shuffle to the corner if you are able. People don't look up and they don't like corners.
>>
>>4696392
>>4696396
Holding on or we'll have a bun in very big trouble. Writing.
>>
>>4696428
If we curled up, then even in their inebriated state, it would take a miracle for them to focus on us and see that we are anything beyond just shadows on the roof.
>>
>>4696433
Doing hanging crunches while only clinging on with your fingertips? Man no wonder Xin can keep up with TL in a fight. The bun is a beast.
>>
>>4696442
I'd actually recommend holding on with your feet/knees rather than just your fingerips as it breaks up the silhouette further. But to each their own.
>>
>>4696452
Sure. Makes sense to me.
>>
https://youtu.be/XIrOsEsRixQ

You swing your body back and forth to build momentum. The fighting underneath your grows rowdier as more than 2 people decide to get into a brawl. You fling yourself to the other side of the room and hold on to another beam in the corner of the roof with your knees to give your hands a rest.

The fighting continues but as you expected, going several rounds in full on combat was wearing them out. More drink was spilled and a keg was broken in the fighting. Each punch was lazier and more off target. With the spreading puddle of drink and the hightening inebriation, several raiders slipped and fell. If you were capable of feeling emotion right now, it would have been comical but such things were unnecessary for your mission. Focus was all you needed. One of the raiders takes shots at the fallen and they remain still. You were unsure if they had died or simply been knocked unconcious but you did not care either way. Both situations removed obstacles from your path and there was nothing you could have done nor did you have any pity to spare.

A small glint shines in the room for a moment before the thin wire wraps around the neck of the last remaining man. It tights and you fall on to his shoulders as you pull harder. The man's hands scratch at his neck, his screams and gurgles dying in this throat. He looks up at you and you look down at him. You stare deep into his panicked eyes with your cold uncaring stare. You maintain eye contact as you pull harder, choking the him into unconciousness. He falls and crashes into some garbage with a crunch as his nose breaks. You mearly flip off his shoulders and gather your wire as a lone thought forms in your head. You wonder if Tai Lung would allow you to ride on his shoulders. Perhaps that is something friends do.

Pushing that aside, you drive your knuckles into the temples of everyone around you. Better to keep them down longer than risk them waking up. You look through the window and see the sun is starting to set. You've wasted too much time already. You quietly push the door open and peer outside into the hall way. You had to cross through here to get to the main hall and from there, the fire place. Your first target was a small table with a vase on it, serving a meager decoration to the bland building. The shadows had grown longer in the setting sun, giving you the advantage as you slip into them and fading from existence once more.
>>
You dart from furniture to furniture and leap to the ceiling once more as you hear a door open behind you. Several more raiders walk out talking. You're unsure of what as you don't understand but their tones are rather somber and serious as is the expressions on their face. You go over your mental map of the building and know that room is one of the larger ones, similar to the one where Ming had preformed her medical duties while you all waited in the night. You wonder what could be going on in there as to be so serious but at the moment it was of no importance. The mission came first. The group speaks for a few moments longer before they continue down the hall underneath you and enter another nearby room. Your memory fails you here as you never explored that room but you can recall that it was one of the smaller rooms in the building. Perhaps some kind of office. That however might warrant some investigation or perhaps it was merely a sleeping room for the higher ups.

Down the hall, you see another group enter from the main hall. The door swings open and catches on something, remaining open. You remember that door was slightly too big for it's frame and so it would always remain stuck no matter what potision it was left in. Even from your angle you can see the soft glow of the large fire.

>What do you do?
>Head into the large room. You want to see what was so important that several people had to enter.
>Head into the office. This might be your change to take out important members of the army.
>Continue onwards. You're here to deliver the payload. Nothing more.
>Write in.
>>
>>4696487
>Deliver the payload

Information can be acquired on the way out. Or when we rip them to shreds.
>>
>>4696487
>Continue onwards. You're here to deliver the payload. Nothing more.
It's not like we can understand what they are saying anyway.
And if the important people are in the office, they will get gassed too.
>>
>>4696487
>Continue onwards. You're here to deliver the payload. Nothing more.
>>
>>4696487
>Continue onwards. You're here to deliver the payload. Nothing more.

Eyes on the prize Xin. Keep'er moving now we got people expecting us to quick about this
>>
>>4696491
>>4696500
>>4696513
>>4696523
We have a mission to do. Writing.
>>
You pull out your mask. You had Ming make you one long ago, before you started your journey at sea. The rest of your outfit was ruined and torn apart but the mask survived. Slipping it on, the pungent smell of the new herbs hits your nose. That was good, it mean that you'd have greater resistence to the powder should it get on you. You didn't particularly like the mask. It restricted your sense of vision and made it harder to see but it was a necessity. You make a mental note to adjust it to suit your style better in the future. Perhaps in some downtime your group had when you were training Ming. For now, you'd have to make due.

You leap forward, flying silently as your arc carries you over the incoming raiders and through the door just in time for it to close behind you. You roll with your landing, rolling continuously in a small ball to lower visiblity. You continue your roll until you slide underneath a table and wait, ears perked, for any sounds. You hear no alarms or sounds of people being alerted to your presence. Peeking around, you see there is some foot traffic in this area as to be expected. The front door opens, and you see more raiders enter as they chat and others leave. The cold wind of the outside cuts through the warmth of the fire but as the door closes, the cold fades away and heat returns to the room. You see the flames, your goal, on the other side of the room. Chairs are dragged across the wood floors and placed near the fire as raiders work to keep the cold out of the bones. Others crack open another keg and pour themselves a drink. The distinct smell of food, or rather warmed up rations, wafts through the air as you assume the day shift of the patrol is coming in after swapping with the night shift. Soon, the room will be full of people. You dig into your clothing and pull out a satchel. It was full of a silvery white powder, the same color as hot ash. Once thrown into the flames, it would blend in perfectly and no one would suspect that the powdery substance in the flames was a poison and not the remains of burned away wood. The only issue was how to get it into the flames.

Currently, there was a group of raiders sitting in front of the flame. They were your biggest obstacle but soon more would arrive and your problem will compound.

>What do you do? How do you accomplish your mission?
>Write in.
>>
>>4696633
>Signal for that distraction right now. Since it's you, you only need their attention to be away from the fires for a moment to do the job.
>>
>>4696633
If only there was a way to start a brawl here too, it would buy us enough time in the commotion.
Maybe make so one of the kegs spills on top of one of the raiders? In a way that looks like another did it? The best way to start a fight is to mess with a drunk's drink.
>>
>>4696633
Guys, I got a crazy idea. That may work, if it's a big chimney.

>Throw something to break a chair on the other side of the room, leap around their vision to the fireplace, then leap up the chimney to drop the dust down and climb up onto the roof.

It could draw more people into the room, as well as give us time.
But if the chimney won't take us, then I'd suggest going with the keg idea. Smash the keg with a thrown knife and yank the knife back on wire.
>>
>>4696697
Well, smash or pull to the floor. The bottom line is use the knife that we can recoil in a blink.
>>
>>4696697
I don't know if the mask would be able to all that much of the smoke if we climbed the chimmey.
Not only that but we also need to return to Renshu and the five to leave, and we are going to need our distraction quota to be able to get Mantis and Viper out.
>>
>>4696748
I mean fair.
>>
>>4696756
But I dig using the kunai with chain, if there is someone that can do it silently, it's Xin.
>>
Activating trap card. Writing.
>>
You needed a distraction. Tai Lung and the others were too far out of communication to call on them and you had no means of doing so either. You dash forward, daggers out, and slice through a leg of a chair. The raider shouts and crashes to the ground, smacking another on his way down. You pivot, almost dancing to the side, going along with the raider's lines of sight and staying out of their line of sight while quickly tossing your knife on a wire. The blade cuts through the air and flies behind the head of one of the raiders and embedding itself into a keg. You pull and the wire goes taut for a moment before the keg comes crashing down upon the head of another raider. The keg smashes open, releasing the knife and you flick the wire causing the knife to slice across the raider's head making it bleed profusely. The wound wasn't lethal but the blood only added to the chaos of the situation as the raiders tried to make sense of the situation and tend to their wounded friend. All the while they never noticed a small white rabbit cut open a bag and pour a powder into the open flames.

You leap just as the flames burn brighter and stab both your knives into the roof of the building. You hang from them watching the group stumble and look around in confusion. More of the patrols walk in on the chaos and add to it as they try figure out what is going on. Soon enough the room is full of raiders, shouting and barking orders but more importantly, breathing in the air. A few mintues later, the injured man is finally carried away to another room and the others try to clean up the mess. Eventually, more chairs are brought in and the crowd settle around the fire to chat and eat. Your exit currently cut off, all you can do it wait and plan your next move. Luckily for you, your mask protects you from the poison but you're not sure how long it will take for the effects to begin take hold.

>What do you do? How do you escape?
>Wait. Hopefully people will start to go to sleep soon. You don't know how long it will take.
>Try and cause another distraction. With this many people it'll be much easier but there is more eyes to look around.
>Make a break for it. Even if they see you, they can't possibly catch you.
>Write in.
>>
>>4697534
>Wait.
They are going to get Drowsy far faster than we are. When we start feeling the edge and they clearly are, we can slip out. We can make our air last longer through clearing our lungs and dragging in a lot now, but that is a bit risky.
>>
>>4697534
>Wait. Hopefully people will start to go to sleep soon. You don't know how long it will take.
I don't know, hide on a box or something, that usually works
>>
>>4697534
>Try and cause another distraction. With this many people it'll be much easier but there is more eyes to look around.
>>
>>4697545
>>4697568
We wait. Writing.
>>
You wiggle and flip over, kneeling across the flat of both blades and look down. The most optimal decision to do here was to wait. Eventually the poison would work it's way through their system and they would go to sleep. You watch as the fire burns brightly then slowly begins to die before more wood is added. Ash flutters out as a gust of wind blows through while the logs were being adjusted, blowing out all over the room. Raiders come and go through out the whole time but slowly, more and more of them do not come back. The sun sets and the room grows dark as more people leave. You slip your toes into the holes in your blade as you tense your body. The time to act is slowly drawing near and you had to be ready to take action when that time came. Finally, the time arrives and the door opens to the outside. You pull and throw yourself at the door, blade in hand and foot. You land on your free hand and go into a roll as you slip through the closing door behind the entering group. You twist your body and roll off the side of the steps into the dark corner. Freeing your foot and hand, you put your weapons away, slip off your mask, and proceed back to your friends.

The night guard is just as alert as the day crew. Being up this late has not broken their formation nor do they slack off on their job. Clearly these men were fresh troops and well trained. You wonder how many you missed during your escape but do not persue it. They would be taken down along with everyone else. 1, 2 or 100 it did not matter. For now, your primary objective was to regroup with your squad and the two others. Another patrol passes by but the darkness keeps you safe and you quietly tail them. Even their mirror squad would not see you. You follow them for a few more streets before you break off and follow another group. You repeate this process until you arrive at the ruined building you left the others.

You enter the building and the two jump in surprise. Your elder sibling looks at you quietly, the question buring in his eyes despite the serene look on his face. "It is done." You reply. "Poison has been delivered and it's taking effect."

"Good." Renshu says, his voice serious. "Then we wait."

"Why? We need to get out of here." Mantis says. "Before we're caught."

"And do what?" You ask. "We have to confirm that our plan has worked on everyone. We still have this current shift walking around. They've yet to ingest the poison."
>>
"Currently, we need an escape route as well." Renshu points out as his hand ruffles your ears. You liked when he did that. It made you feel safe. At least thats how Ming described the feeling once. "As it stands, we can ill afford to be caught. Should we wait til morning, then the next shift will still be under the effect of the poison. Even awake, their senses will be dulled."

"But we need to signal the others." Viper says. "We have to let them know everything went well. Otherwise how will they know when to attack."

"If you know a way to leave, then please, suggest a solution." You say. The two others say nothing.

"We can signal a distraction." Viper says. "Or we can tell them to attack. We can strike from within. They don't know we're here so as they move to fight, we can flank them and attack."

"An interesting idea." Renshu says. "But not an entirely bad one. We would simply need to know how to signal them."

"We can also try to start taking out patrols." Mantis adds. "It's dark out. We have a much better chance of doing it now that we have the night to cover us. Like you said, the day crew is drugged so that means even if they come out to see why the night sifts hasn't reported in, they'll be too drugged to be effective."

"That is also reasonable but if we must act, then we must agree to a plan. The moment we lose cohesion, the moment we all die." Renshu says.

>What do you say?
>Tell the two to sit down and wait. Once it's daytime, you can decide what to do.
>Try and send a signal to the others. Have them attack now while you know the drugs are affecting some and haven't worn off.
>Have the others make a distraction so you can escape. Then you can attack at a later date.
>Begin taking out patrols. You can whittle down the army's troups from within.
>Write in.
>>
>>4697678
I like the masters' plan. Right, this is a new shift, so I say give them another half hour perhaps? to settle into the rythem. Even the most disciplined mind gets bored with periods of inaction so once they have settled down and grown complacent, Send a spirit of Renshu's to Tai Lung, he can either hear it or will have begun meditating at some point probably and will hear it then. Leave a message of "Tell the others to prepare to attack in about 20 minutes" and when the ghost comes back they can tell us that the message was delivered correctly.
20 minutes gives Tai lung time to inform the other groups of the time to attack and it gives us 10 minutes to begin taking down squads. Swiftly and silently, once we have started forming holes in their patrol patterns, then the five can move much easier, or maybe not.

The signal to attack then is when the time elapses/they hear everything going loud.
>>
>>4697693
This is the time where you are useful and your skill come in handy. Not sneaking around, as we have confirmed, but for the ambush.
If we can take out the first two squads to give us a bit of breathing room, then you will have all the space and room you need to start taking them out.
>>
>>4697678
>Tell the two to sit down and wait. Once it's daytime, you can decide what to do.
How long does the poison lasts? We need to strike the balance between number of people affected vs how tired they are to be most effective.
If we start attacking patrols too soon it may force more people to leave to investigate therefore reducing the number of affected.
Also it risks exposing our allies to the smoke if we start the attack while it still is the air.
>>
>>4697725
However consider that it's smoke, while potent is not going to greatly effect the patrols at the fringes due to being trapped in the community hall and we have the cover of night, a fantastic equaliser in open combat.

If we keep our assaults to the fringes that is where they will be drawn, but even so a few breaths of the smoke isn't going to make us keel over, especailly not if we all wear scarfs around our noses. If it DID make us keel over, then we would have killed everyone in the hall.
I agree on the time balance but. . . Hmm, Maybe make it a 3 hours grace period? the people inside must be KO'd by then, and fire will have gone out without them to feed it.
>>
>>4697725
>>4697746
Ok, ask Renshu the question, he should know how it works, then we wait until peak efficiency o'clock and make it so mantis and viper take out patrols on their way to the rest of the five, while Xin and Renshu do the opposite direction. When they reach out camp, they are to startt the assault with shifu, Po and the five, while Tai Lung, Mei Ling and Hien go around so they rendevous with us. By the time they get there, we can begin the flanking maneuver.
>>
>>4697767
I think that's a plan, but we should stick with them.
With the ghost warning system we can tell when we have had the message delivered.
If it hasn't been, then we can tell them face to face but until that point the bun's job is flanking and striking from the shadows, running interference.
>>
>>4697791
Ok then. Just as long Mantis and Viper get to the five on time and we take out a few patrols that are still up so we can begin the next phase it's all right to me.
>>
>>4697815
And like that, we've got a plan and the raiders had better hope theirs has dental.
>>
Sending a message and setting up the attack. Writing.
>>
"We wait." You say. "Allow the poison to circulate a bit more." You look at Renshu. "Send a message to Tai Lung. Have him wait an hour. Once the hour elapses he and the others move in unless he hears the sounds of fighting. These two will head back to their group, taking out patrols along the way as they can. We'll head in the opposite direction and begin taking out patrols as well. Once you return to your team, have them start the assault as planned. From there we do as we planned." You look at Mantis and Viper. "Are we agreed?" Viper and Mantis nod quietly. "Good." You nods to Renshu who makes a waving motion with their hand as if motioning someone to move forward.

"You heard them. Go." He says to no one in particular.

"Right now?" Mantis asks.

"No." Renshu. "Not yet."

You wait for a few more minutes to confirm that Tai Lung got the message, all the while Mantis and Viper seem restless. Eventually Renshu stands up. "Let's go. It is done." You stand as well and the two of you press your backs to the walls. You wait, listening, until a group passes by, blocked from the other group's sight by the darkness and the building itself. The two of you leap over the ruined wall and aim for the raider furthest in the back. Your wire wraps around the man's neck. His hands go for his throat, leaving him exposed and allowing Renshu to jab him straight in the chest with two fingers. Purple lightning arcs through the man's body and he falls competely silent but, as you remember, in intense burning pain. You leap over as he falls, freeing your wires and sweeping the legs of the person in front if him. As they fall, your hand clamps around their throat and choking their cries of surprise into nothing. Meanwhile, Renshu turns and chops the back of another's neck, more lightning arcing through their body as they become paralyzed. It was only a matter of seconds but they fall quickly and hit the ground simultaneously with quiet thuds.
>>
You have no time to pay attention to the gawking looks of the two as Renshu flicks two fingers in a direction and singals to move on. The two of you leap over the rubble of another building and fade away into the darkness...

---

"Soon..." You reply for the third time as Mei Ling asks once again. Hien collapses his telescope and shakes his head. "Nothing. I'm afraid I can't see well in the darkness to tell anything. At best I can see near the large bonfire but there isn't much movement going on there." He says approaching you and sitting down next to you. "I suppose we will have to wait for the Five to commence their attack. You said it was an hour correct?" You nod, no longer meditating but still sitting crosslegged.

"That is was Renshu signaled. If anything had gone wrong, we would have known it. Right now we need to assume that everything is going according to plan otherwise we'll all stumble trying to cover everything." You reply. "There's no point in getting all worked up. We should conserve our energy. We may be going for a back flank but that doesn't mean that our work will be any easier."

"I know but still all this waiting is driving me crazy. Can't you feel it? We're this close from finding the leader and putting an end to all this." Mei Ling says wandering over to the two of you. "This can be my big chance." She mutters as she peers eagerly to the ruins. There was no time to chastise the young martial artist as the sounds of clashing forces echoes through out the ruins. Shouts and battle cries can be heard from the opposite end of the town. The battle for Xiqi had begun...

>What do you do?
>Rush in. Head straight for the community hall. If the leader would be anywhere, it would be the most fortified position.
>Head for cellar at the ruined mill. The leader might be there, hidden in the secret room or perhaps leaving it.
>Run staight into town and engage the raiders from behind. You can't allow everyone to reach the frontlines or the Five are liable to be overwhelmed.
>Write in.
>>
>>4697993
>Take advantage of the fact that everyone's attention is towards the five. Stalk them from the back lines and take out the strongest or trickiest looking opponents from stealth - especially any long ranged archers. It'll give you a chance to look for the leader while reducing their forces.
Tigers are ambush predators. Let's lean into that before everyone goes 'oh shit' and realizes we're behind them.
>>
>>4697993
>Do hit and runs, sow as much confusion and fear among their ranks as possible, they will than either flee or regroup, which will make finding their leadership easier.
>>
>>4698156
Also I find the idea of using steppe raiders tactics against them deliciously ironic.
>>
>>4697993
>Do hit and runs, sow as much confusion and fear among their ranks as possible, they will than either flee or regroup, which will make finding their leadership easier.

Feels like Ghost of Tsushima
>>
>>4698156
Support

Lets put the fear of China in them.
>>
>>4698156
>>4698317
>>4698441
Scattering everyone. Writing. Is this the part where we show everyone the monster we are? And lost our friends and loved ones?
>>
>>4698877
No, this is the part where mongoliam throat singing intensify and you take over all of the roman empire using only the basic Hun cavalry.
https://youtu.be/nZIPeGN7CPQ
>>
>>4698924
Actually that is the victory music isn't it?
The battle song would be more appropriate: https://youtu.be/zlp4TQt-yog
>>
https://youtu.be/nFqfN-ju1MQ

The first group never saw you coming. In the mad chaos of trying to discern where the fighting was and regrouping with the engaged forces, you and your team slip through their patrols and launch your own assault against the raider army. You leap into the fray, smashing your heel into the head of a man so hard that he bounces off the floor. A palm strike sends him through a nearby wall and his squad turns to face you only to be greeted by a staff to the face. Mei Ling lands between them all and sweeps the ground with her weapon, throwing them all off their feet and allowing Hien and you to finish them all off. Without skipping a beat, you all move inward to look for more people. You were in the grace period, the small window of confusion where your attacks wouldn't be heard or detected by everyone unless as they all try to organize into one cohesive unit.

You turn the corner and viciously swing your arm, backhanding another raider and smashing them into another building. Cracks run through the wall and the raider falls to the ground, limp. Their squad mate brings their sword down upon your, ready to cut your arm off but their attempts are thwarted by the young lord. Hien parries the blow and swiftly sidesteps before smashing the heel of his palm into the raider's jaw then following it up with a strike to the stomach before slamming him into the wall as well with a well timed forearm to the throat. The archer of the group readies an arrow but they soon drop their bow to claw at their throat. Mei Ling slipps her staff under the archer's chin and puts them in a choke hold before she bends over backwards and slams their head into the ground.

Another patrol stumbles upon the scene but before they can react Hien leaps forward with a dragon kick, knocking one down in time to parry a sword swing of another. He grabs their arm and twists it around in a lock just in time for you to rush in and smash your knee into the man's face. Teeth and blood fly everywhere and he goes limp as well. The remaining raider has no time to react when a pole strikes them in the abdomen. Mei Ling stands atop it breifly and does a backflip kick, knocking them out and retrieving her weapon.

"Still no sign of her?" She asks as the three of you run through the ruins.

"Not that I can see." You say.
>>
"No doubt she's either coordinating the counter attack or remaining hidden until she's needed." Hien adds. "It would be foolish to show their full hand this early into the battle." He twists around to avoid an axe swing of another attacker. Reversing the grip on his blade, he unleashes a flurry of punches into the ribs of his assailant. The blows break bone and send rings off the chainmail flying before the raider is finished off with a strike to the throat. As the man falls, all three of you leap out of the way to avoid a flurry of arrows. From the shadows steps out a familiar face. Large boar surrounded by a group of his men walks forward, a large axe in hand. Hien swaps stances, "I thought you put him down." He asks confused.

"Evidentally not. Or we're dealing with someone else." You say raising your fists.

"Whatever your talking about can wait." Mei Ling says flourishing her weapon. "We take him down, old friend or not."

The boar grins, his teeth wicked and sharp as he speaks in a heavily accented Chinese. "Doragon." He says pointing his weapon at you.

>What do you do?
>Tell one of your friends to hold the line while you and the other press forward. The leader is much more important than some random thug.
>Engage the boar's allies. Don't let them surround you.
>Fight the boar 3 on 1. Use your numbers to win.
>Write in.
>>
>>4698941
>Take out his allies, then we can remove him.

Someone knows Chi healing perhaps. Because we did a terrible number on him, and this guy is walking so soon? Mmmmm. Tough cunt.
>>
>>4698941
>Let Huen and Mei engage his allies, and accept the challenge by giving him a dragon roar and moving to disarm him. Whether he wants a rematch or is seeking vengeance for his brother doesn't matter, only the same fate we are about to give him.
The less officers there are to organize the raiders, the more effort leopardess will have to make to keep them in line, which means it will be easier to find her.
>>
>>4698941
>Have Hien and Mei Ling take care of the boar's allies. Use dragon style to eliminate the boar as swiftly as possible.
>>
>>4698957
You know what, too cool.
Changing vote.
>>
>>4698957
>>4698958
>>4698965
1v1! 1v1! 1v1! Writing.
>>
>>4698971
Fuck, now I want to make a Yakuza boss title edit.
Off to find a suitable boar-person and the right font.
>>
>>4698974
RAIDER CLAN LIEUTENANT, MONGOL RAIDERS
RAIDER CHAMPION BOAR
>>
File: Yakuza.png (1.53 MB, 930x1200)
1.53 MB
1.53 MB PNG
>>4698974
Here's a quick unrefined version
>>
>>4698991
I absolutely love it. Awesome work as always.
>>
https://youtu.be/nMX5nw7-E_Y

"Take care of the man's lackies. I'll handle the big man himself." You tell your allies.

"Then make us an opening." Mei Ling says. You nod and crack your knuckles before you let out a dragon's roar. The boar screams right back at you as the two of you rush at one another. His great axe comes down but you roll out of the way and move into stomp at his wrist. The boar responds by shoulder checking you and you plant your foot back down to push back against him. The two of you struggle, shoulder to shoulder, as a battle rages all around you. With a grunt the boar thrusts the spiked handle of his axe at you and you only manage to twist out of the way to avoid the attack. You grab the boar by the shoulders from behind and run him forward, smashing his face into a ruined all and kicking him through it. You step backwards going back to back with Hien. The two of you lock eyes for a moment and nod. Stepping behind one another's leg, the two of you turn and thrust your legs out, kicking two raiders from behind one another and swapping places. The raider stumbles backwards into Mei Ling and she turns, planting her staff into the ground and swinging on it. You throw out another kick and the two of you slam your shins into the sides of the raider's head, knocking him out cold.

You spin just in time to see a large chunk of debris flying at you and you shatter it with a single punch. The boar leader throws another at you which you break apart with a kick before charging you and lifting you off your feet. You punch him repeatedly in the face but it seems his adrenaline keeps him going as he smashes you into another wall, shattering it on impact. With a growl you grab at the boar's tusk and pull down as you fall. There's a sickening crack and your arm comes free, tusk in hand and the two of you fall. The boar roars in pain and anger but his roar is cut short when you kick him in the throat and punch him straight in the nose. The man goes flying back into the small battlefield between the buildings and you leap out of the rubble to face him once more.
>>
You twirl the tusk in hand and hold it backwards like one of Xin's knives before you move into enage. Your opponent grabs a fallen sword and rushes to meet your charge. Tusk and blade meet each other as you use the man's tooth to deflect the weapon. With one arm occupied on defense you focus on attacking with the rest of your limbs.

Parry. Kick to the side.

Deflect. Elbow to the jaw.

Dodge. Headbutt to the face.

Eventually the boar tires of the intricacies of the blade and drops it before grabbing you by the collar. He lifts you up to slam you on the ground but you swiftly bring the damaged and chipped tusk down into him arm. You rake it across, cutting through muscle and you dig the claws in your feet and drag them the other way. The boar's arm goes dead and drops you but it seems like that isn't enough to put him down. You handstand for a moment, and kick aside another raider as you get up. The boar grabs a neaby beam of lumber and weilds it like a club, swinging wildly at you and striking his own men, maddened by the pain and anger.

>What do you do?
>Grab something nearby to defend yourself. A weapon or some rubble.
>Call upon one of your allies to help you.
>Match the boar's endurance with yours. Start trading blows.
>Write in.
>>
>>4699021
>Pull a gentle feather move, keep dodging as he wipes out his own men, wait for him to tire or break his weapon before taking him out. Taunt him by laughing.

Hey if it worked for one rage blinded psychopath, who's to say it won't work again?
>>
File: Yakuza Meme.png (1.54 MB, 930x1138)
1.54 MB
1.54 MB PNG
>>4699021
Use his own momentum against him, if he is swinging wildly than he is leaving himself exposed.
I like this guy, wish we could pick up a cart and bash him with it, but we got more fights to face in this battle.
>>4698991
Version 2, This time with the font in the right color and the image properly cut.
>>
>>4699082
Also blurred it a little to mimic the effect that happens when the tittle drops in the game.
Hope it adds a little extra charm.
>>
>>4699082
If only we had his name. Oh well, this will do us fine.
>>
>>4699085
It's great. I half wish I had made a clan symbol or something for you to use. Your photoshop skills are always appreciated anon.
>>
>>4699048
>>4699082
Just letting him swing around while we take advantage of it. Worked before. Writing.
>>
You've seen this before. The tactic of bullies and those too used to getting their way through brute force. No tactic, no planning, all they had to fall back on was their own raw strength when they came across someone who could push back. You run right at the man. As expected he swings at you and you leap. Planting your hands on his forearm, you hand stand and swing your legs, kicking him in the face several times. You leap off, land and roll out of the way just as the beam smashes where your head used to be. You return the favor with a punch into his stomach and an uppercut straight under his chin. The boar stumbles back into a wall. He snorts, spraying blood everywhere and beings hurling large chunks of garbage at you. You duck and dive out of the way, leaping into the air to avoid the rubble. You catch one midair and bring it straight down onto the boars head. The rock shatters and his other tusk flies off.

A roar explodes from deep within you, ringing throughout the town, and you drive your fist into the man's chest. You feel a rib cave in and you drive your other fist into his other side. Another rib goes as you repeat the processes. Punch after punch, you slowly lift the massive man an inch off the ground before you drive both knuckles into his temples, jump and smash his head into your knee. The boar bounces off your knee and flips over backwards. As he struggle to stand, you grab both arms and jerk them down. You feel them pop out of their shoulders and you rear back, smashing your open hand into the side of his head and dragging your claws across his face. The boar spins and falls backwards but no longer gets up. Flicking your hands clean of blood you rush back to your friends as they finish cleaning up the remaining raiders. The three of you spend no time exchanging banter as you run futher into the ruins, adrenaline surging through your veins.

>Where do you go next?
>Find your friends. Xin and Renshu should be around here.
>Head to the community center. The leader should be there.
>Head to the hidden room. If the leader isn't in town by now they should be running to hide. If they're smart.
>Go join the five. Help them finish off the raiders.
>Write in.
>>
>>4699171
>Head on to the hidden rooms

If the leader is in the community hall, they are KO'd, if they aren't then they will be in the Mill.
>>
Been wondering the heights of the cast. At least in relation to TL. Xin's been described being at least half your height on occassion. At least when you're sitting and they're standing on the same surface, you two are of equal height sans ears so standing side to side...I think they'd be just above waist height compared to you. Ming I've always imagined to be shoulder height to TL by that I mean, the top of her head is at your shoulders. Stripes...is tricky. He's quite a bit taller than Xin and shorter than Ming due to his heritage on his father's side. I've always figured something around Ming's shoulder height to somewhere around TL's ribs. He's increadibly tall for a rabbit. Hien is about Ming's height if not slightly shorter still has a bit of growing to do but not much.

Regular average bunnies, at least from what I remember in the films are like...just above knee height I think. I'm not entirely sure and I slept through my anatomy courses because someone thought having a 10pm course with a 3 hour lab afterwards was a good idea. But that's just some random thoughts that I had as per ussual.
>>
File: The banished one.jpg (370 KB, 1790x2711)
370 KB
370 KB JPG
>>4699208
I'll be honest, I pictured Xin about as you describe there, But Renshu seems to fluctuate between TL's height and Xin's height in my minds eye as well as occasionally becoming this wolf man.

Ming I always pictured as just a little bit taller than Xin, which is a bit weird.
>>
>>4699171
>See if there is any unusual effort to organise the raiders and head there. If there isn't head to the mill.
>>
>>4699220
Yeah Renshu's height is a bit undetermined. Ming I've always seen at that height. Mostly stemming from the fact the only felines I'm aware of are Tigress and TL himself. Mei Ling I think was pretty tall but I've never seen the small animation she was in.

Renshu could certainly be a wolf man. Although his dad was a tiger. Hence the stripes. Which makes his murder at his teenage son's hands all the more impressive.
>>
>>4699244
I thought it was because he had swords and knives strapped to his body, which he then drew and cut the fuck out of people, leading to the rhyme about deadly stripes.

But this makes a bit more sense
>>
>>4699258
That's way cooler than what I made up. Now I'm sad I didn't think of it. Renshu is a striped rabbit though. It's been mentioned off hand once or twice and it's the reason behind Xin's nickname for him. Plus it's another point of contention between Xin and Tigress. She already has a sore spot about living in TL's shadow and now Xin keeps pushing that button when she's compared to Renshu because of the Stripes moniker.
>>
>>4699264
>I'm sad I didn't think of it
Y-you did?
Like when Hien was talking about fairy tales of japan, That's what I took away from his rhyme. Though maybe I misread it.
>>
>>4699244
> his dad was a tiger.
Wait wtf. How. I had my suspicions that would have been the case but it didn't that it would have been possible. What the hell kinda of insane magical experiments did that assassin clan do to make it work?
>>
>>4699267
In hindsight, it may have been metaphore

>"No. I suppose it doesn't." Hien admits. "However your fur is proof enough. Rabbits don't have stripes. 'His stripes were blades, dripping with the blood of the innocent. Anyone who dared approach him, who dared touch him would be cut. Beware the rabbit child marked with the stripes of tigers for those are the marks of death.' It's a common section of most stories about you." The young lord replies.
>>
>>4699267
Y-yeah! Fooled ya didn't I? Was just testing ya to see if you were paying attention. Good eye. But no, the rhyme was more akin to keep an eye out for some creepy striped kid at night. Sort of like those stories of the black eyed kids. But we're gonna say its both because it is honestly such cooler take on the rhyme.

>>4699269
The very unethical immoral kind that messes with kids to the point you end up with an undead sociopath and his emotionless void of a sibling.
>>
>>4699237
>>4699189
Alright. Taking these votes. Writing.
>>
By now the raiders have begun to organize, you can hear the sounds of fighting growing and the shouting is less confused and more direct. As you continue through the town, you begin to run into squads that seem to be searching. Perhaps not specifically for you but they were obviously searching for foes. You quickly take them down and move on. Your priority was their leader and you didn't want to put more pressure on the Five by having a whole army descend upon them all.

"We're never gonna find anything if we just run around in circles1" Mei Ling shouts as she strikes down another raider. "We need a plan!"

"We should search away from the community hall." Hien replies as he sheathes his blade. "That place has been poisoned and anyone in there would have been knocked out. If leader is there then our job is done but we can't just simply assume it. We need to search other areas to confirm."

"There is the hidden attic in the old mill." You say as you let a raider drop from your hands. "We can check there but I think we should look for signs of organization. She's probably already out and leading people around. She doesn't seem to be the type to hide and order people around in a bunker."

"How do we check that?" Mei Ling asks as the three of you leap on to a rooftop and continue running. "Not like they have a flag to show everyone where to go and we can't just ask them."

"Keep an eye out for a single raider." Hien instructs. "That would be a runner. They can ill afford to send an entire squad to deliver orders so armies often send a single quick solider to carry messages across their own lines."

"Would they even have one?" Mei Ling asks as you all continue through an alley way. "This whole place is in shambles."
>>
"No, its not a guarantee but it's the only lead we have." Hien admits. The three of you begin to move more stealthily. Keeping to the shadows and taking down squads along the way as you look for a runner that might be around. Your search takes you through the town but ultimately you find no one that seems to be running to deliver messges nor do you see any signs of groups getting organized. It simply seems like everyone was running towards the sounds of fighting. Soon enough however, you hear the distinct sound of someone barking orders. All three of you immediately rush towards the voice and you find yourself in the open area with the large bonfire full of raiders. You guess this could be at least the remaining chunk of their forces maybe 3 or 4 dozen men and women. They shout and point as they come to surround you. In their midst is a lone snow leopard. Your eyes lock and she quietly puts on a helmet as she draws a familiar spiked shield. With a raised hand she snaps her fingers and barks out an order and the whole crowd of raiders descends upon you.

>What do you do?
>Engage the raider army. All of them. No holds barred.
>Break through the ranks and hope that Hien and Mei Ling can handle everyone else while you engage their leader. When she falls the rest will cower in fear.
>Have everyone focus the leader. Everyone else is just a distraction.
>Call out to the leader. Try and have her call off her army.
>Write in.
>>
>>4699382
>Call out to the Leader
Time for some good old fashioned Mano e Womano. Call out to her, since she understands chinese.

"I challenge you! My name is Tai Lung, Scourge of the valley of peace, Savior of Zhengyi, One of the greatest warriors of China and the man who's thwarted your every move and denied you at every turn. I make my challenge to you, One master of martial arts to the War leader of the raiders of my home.
I will face you in single combat and should I win, you will order your men back to your homeland and never return while you and any who have read the scrolls remain to hand them to the empress.
If you do not accept my challenge, then we shall see that the greatest of the raiders is no warrior but a coward and their men will be broken against us. Come, Prove the might of your spear and shield against China's best!"

Remember from the vision, she had a big thing on Warrior honour and again in the forest the squads backed off to allow their champion to fight. Even if they cannot understand our words, I think the soldiers will understand our intent and back off to let their leader prove that they are strong enough to rule.
>>
>>4699395
And hey, if it fails, it's only 50 guys. We can probaly set our hands on fire and beat them all down.
>>
>>4699382
>Break through the ranks and hope that Hien and Mei Ling can handle everyone else while you engage their leader. When she falls the rest will cower in fear.
Talk is cheap. The memory version of her said as much.
And it would dishonor her army if she were to have them stand down against the enemies before them, plus she knows that numbers are her current advantage.
Leaving her to command her army unhindered by fighting the army still leaves her in the advantage if we engage her units instead of her. Best to split the mook attention and keep her occupied at the same time.
>>
>>4699419
I was kinda hoping that things like "Advantages" wouldn't come into play with her thought process.
>>
>>4699382
>Have everyone focus the leader. Everyone else is just a distraction.
If my previous post appear go with that, if not than go with this one.
Fucking 4chan eating my posts.
>>
>>4699437
She's a war leader. Advantages are absolutely going to be part of her thought processes.
>>
>>4699457
Oh 4chan really ate my post, I even wrote a whole speech.
I'm angry now.
>>
>>4699464
It's been doing that a lot hasn't it? Is that normal for this board? I like speeches. But we have a three way tie. Hopefully more people vote.
>>
>>4699469
You know what? I'm going to rewrite but smaller, if it doesn't posts again than hiroshimoot can go fuck himself.
>>
>>4699382
Attempt n2 here we go.
>Call out to the leader. Try and have her call off her army.
>I'm Tai Lung! Seeker of redemption! Breaker of the wicked! Friend of dragons! Face me if you have any honour under the Wind and Sky! Or are your officers are more corageous than you?
Calling her out on cowardice while mentioning Tengri's domain will do it if the really are steppe nomads. Also works thematically for us since thise are also part of Shenlong's portifolio.
If she accepts the challenge see if Hien has any spare swords, it would be usefull for cutting the whip and blocking attacks. If not, start throwing motherfuckers at her with our allies.
>>
>>4699481
Oh, it went through this time. Wonder if there was some kinda of phrase that the wordfilter pickedup and autodeleted. I remember it happening to some QMs a few years back.
>>4699457
Consider my vote changed than boss.
>>
>>4699395
>>4699493
No problem. We're gonna try and talk her into a one on one. Writing.
>>
As the army of raiders approached you call out, "I challange you!" You point at the woman and look her straight in the eye. "I am Tai Lung, Scourge of the Valley of Peace, Savior of Zhengyi, Breaker of the Wicked and Friend of the Dragons! Face me if you have any honor under the Wind and Sky! I challenge you to single combat! Should I win then you you will order your men back to your homeland and never return while you and any who have read the scrolls remain to hand them to the Empress. Come, Prove the might of your spear and shield against China's best! Or are your officers are more corageous than you?"

The woman looks at you with cold cruel eyes, unmoved. She speaks in that accented voice that you remember from the vision. "You Chinese talk too much. Kill them. All of them." She commands motioning her hand once more.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f_60AJiVEh4 (Probably the most appropriate song for this final battle of the arc considering the lyrics imo.)

The group begin to advance at you once more and over the sounds you hear her speak once more. "Honor is a fool's prize." She says almost bored. "Glory is of no use to the dead. Live, and fight me. Otherwise die and rid us of your arrogance." With that the raiders go into a full charge, obscuring the raid leader's form. You roar and move to engage. The first blow is blocked by your forearm as you grab him by the face and smash the raider into the ground. You're forced back as three different weapons swing in your direction. Movement catches your eye as a mace comes swinging down upon Hien's head as he parries an attack and kicks his enemy away. You turn and catch the head in your hand, crushing it.

Hien turns around at the noise. "Many thanks!" He shouts. You throw the attacker's arm to the side, leaving him wide open and the two of you smash your fists into his face simultaneously. You turn, looking for Mei Ling and find her engaged with two raiders. Her staff is a blur as she swings to block, then twists to attack with the other end of her staff. Her defense leaves a wide arc but she is unable to gain any ground. You move to assist her when sudden movement pulls your attention away. The raid leader comes right at you, blade flashing in the firelight. You step back to avoid the first swing, duck to avoid the second and sidestep to try and get an open. You punch is blocked by her shield and she moves into stab you in the heart...
>>
The sound of metal rings out as Hien thrusts his blade under your arm to block the attack. The sword of Hero's jade glows in the night as all three of you struggle to gain control of the lock. Hien looks back and shouts, "Look out!" He grabs you shirt and throws himself down. You allow yourself to fall with him and as the two of you roll backwards to maintain some footing you see a pair of arrows embed themselve in the spot the both of you were standing. You and Hien manuver towards Mei Ling to assist her, the snow leopard having vanished from sight.

"Need a bit of help here!" Mei Ling growls as she holds back three blades with her staff. You push off the ground and vault over the staff. A spinning kick smashes into the faces of the three raiders and sends them flying, freeing you ally. Mei Ling swings her staff at Hien, who ducks and you see a flurry of arrows being deflected by your partner's spinning staff. "We're pinned down! They're on the roofs!" Hien shouts as punches a woman away and sweeps her off her feet with a kick.

>What do you do?
>Try to get to the archers. You'll need to abandon your friends for a moment. You're not sure if they can hold out long enough.
>Send on of your friend to take care of the archers. Break open a way for them to get out of this ring.
>Focus. Try to find the Raid Leader in the crowd. You'll need to leave the rest of the raiders to your friends. Hopefully they can hold back the tide for you.
>Write in.
>>
>>4699539
>Send on of your friend to take care of the archers. Break open a way for them to get out of this ring.
Honor is only foolishnes when you don't have the strength to back, and our friends are our strength. We will crush them all together.
>>
>>4699559
Also she is really giving a perfect kung fu antagonist vibe with the whole clash of ideals on top.
Kinda makes me want to add her to the redemption team, but they probably will have to be dragged to the capitol.
>>
>>4699539
>Say "Mei Ling, jump here!" and cup your hands. Throw her towards one of the archers that you know hasn't reloaded yet, so she can take care of the ranged and less numerous threat.
>Perform a powerful kick to the ground to knock up a chunk of stone and change the terrain - but more importantly, kick up some dust as well. It'll obscure sightlines and make it easier to deal with the threat that outnumbers you.
>>
>>4699577
I'll support, Lets go bitch ass
>>
But what if...TL loses?

Also it's the 1000th post so I'll reveal the canon waifu. It's all of you anons. Thanks for sticking by.
>>
>>4699559
>>4699577
>>4699842
We gotta stay behind while we send someone to deal with the archers. Writing.
>>
>>4700182
>TL
>Losing

While there is blood in our veins and friends at our side! We shall NOT FALL TO THE EVILS OF THE WORLD!!!
>>
"Mei Ling! Archers!" You shout as you drive your elbow into the eye of a raider. Mei Ling shoves back another two attackers and thrusts her staff into a third. "On it!" She shouts running at you. You cup your hands to form a step and hurl Mei Ling as high as you can over the crowd. Another flurry of arrows rains down on your location and you stomp the ground as hard a you can. Dirt and dust fly everywhere and the ground craters around you scattering the raiders all around you. You dodge several blows as the raiders fight blindly. One over extends their reach and you grab their arm. A straight knee to the elbow shatters the bone and they are kicked back screaming, white portruding out of their skin. The arrows mercifully stop as the archers are unable to get a bead on you through the dust. You continue fighting and grab a large chunk of stone from the ground as you continue to dodge and fight back. You use the small boulder to parry and deflect oncoming weapons before you smash it straight down on 2 of the raider's heads. The two crash into the ground, dazed and are soon trampled by the crowd. As the dust settles, you find yourself surrounded but Hien is nowhere to be seen. The sounds of fighting indicate that he is still alive but cut off from you by the crowd.

You can just see him, a look of heavy consentration in his eyes as he ducks and dives, parries and counters attackes as he does everything he can to stay alive and take everything around him down. You block a mace with your arm, pain running up it, and life the raider to bring him crashing down on another as you see, too late, that the raider leader dashes in to bury her blade into Hien's back as he's busy fighting. You roar and attempt to push through the crowd, punching and kicking, only to be forced back as several raiders swing at you, giving you several cuts for your efforts. The woman's blade rises, glinting in the darkness as it comes down upon Hien's back.
>>
The sound of Hien's body never reaches your ears as a blur flies through the air and lands on Hien's back. The snow leopard's blade bounces off the white rabbit's blade as they deflect it just in time. Xin Lan leaps hops off Hien's back and engages the leader as the two clash blades as Hien continues to fight the crowd and keeping them off Xin Lan. The rabbit leaps on to the snow leopard's shield and uses it as a platform as they try to punch over it only to be forced to change trajectory and deflect the woman's sword. She flicks Xin Lan off and dives back into the crowd leaving them and Hien to continue fighting the crowd. You let out another roar and grab the nearest raider, pain and anger now tinting your vision red as you use them to beat the other raiders away. You fight your way through the crowd once more, earning cuts and bruises but all of them worth it to reunite with your team. Your fist crashes into the face of an unfortunate raider and you put all your weight behind it, sending them flying and creating a gap in the crowd as they knock others aside.

You run through it as it closes with more opponents but it's obvious that the crowd was thinning. "I'm late." Xin Lan says as all three of you go back to back.

"Just in time I would say." Hien replies. "Seems like that's two lives I owe you."

"People only have one." Xin Lan says unsheathing their sword. "That's what makes them worth saving."

"Well put." Hien replies and the three of you move in to engage the crowd once more. Hien steps forward, blocking another blade with his very chipped and folded sword of Heroes. You move in to cover him, driving your fist into the raider's gut. You lift them and spin, using their body to knock the closest enemies back. Xin Lan leaps onto your shoulders, facing behind you and tosses knives at the crowd to keep the furthermost raiders from approaching. Nearby you see another set of squads approaching from an alley.

"It seems we're the biggest fight now. Looks like we're receiving more company now." Hien shouts.

>What do you do?
>Let the other squads come. You'll take them down as they trickle in.
>Send someone else to go face them.
>Have everyone look for the leader. The crowd is thinning for the moment. This might be your chance to focus your attention on her.
>Write in.
>>
>>4700401
>Move into a street or alley, somewhere to nullify their numbers advantage
>Have Xin get up high and look for Mei ling and the leader.
>>
>>4700401
It's yeeting time.
We will make her learn that the duel was us offering a chance for Her to win, not the other way around.
>>
>>4700401
>Have everyone look for the leader. The crowd is thinning for the moment. This might be your chance to focus your attention on her.
>>
>>4700409
>Have everyone look for the leader. The crowd is thinning for the moment. This might be your chance to focus your attention on her.
It was this vote.
As much as fighting all the raiders is tempting and would be useful right now, we can't let her escape or regroup. Hopefully the five notice if their part of the battle starts to reduce in numbers and they come to reinforce us.
>>
>>4700412
>>4700418
Looking for the leader. Writing.
>>
https://youtu.be/G04M09WDdK8

"Find their leader!" You shout over the frenzy. "Now's our chance!" Xin Lan leaps off your shoulders and brings their daggers down upon the nearest raider. They stagger back, bloodied and in pain before you finish them off with a chop to the temple. "There!" Hien shouts and charges into the crowd, blade drawn. You and Xin Lan follow, blocking and taking down any raiders that aim at Hien. Hien's blade collides with the leader's sword and Xin Lan leaps onto his arm to attack with his knives. The woman blocks with the rim of her shield but Xin Lan swings their foot upwards, knife clenched in their toes. They backflip, slicing through the straps of her shield and leaving a cut in her forearm. You step in and slap aside her shield before kicking her in the side. The leader rolls with the attack and creates a gap between all four of you just as the reinforcements begin to arrive.

There's a crash and one of the raiders of the new group crumples to the ground. A striped rabbit slowl stands from their body, hands in a chop position and shirt hanging from their sides. Renshu punches his palm, manic grin on his face, and cracks his knuckles. He motions them to approach as he says, "Come on. Take that step forward. Make my day." The raiders hesistate for a moment before Mei Ling leaps down from the ruined roof and brings her staff down upon one of the in the rear. Confusion spread throughout the group and in a panic part of their forces charges. Renshu's grin widens as he grabs the nearest raider, smashes their knee with a stomp and chi strikes him before dropping him into the ground and moving to counter the next nearest.
>>
Your group continues your pursuit of the leader as Xin Lan pressures her with swift leaping strikes forcing her to draw her second blade. You and Hien continue to hold of the crowd as their numbers have been reduced significantly. Hien sidesteps to join the fight with Xin Lan as you grab one raider's head and bashes it against a nearby wall then toss him aside. The two swordsmen clash against the raider's blades as they all become a flurry of deadly metal and limbs. The snow leopard parries Xin Lan's sword and pins it to the ground as she steps on it. She blocks Hien's sword with both of hers and stomps down on Xin Lan's head. The rabbit crumples to the ground and Hien swings his free hand, uppercutting her and pushing her back, releasing your friend. You rush in, grab Xin Lan's sword and join in the fight. The blade feels awkward and clumsy in your hand as it's balance is off but you manage to go toe to toe with the woman. Her attack patterns seem all over the place, swinging high and low at the same time and alternating. It's only by pushing your reflexes to the absolute limit that you can keep up. Hien rushes in to cover one of the swords and Xin Lan runs in, face bloody, with both knives as they move in to strike at her legs.

The leader jumps and corkscrews, swinging wildly and forcing you to back off again and restart your pursuit. As she's forced to block with both her weapons, you manage to land a solid hit. Your fist buries itself in her side and you dent several of the scales on her armor. She drops to the ground, spins on her back as she swings her swords. Somehow, she manages to fling a dagger at you all which buries itself into Hien's side. The young lord grunts in pain but tears the knife out and presses onward. Off in the distance, more squads begin to arrive but Renshu and Mei Ling move to intercept.

>What do you do?
>Write in.
>>
>>4700519
We need to force her to a place where the reinforcements can only come through one side so only one of our group can hold them off, and some way to hinder her mobility or block any escape route.
Try to remember any dead end that qe saw during our guerrilla fight and force her that way, meanwhile pelting her with any debris that we find, that will force her to either dodge or block constantly, that will either distract her from being lead to a dead end or make an opening for one of our allies to capitalise.
If find any thing capable of triping her, like some smooth pebbles or a cart, try to roll under her feet as she try to land from a dodge.
>>
>>4700528
Oh, and throw sand in her eyes.
You want to fight without honor? Than you will get it.
>>
>>4700528
Try to stomp on her knee while she is still down, but prepare for a counter-attack. Either we cripple her mobility or catch her in a feint.
Hopefully she doesn't stab us in the crotch.
And make sure that the she never picks up the shield we slaped away.
Now would be a good time for Mei to position herself to flank the raider like we planned, fighting against an opponent with a reach advantage will either tire her or force her to use the whip, that we can try to catch and throw her off balance again.
>>
>>4700519
Force her back, as the other anon says, she's down down 3 weapons.
Kick dirt up into her face then use a wind push to knock her off balance and give Xin all the chance they need to get some licks in.

We do want to keep throwing debris to a minimum unless she starts getting clear of the melee, in which case hitting her wouldn't jeperdise our friends.
>>
>>4700519
1hPlr4iL is getting heated with the multiposting
consolidate your thoughts bro.
>Do everything in your power to tag one of her chi points. Even if you only manage to disable one limb, it'll be a massive game changer. Disrupt her footing if you have to, or make her jump into the air more often where she can't control her mobility. Herd her into a more limited or difficult to maneuver area.
>>
>>4700550
Look, more ideas came up five minutes after I had already posted. And it happened twice.
Thankfully I have run out of them.
>>
>>4700528
>>4700550
>>4700539
We got a plan now. Hopefully we don't die again. Writing.
>>
The leader rolls backwards and leaps to her feet. All three of you push onward, pressing the advantage and continuing your assault. Xin Lan and Hien cross blades with the leader once more and you move in to try and immobilize her. You rush in to stomp down on her knees but she rolls backwards to avoid and disengages from the group. You move in and sweep the ground, kicking up dirt and flinging it at the woman's face. She instinctively raises her hands to protect her face and Xin Lan moves in. They dash forward, slicing at her legs and body. The armor takes the brunt of the damage but your friend manages to cut chunks of off her armor with their unnaturally sharp knives. Hien steps forward and strikes, driving his palm into her chest and attempting to knock the woman down. She swipes her sword at Hien's face but you stop it at the wrist and step back before she swings her free blade at you.

The three of you dance around the leader, striking and dodging, slowly pushing her back towards an alleyway to lower her mobility. You tear a chunk of wall next to you and smash it into one of her swords, causing it to bounce off and throw her balance with it. Once again your two friends press the advantage and as she tries to dodge out of the way, you hurl the stone at her. She forces herself to fall to avoid it but Xin Lan leaps and drives their knife down at her leg. She manages to twist out of the way and midigate the damage but earns a large gash in across her leg. Before she can get up, Hien swings his own blade and slaps one of the raider's swords away. In desperation, she hurls her last sword at your group and scrambles out of the way as she unslings her whip from her belt. With the smaller space, you're all easier targets for her weapon but the narrow alley only allows her to strike vertically giving you ample enough room to avoid it.

Despite her circumstances, the leader shows no desperation or fear in her eyes. Instead they look around, taking in her surroundings as she obviously contemplates her next move.

>What do you do?
>Tell the woman to back down. She's outnumberd and injured. She's clearly outmatched now.
>Press onward, give her no quarter. Any chances for her to plead for forgiveness and mercy are gone. She'll go down like all her men. Broken.
>Try and disarm her. Get her to see that there's no point in fighting. Perhaps she'll surrender once she realizes there's no way out.
>Write in.
>>
>>4700673
>Press onward, give her no quarter. Any chances for her to plead for forgiveness and mercy are gone. She'll go down like all her men. Broken.
We already gave her plenty of chances. Sometimes people only learn the hard way. Tai Lung should know that.
>>
>>4700673
>The offer of single combat wasnt to avoid your army, it was to spare it.
>No quarter.
>>
>>4700673
>Press onward, give her no quarter. Any chances for her to plead for forgiveness and mercy are gone. She'll go down like all her men. Broken.
She wouldn't ask for those things anyways.
>>
>>4700700
It occurs to me that I am advocating for Tai lung to sound more and more arrogant the more he faces the raiders.
Arrogant and rather threatening, hopefully it is just a phase of someone having pushed too many of our buttons.
>>
>>4700704
I think it's more Tai Lung showing more of the brutal side he had before the quest, but a bit changed. Because now he doesn't boast and threaten for power and ego, but for a purpose, like trying to demoralise or goad a foe.
I'm probably overthinking this.
>>
>>4700730
Maybe.
It is just natural to have a bit of worry about reverting to our old habits.
>>
>>4700696
>>4700700
>>4700701
No quarter. Writing.
>>
"We finish this now." You say as you charge and your friends follow soon after. The leader raises her whip and brings it down upon you with a loud crack. You leap and kick off of a wall to avoid it and Xin Lan tosses a forcing her to dodge and allowing Hien to continue onward. The woman raises her whip once more but you come crashing down upon her. You slam your fist in her face and she spins to lessen the impact. As she does so she swings her leg at you but you catch it and bring you elbow down upon her knee. There's a crunch and her leg bends in the wrong way. Undeterred, the woman grits her teeth and moves forward causing her broken knee to make grinding noises as she draws a dagger and swings at you. You pull back but feel the sting as the jagged edge of her weapon cut into your chest. Xin Lan rushes in, leaps and roundhouse kicks the leader as you let go.. With her bad leg, she stumbles and falls flat on her back but she crawls out of the and gets to her feet, hands raised to continue fighting.

You move forward, easily blocking a right hook as you approach and twisting her arm before bringing it up and popping her elbow out of place. You grab her armor and flip her over your head before slamming her into the ground and dislocating her shoulder in the process. Hien runs up and places his foot on the woman's chest. Breathing heavily he draws his battered and ruined Sword of Heroes. It's edges are chipped and sharp like broken glass, the jade dragon in the center worn and cracked form repeated blows to it. "That's enough. By imperial decree, as a member of the royal family, and as a man with a concience I order you to stand down. This fight is over, your men are overwhelmed. Nothing good will come about if you continue this."

The woman spits as she glares at all three of you. "I'll never abandon my duty. You have a duty to your nation as well. If you truly want to end this then you'll kill me now." She says.

"It doesn't need to end like this. You're fighting a fool's war. Duty or not, you owe it to your men to stop it before they get hurt." Hien replies.

"Then they'll get hurt. We all knew what we signed up for. If we die then it's because we were too weak to live. That is the way of things. To mourn the dead is pointless."

"Idiocy is what that is." Hien growls. "I'm telling you one last time. Call your men off."
>>
"Kill me now or I'll do it myself if it means I'll be rid of the incessant blathering you Chinese only seem capable of." The woman growls. Hien's eyes narrow.

"If that is how it must be. Then I'll do what I must to protect everyone." Hien says quietly. The young lord raises his blade, jagged and ruined, over his head. His face neutral and emotions unreadable.

>What do you do?
>Stop Hien. It's been a long fight. You're mad, he's mad but even now you can't allow yourself to let it make decisions for you.
>Kill the woman yourself. If this is the only way to end things then it's best the blood be on your hands and no one elses.
>Don't do anything. Let Hien make his own choices. If he is willing to bear the weight of his actions then so be it.
>Write in.
>>
>>4700854
>"This is it Hien, this is your choice and yours alone, not ours to make and not your families expectations hovering on your shoulders.
It's time to answer the question, Can you do it? Can you weigh that steel down with the act of murder?
Whatever you choose, I just hope that you are content with that path."

It's his choice, it's up to him. We aren't trying to be persuasive this time, we just need him to think about if this is what he wants.
>>
>>4700854
>Don't do anything. Let Hien make his own choices. If he is willing to bear the weight of his actions then so be it.
>Whatever you do, I will still consider you my friend Hien.
>And if it would matter, I doubt that the rest will stand down either way.
>>
>>4700873
And as a matter of principle FUUUUUUUUUUUUUUCK YOU raider bitch. "Oh you talk too much" yeah? well guess what? WE KEEP WINNING WITH A FORCE ONE 1/50TH THE SIZE OF YOURS, YOU DUMB WHIP USING WALKING RUG
>>
>>4700884
She is obviously dislexic and been bullied by her inability to read properly, something that transformed into a hatred for words themselves.
A real tragedy.
>>
>>4700887
And she learned Chinese to bully the other raiders, yet found that the chinese just like to talk, bullying her with their better understandings!

By Jove, we've cracked it!
>>
Clearly what should be done is that we should tell Hien to use his aggressive feelings to further push him towards the dark side. That way it furthers our plan to rule the senate...no? Just me? OK.
>>
>>4700906
But Luo, the senate is on the other side of Eurasia, I don't want to travel the entire silk road. Yet.
>>
>>4700873
>>4700882
Letting Hien choose what to do. It's his decision to live with. Writing.
>>
>>4700906
But Luo. . . We are the royal family
>>
You ignore the burning in your chest and watch Hien. "This is your choice Hien. Yours and yours alone to make. Not your family's, not what is expected of you. Do what you must, as long as you can live with the choice. If you are going to weigh that steel down with the act of murder then so be it."

"I said I was going to stop this and protect China. And I'll do what I have to do to make that happen." Hien says as he brings his hand down and drives the handguard of his sword right into the leader's face, knocking her out and breaking her nose. "But I'll do it my way. Even if I need to figure it out along the way." The young man falls backwards and leans against the wall, breathing hard. He slides down until he's sitting and lets out a long breath. "No offense my friend but perhaps next time we venture together perhaps we could investigate a festival instead? I'm afraid a vacation is long over due." Xin Lan pulls down their bloodied mask as they walk over to you.

"That's what I've been saying this whole time." They say. "But we're not done yet. Still got the rest of the army to deal with." The flip the leader over with their foot. "Best we get her tied down and see what's going on." Xin Lan pulls some wire out and with a bit more roughness than nessecary, pulls her arms behind her and ties them down. "I'm glad we're not carrying her." They say. You lean down and lift up your new captive in a fireman's carry.

"Let's go." You say helping Hien up. "Hopefully this will be enough to end all this madness."

"One can hope." He replies standing up. The three of you return to the bonfire to find Renshu piling bodies nearby. Mei Ling was busy keeping a look out and finding ways to keep the unconcious restrained. Off in the distance you can see the 3 of the Five doing the same and possibly looking for a way to transport all the fallen. Renshu turns to face you, his eyes still somewhat wild. He slips his shirt back on and ties it down. "It's over then?" He asks walking over to you.

"That's what we're asking." Xin Lan says wiping blood out of their eyes. "Stripes, I'm bleeding out here. Do you got anything stop this? Can't see when I'm pouring out into my eyes." Xin Lan's state seems to take the edge off of Renshu's blood lust and the elder rabbit picks up his pace as he walks towards you, digging into his pockets for something. He pulls out some plan matter and stuffs it into his mouth as he chews viciously before spitting it out into his hands and applying to Xin Lan's face.

"Gross." They says wiggling a bit as Renshu spreads the past.

"Shush." Renshu says quietly. "You've drooled far more on me during the times we had to share a bed."
>>
"That was a long time ago and you know it." They shoot back wincing. "Ease up...that stings. Or at least tell us the situation." Renshu tears some of his shirt off to make bandages. "We've managed to rout the raiders on our end." He explains. "The Five fought majority of them on the other side of town. There was still quite a few despite all the damage we did on our escape. We've split into three groups at the moment. Dealing with the raiders here, gathering those on the other end of town and chasing down anyone who might have escaped. As for those in the community center, they've been delt with. The battle has been sucessful for the most part." He says bandaging Xin Lan and ruffling their ears. "There you go little one." He says, somewhat relieved. "I'm afraid I'm not of the calibur of Ming but I've still got some herbs left." He offers. Hien removes his shirt.

"I don't mind waiting for you to use a rock to crush your medicine." He says smiling.

>What do you do?
>Wait patiently for every one to return. From there you can decide what to do.
>Ask Renshu something else. (What do you ask?)
>Go find something to do. (What do you want to do?)
>Write in.
>>
>>4701564
>Ask Renshu about injuries sustained by those he knows about and any complications or headaches from his parts of the mission, a debrief.
>Ask if he's alright, in the controlling his excitement department

After that, if there isn't anything very important to deal with right away, we can go and hunt down those trying to escape.
>>
Just realised that Renshu is like twice Xin Lans size and Xin is already tall for a bunny.
>>
>>4701577
I mean, I find it more funny that he takes his top off to kick asses. There's nothing funny about it, but I can't help but imagine him followed by street fighter music because of it.
>>
>>4701564
>Try to find the scrolls.
>>
>>4701585
He's gotta keep it clean! That or follow Geese Howard's tendancy to fight shirtless. Or maybe he simply likes feeling his enemy's blood hit his bare skin.
>>
>>4701564
>Go find something to do. (What do you want to do?)
We need to hunt down the routed enemies, otherwise they are going to either harras the land as smaller bands or try to free their companions while we transport them.
And also make sure none of them can fee themselves from their bindings. Or release another prisoner.
>>
>>4701590
Oh shit the scroll! Nevermind what I said, fi ding it is top priority.
Start with the hidden room in the mill, since the leader wasn't knocked out she wasn't staying in the community center.
Hope she didn't already hand it over to any co-conspirator she has.
>>
>>4701628
It's too late An Bo's mom already got the scrolls.
>>
>>4701590
>>4701621
Looking for the scrolls. Writing.
>>
You drop the snow leopard on the ground. "Keep an eye on her." You tell Renshu. "I'm going to go look for the scrolls. Keep me appraised if anything comes up."

"Where are you even going?" Xin Lan asks as they sit down.

"To the cellar." You call back. "There has to be something there." You quickly make your way towards the edge of town once more back to the ruins of the old mill. As you arrive, you can see that the doors to the cellar are wide open and dozens of footprints litter the ground around it. It's easy to guess that the raiders didn't give much thought to concealing their tracks while they were under direct attack.

Going down the stairs, you keep your guard up. You're unsure if any of the raiders had run down here to hide or perhaps left behind as some kind of defense for the scrolls. The dim lights of candles illuminate small patches of the long hallway but offer nothing in terms of better visibility. It's almost as if they were simply a token attempt to make the place seem a bit more liveable. Your feet kick aside cups and plates causing you to wonder if perhaps some of them were eating when the attack started. After a few moments you arrive at the end of the hallway. You weren't surprised to see that the hatch leading up to the hidden room was still destroyed but now there was a long rope that lead up to it. Rather than trust something the raiders put in, you simply leap up and pull yourself into the room.

The alcove was brightly lit, with several lit torches lining the walls. The room itself was surprisingly well kept, most of the mess you and Xin Lan made during your search was clean up and you can see that several tables were cleared and used for food. Unfortunately, you don't see any of the scrolls around here or at least none in plain view. You look around and frown. This entire room ran the length of the hallway and was even wider than the hallway. You certainly had your work cut out for you.

>Where do you want to search?
>Search around the area where you found the ledger/diary. Perhaps they set the scrols there.
>Look in the weapon racks and barrels. Maybe they were hidden within them.
>Look somewhere else. (Where at?)
>Write in.
>>
>>4701755
>Search where the diary was kept
>Search the weapons and barrels

And keep an eye our for any thick hafted weapons. if they are big enough to put the scrolls in, we can break off the heads to see if they are hollow.
>>
>>4701755
>Try to look for any piece of wood that looks loose or sounds hollow, they may have hidden in the floor/
I'm not sure they would hide it in the same dresser that has signs of being picked, but maybe they didn't notice.
>>4701763
Searching inside of weapons is a good idea, just like thebold trick of the book with a compartiment.
>>
>>4701767
Looking for loose bricks is another good thing to do
>>
>>4701763
>>4701767
Don't do at home exercises after a bad night's sleep guys. Bad idea. Writing.
>>
>>4701951
Figured something had happened to you mate.
>>
>>4701960
Yeah, sorry about that. I've been trying to clean my shit up and live healthier. Worst thing you can do is break your exercise habit but it really wasn't a choice after getting the virus. Decided now that my quarentine is over and I'm feeling much better I would do something relatively light just to slowly get back into the swing of things.

Sat down to drink and just cool down when I was done then next thing I knew 2 hours have passed and I had fallen asleep. That's my bad guys.
>>
>>4701969
Chill man, we ain't missing anything we weren't going to get eventually. A few hours sleep is good for you
>>
>>4701969
I haven't done any exercises since the gym closed at the beggining of the quarentine.
I totally get you. I'm dreading the day that I have to return because I know that it will be painfull
>>
Ok. If there's gonna be no more interruptions. I can finally start this write up.
>>
You make your way to the table where you got the ledger and begin to dig around. The table itself was full of weapons and various other tools. You guess that perhaps the raiders were gathering the remaining weapons here and sharpening them up. As you move aside the weapons and tools, you don't seem to find anything resembling the scrolls. You turn the table over, dropping all it's contents onto the floor but nothing seems to turn up. Turning around you begin to dig through the barrels, shaking them and finally emptying them all over the floor but still nothing comes up.

You scratch your head and start to rummage through the bedrolls you can find here but your frustration only grows as you find nothing of importance. Finally you begin to feel around the walls, hoping that you can find some hidden alcove or safe but all you find are dirt walls. You kick a barrel aside and make your way back out. You take the time to go through every room on the way to the surface but much as before you find nothing. You make it to the surface empty handed and frustrated. Looking around, you can see the faint movement of what you think is the Five wandering around the edges of town as they gather the unconcious raiders.

Not wanting to return to your friends empty handed and not wanting to admit that you've wasted your time. You take your time heading back to the ruins as you wonder what to do.

>What do you do next?
>Go meet up with one of the Five. Maybe they have something for you to do.
>Continue looking for the scrolls. There's plenty of other places you can look. (Where do you go?)
>Return to your friends and let them know you found nothing.
>Write in.
>>
>>4702200
>Check out the buildings close to the mill for disturbed earth
>Check out the community building

And check out them double dubs
>>
>>4702200
>Touch base with Renshu, see if you and him can meditate for a bit to send out spirits of the dead and sprites to search for the scrolls or any trace of them. They're of grave importance, after all, due to their significance to the royal bloodline.
>>
>>4702212
Support.
After this we go see if the any of the five saw anything of note.
>>4702232
Was that a pun?
>>
>>4702212
>>4702267
Going to look at the community building. Writing.
>>
You decide to presevere rather than return empty handed. Perhaps it was just your stubborness but you felt that it was better that you keep yourself busy than sitting around waiting for the Five to do everything. Your first task was to search the nearby area. Perhaps like the dead woman, the scrolls were hidden in a safe somewhere. You take some time to move rocks and rubble, even going as far as using some planks as a makeshift shovel to dig around but you don't come up with anything. Taking care to go through the tracks, you try and follow them to see if anyone had run to a hidden cache when the fighting started but unfortunately with all the bodies running through here, there's nothing you can do to find a good set to follow. You think, a bit defeated, before you remember that is still one more building you can check.

With a renewed effort, you jog to the community hall. The quiet darkness felt ominous compared to the loud chaos of battle of what felt only moments ago. Smoldering fireplaces litter the edge of the ruins as you enter the town once more. You keep your ears perked for sounds of movement but all you hear is the crackle of the bonfire in the distance and the wind going through the hollow areas of the ruins. You arrive at the community hall, now looking very hollow and lifeless compared to the center of the reconstruction project it was once. Wrapping what is left of your cloak around your face you quietly enter the building.
>>
Bodies litter the inside, broken and unconcious. Renshu's work you assume. You step over the bodies and keep an eye out for anyone who might still be concious enough to put up a fight. The large fireplace where you once had a heart to heart with Po was now out, small wisps of smoke flowing out of the embers. You make your way to the back rooms, memories of a raider hugging your legs in utter fear of Renshu rising to your mind's eye and you open the closest door. It was empty save for a few more bedrolls so you leave it be. You go for one of the bigger rooms and find a dozens upon dozens of bodies littering the floor. Bandages and buckets are scattered about this makeshift medical ward and you wonder if these are all the people you wounded in your escape or if they also included those that managed to get away in the assault. Your eyes wander the room, and linger on a large mound in the center. Bloodied bandages and what look like makeshift splints from broken boards and chairs are scattered around the massive lump and it's limbs are propped up in a gruesome caricature of a scarecrow. You close the door and decide that you'd let the Five deal with that. Moving on wards, you throw open a few more doors and find more unconcious raiders. Your search leads you from room to room until you reach what looks like an office of some kind. Books and writing supplies are strewn about but no bodies thankfully. You search through the papers and your heart skips a beat when you find a scroll full of obscure writings, neither Chinese or any language you understand. One of the stolen scrolls!

With excitement filling your body, you search more thoroughly finding a map that is far too detailed for this building, another scroll with the strange writings and what you remember is the cypher scroll. Further searching leads you to find a safe hidden behind a bookshelf. You attempt to open it but find it locked. Everything screams that the rest of the scrolls should be in here. It's only a matter of opening it.

>How do you want to open it?
>Tear the door off the safe.
>Carry the safe out and take it to the rabbits. One of them can open it.
>Go find one of your friends to open it. They can come over and pick the lock.
>Write in.
>>
>>4702378
>Do the tail trick again, it never failed us before right?
If it doens't works than.
>Go find one of your friends to open it. They can come over and pick the lock.
>>
>>4702378
>Try picking it yourself, of course. How complicated could a safe like this possibly be?
>>
File: 2dd.jpg (15 KB, 300x300)
15 KB
15 KB JPG
Re-watching tai lung's breakout made me realize how much we have to hold back now that we're good and nonlethal.
Tai lung was able to not only shatter a shield, but knock a RHINO in heavy armor flying backwards so hard he bowled over at least a dozen other rhinos in heavy armor...with one punch. The fact that the raider leader's equipment held up from a punch clearly shows that we're trying our best not to eject her ribs through her back.
>>
>>4702378
>CHECK FOR A TRAP
>Carry the safe to the others
>>
I'm waiting for the very niche situation where TL can jump in to the defense of the bunnies and say, "Hands off my buns." and never realize the double entendre.
>>
>>4703027
That's just inevitable. Or someone saying holding up Ming "Hey babe, why don't we head to a hotel, I'm always into some feline action. Whatcha say kitten?"

>"Why don't you try this kitty on for size!"
'Tai lung did you j-'
>Ceases all movement immediately "NO!"
>>
>>4703064
Eventually Ming will just be able to fend for herself but I don't think anons will ever let the chance of jumping in to save one of the best girl squad go by.
>>
>>4703106
Ming can already defend herself against most people I should think. Just being fast enough to keep dancing out of the way.

But it's the principle of the matter, permitting an attack on our friends is unthinkable.
>>
>>4702403
>>4702445
picking the lock. Writing.
>>
>>4703173
>Someone puts an arm around Ming.
"Hey babe, why don't we head to a hotel, I'm always into some feline action. Whatcha- urk!"
>TL shows up to help only to find an unconcious man with a back full of acupuncture needles.

"Sorry Tai Lung, this poor man stumbled into me. I think he might have drunk too much. I gave him a few jabs to help process the alcohol...or those might have been pressure points for paralysis. He'll be fine when he wakes up."
>>
>>4703197
Exactly.
She can defend herself, like Renshu or Xin can. But that doesn't mean we shall be lax about it
>>
You quickly swipe a writing quill off the table and feel around for a keyhole on the safe. Finding one in the back, you chew up the quill to make it fit and press your ear to the side. You flick your tail at the quill and jiggle it around as you try to move the tumblers inside the safe. It doesn't take you long until you hear a soft click and you turn the handle to open the safe. The door swings open and you can see the remaining scrolls. Without their cases, the scrolls were badly worn and crumpled as if they were hastily stuffed and carried around. There's tears and rips on them but they're still in what you would consider usable condition though they're a far cry from what you would consider worthy of placing in the beautiful cases. You pull them free from the safe and put them all in a bag before you head back out.

By the time you return to your friends your body feels sluggish and your eyelids heavy. "Where the heck have you been?" Xin Lan asks as they eat their meal. You only just notice that a small pot had been set up and Renshu was busying himself with some light cooking. Even though it's simply warmed up rations and a light stew, the smell is enough to perk you up slightly and make your stomach growl in hunger. You sit down next to Xin Lan and lean back against the wall of a building. Rather than awnser the question you ask your own. "Where is everyone?"

Xin Lan huffs a bit at being ignored but takes a bit out of some bread. "The rest of the Five have gone off to help with rounding up the raiders that remained here. At the moment they're seeking some kind of transportation to carry all these bodies." Hien answers.

"We decided to stay back." Xin Lan says with a shrug. "We did all the hard work. The stealth, the take downs. It's their turn to do something. Although Mei Ling decided she would go and volunteer herself." You give Xin Lan a look to which they pretend to ignore.

"What Xin Lan means to say," Renshu speaks up as he pours some herbs into the soup. "Is that we decided to remain behind. We don't see eye to eye with the Five and rather than spark a conflict, we have decided to keep an eye on the raiders we do have restrained. Plus, we don't wish to upset Ming with another story of a fight." He adds hastily. You let out a grunt, satisfied with that awnser at least and lean forward to grab a bite to eat. The warmth spreads through your tired limbs and doesn't help at all in keeping you awake. You let out a yawn and fail to stifle it as you settle in next to the warmth of the fire.

>What do you do?
>Go to sleep. You can show everyone the scrolls once you wake up.
>Try and stay awake. Talk to everyone about something.
>Try and keep awake. Go find something to do.
>Write in.
>>
>>4703256
>Hand off the scrolls to Hien then go to bed.
>>
>>4703256
>Hand the scrolls to Hien.
>Sleeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeep

We can get a sit rep when we wake up, just let us sleep for a few hours.
>>
>>4703269
Oh and maybe tell Xin to chill.
"When they come back Xin, I would like you to bite your tongue. I don't care what they say or who they insult, do not make antagonising remarks. Just wake me up and I will deal with them, alright? This is almost over"
>>
>>4703256
Show the scroll and set up a rotation. Everyone needs a bit of rest, but we also need to keep an eye on the raiders.
>>
>>4703264
>>4703269
>>4703316
We sleep. Writing.
>>
You yawn once more and dig into your bags. Pulling out the scrolls, you hand them to Hien. "Here. I found these." You say and turn to the others. "We'll set up the ussual rotation. Hien can take Ming's place." You yawn once more, ignoring Hien's look of astonishment and excitment as he quickly goes through the scrolls, possibly in hopes to authenticate them, and you close your eyes. Before anyone can say anything, your body finally gives in to the exhaustion and you fall into a dreamless sleep.

When you awake, it's nearly noon and you find the flame of the campfire still going. Your stomach growls in hunger once more as if to push the point of how long you had slept. Before you can say or do anything Renshu hands you a bowl of left overs. "It seems like the poison hit you harder than we expected." He says somewhat amused. "Had you told us of your intention to go into the community hall then we would have gladly shared a mask for you to use." He adds. "But what done is done and luckily for you, you manged to hold off falling asleep until after you came back to us." You gratefully take the food and take a bite. The hot soup, burns your throat and your eyes tear up but you continue eating after you feel the warmth spread through your body to fight off the chill of the day. Renshu continues to stirr the food as he speaks. "The others have gone ahead already with a makeshift cart. Or rather a series of carts. Hien and Xin Lan as well. We tried to rouse you from your sleep but when we found some of the powder on your clothing we figured it'd be pointless to continue trying. I stayed behind to keep an eye on you." You slow your eating and feel your face grow a bit red as Renshu says in an amused tone,"It's not my place to say or judge but I do feel the need to point out that you're making a bit of a habit of sleeping through what most would consider important situations. Although it does need to be mentioned that it tends to be out of your control when you do so and more often than not it's for the betterment of everyone around you."

You swallow another bit and try to mumble an apology but nothing really comes out. Renshu however, waves it away as if he knew what you were trying to do. Rather than linger on the awkwardness of the silence you manage to ask between bites, "So how did everything go? What about the scrolls? They seemed exactly like the ones we saw."

"Oh yes, they were indeed the scrolls we were looking for." Renshu says, pouring himself a bowl and sitting next to you. "Hien was quite excited over the prospect of finding them although he was still rather frustrated at the foolishness of them existing in the first place. We went over them and they do seem to be the authentic thing although they are rather worn. Hien was inclined to have them destroyed here and now but I managed to convince him to keep them intact." You pause mid-bite and look at Renshu.

"Why? As long as they exist they're a threat to the royal family." You say.
>>
"While that is true. They're much safer back at the Forbidden City. The scrolls might contain knowledge that could be irreplaceable to the empire. It would be a much wiser decision to return them to the royal family to make sure before deciding on their fate." Renshu says as he sips his soup. "You don't agree?" He asks, once again reading you like an open book. You shrug,"Not entirely. You're right about preserving the knowledge but I feel like such information would already be in the royal palace. They were meant to be used to preserve knowledge incase the empire fell right?"

"You are correct, however it might just mean that the scrolls are a consolidation of said knowledge. For all we know what is written on them could be scattered over several hundred books and scrolls and those could also be scattered all over the kingdom. It is better to err on the side of caution on this one I believe." Renshu replies.

"I suppose you're right." You admit. "But what done is done. It'll be up to Hien to decide what he wants to do with them and between him and the Five I don't think the scrolls could be any safer. But what about the raiders? And their leader?"

"As stubborn as we expected her to be." Renshu says. "Despite her injuries, she was quite adamant about being executed rather than be forced to betray whatever master she serves. The others, however, were much more subdued. While they were not happy over their capture, the raiders opted to cooperate rather than risk rousing you and your wrath."

"Me?" You ask confused.

"Yes. You." Renshu repeats and you feel the pride coming off of him. "Although we don't have the full translation. Hien mentioned that you were the most common topic among the captives both in awe and fear. But mostly fear. That being said, the carts were loaded up with them and they are currently being transported to Taishi. More specifically, the Five are heading to Taishi to restock on supplies before they return to the captial. It'll be a long and arduous journey." You finish up your bowl of soup and Renshu fills it back up for you. You take another bite as you gather your thoughts.

>What do you say?
>Ask Renshu about the Five and the Raiders or about the situation at hand. (What do you ask?)
>Ask Renshu about the upcoming holiday or about himself. Make small talk.
>Eat your meal in silence and then go catch up with the Five and your Friends. They should be too far away that you can't catch up easily.
>Eat and head towards Taishi. You can wait for everyone there with Ming.
>Write in.
>>
>>4703425
>ask him about the stealth mission
I want to know anything he seems important to mention from his side of the battle.

>Make some small talk (what would he like to do for new years? Why do you find the idea of me being a terror a prospect of pride? It was the idea but still.)
>Catch up with the others.

They have carts, we can move at full speed
>>
>>4703425
>Ask Renshu about the upcoming holiday or about himself. Make small talk.
>Eat your meal in silence and then go catch up with the Five and your Friends. They should be too far away that you can't catch up easily.
Eat, walk and talk.
Ask if he thinks we should spend the new years on the town or the road.
If the raiders are afraid of us than we can volunteer to help the five drag them all the way to the capital. Maybe we can net a pardon and not have to worry about people trying to imprison us.
Still should use our fake identity though, most people will be careful around us, but it would solve a bit of a headache when we inevitably need to reveal our name again.
>>
>>4703470
Maybe, hopefully there will be a shrine nearby our trails.

Or we get to spend the time in taishi, which would be super fucking neato, because remember we invited Shenlong and we shouldnt snub our pal
>>
>>4703480
Shenlong said he would come to any shrine we prepared, and giving his nature as the wind and forest dragon I don't think he would mind hanging out in the wilderness.
But he did say he was interested in how mortals celebrated nowadays, so Taishi would be best.
>>
Gonna go make food. I'll be back in a bit.
>>
>>4703496
Aye, and he way back to town is 2 weeks, so we should be able to stop over for a few days while new years passes
>>
>>4703425
just realized we need still to invite Crane, Shifu, Po, and maybe Mei Ling to the festival.
I consider them all friends/family
sorry tigress but you don't get an invite until you can bite the bullet and have a talk with us
>>
>>4703545
Dont be petty anon.
New years isnt just for us, everyone is welcome. That being said, spending it with us isnt the worst thing in the world
>>
>>4703510
It will probably take a bit longer, since we are escorting a bunch of prisoners.
>>
>>4703631
All the better, Closer to new years and all
>>
You can invite the Five for sure. The thing is that they need to deliver the raiders to the capital so they can't stay in Taishi for long. It's only a resupply stop. That town doesn't nearly have a jail big enough to hold your captives. Hien, however, can do whatever he wants. He's lord emperor as far as things go.
>>
>>4703696
We need to know the time frame to plan properly boss.
Like what how long untill new years? And when are we arriving in taishi?
>>
>>4703728
Oh sorry. Taishi is 2 weeks away from walking. I don't want to mess too much with travel times and the like so I'm not saying you're slowed by the raiders. It's two weeks because you're walking them which is normal for anyone walking between both towns if you know what I mean. If you and Renshu go to Taishi to wait for everyone. It'll only take a few days because you can go full sprint. The festival will start a few days after the two weeks.

Short story; New Years is in about 17 days. Traveling with the escort group is 2 weeks travel. Sprinting to Taishi to wait for the others is a few days.
>>
>>4703782
Then we can follow the trail of Xin and prevent world war 1: the prequel. Full on sprint should do it for that, and it will keep the raiders in check.
>>
>>4703782
Ok then. So unless the five stop for 3 to 5 days than staying in Taishi won't work.
Do we know if there are any shrines the way to the capital or any other smaller villages that we could stop and celebrate? We got that map we left at the shrine before we left right?
>>
>>4703834
Unless of course someone goes ahead, and convinces the mayor to celebrate the festival earlier so he can have the five as "honor" guests. Could be really easy by just appealing to his ego and desire to get a promotion.
But I don't think Tai Lung would be happy with that level of manipulation, specially for something so small and petty.
>>
>>4703834
There are a few shrines on the way to the capital. If you want to go there then fair warning, it's back south, past the Valley of Peace so you'll be undoing all the progress you've made and then some which I have no problem but I feel you ought to know.
>>
>>4703846
Nyeaaaaaah, I think that we should probably not do that.
Maybe travel with them to the boat city, where they actually have the men to transport and take care of all these raiders, but I don't want to go all the way back to the capitol.

>>4703834
And we can catch up with them.
>>
>>4703846
Well that's a problem.
I mean we don't really need to go to the pools anymore, but it could be a good thing for our friends. And also I want to go there out of pure stubbornness to finish the journey we started.
>>
>>4703877
>travel with them to the boat city
Hey that's a good idea, we can see if the monks are okay and with any luck say hi to everyone's favorite dyke captain.
>>
>>4703888
She probably won't be docked there.

But I do want to spend new years in Taishi, so we could let them get a days head start. . . But at that point, why even bother following them?
>>
Ok. So then what is the plan? I know you're talking to best girl and catching up with the Five but then are you staying in Taishi or are you not celebrating new years? thinking back...I think Zhengyi and Taishi are about a month apart.
>>
>>4703897
Stay in taishi to celebrate natch
>>
>>4703896
That's why it would need luck.
And I don't know, just to make sure. After all the work we put into taking them down I feel like we should make sure that nothing goes wrong afterwards.
And if anything happens in the 2-3 days of headstart, it should be close enough that we could still help them. And give more ammunition for Xin to mock them.
>>
>>4703897
We stay in taishi and catch up with the five to accompany them to the port.
2 months of going there and back is not that much now that we don't have to rush against marauding raiders.
We can even treat it as a vacation from all the adventuring.
>>
>>4703449
>>4703470
I'll get to writing and you guys can decide what you want to do. It seems like some it's a bit 50/50 on whether or not to go with the 5 to Zhengyi.
>>
>>4703897
I agree with >>4703901
Give em a few days head start. If something goes wrong, then they are close enough to get our help and we can mock them. If not, then it's fine when we catch up.
>>
You take another bite of your meal and ask, "So how did your end of the mission go? We didn't have much time to talk after the battle." Renshu places the small pot on a set of rocks before setting a kettle on the flames. His movements were meticulous and graceful, a result from years of practice. "Did you know there is a ritual the Japanese do when preparing tea?" He asks. You shake your head. "It's almost an art form in of itself. I'm rather blessed to have been taught it by my master. However, I'll not do it this time. I'm afraid you'll die of thirst before I finish." He chuckles. "Perhaps when we have more time, I'll show you. I find it to be relaxing." He says as he sits back next to you.

Renshu takes another bite of food and continues. "The mission went well although I didn't do much other than watch Mantis and Viper after Xin Lan ordered them to stay put."

"He did what?!" You splutter as you choke on some soup.

"He ordered them to stand down." Renshu replies quietly. "I believe the deal was to bring them along, which we did. When they nearly got us caught, Xin Lan made an executive decision and ordered them to stand down. They then proceeded to complete the mission their own." You groan and rub your temples.

"Renshu, you know that this was meant to foster goodwill with the Five." You says.

"I believe they made the right decision." Renshu says simply. "And I stand by it. I'll not allow anyone to put you or Ming in danger. Even if it is indirectly by failing to remain hidden. They were too slow and were a risk to our goal nevermind all our lives."

You sigh. Renshu was right of course. Xin Lan had made the right decision. When deciding to prioritize the mission over good will with someone, you would always choose the mission if it meant saving as many lives as possible. Still, it didn't make the idea that you'd have to face the ire of Tigress and the rest any easier. "Yes...you're right." You admit. "I just wish Xin wouldn't antagonize them so much."

"They are learning to deal with their new emotions." Renshu says as he pours himself some tea. "Not to mention that they feel as strongly about about you and Ming as I do. When they face someone that threatens those feelings then they naturally feel the urge to defend themselves. The Five wish to antagonize you and so they do the same as well..." Renshu pauses then adds. "Or that is what I assume is the case. Xin Lan is capable of measuring their own responses and I don't believe they've lost that ability even after learning to feel. I think that some part of them enjoys antagonizing the people who bring you torment and they might not realize how much they're pushing the envelope. However, I cannot read them so I cannot say for certain. In either case, it is who they wish to be. I don't think we have any right to deny them that. They do mean well."
>>
You frown and scratch your head. "I still think that they could tone it down a little."

"They wouldn't do anything that would endanger you or the mission." Renshu replies. "If it's really a problem then you should speak to them. But, back to your question, once Xin Lan returned we spent some time taking out patrols to thin their ranks before the Five's attack. When the battle truly started, I made my way to community hall to finish off any stragglers in case the poison had not fully worked it's way into their system. And then I went back to you."

You eat in silence for a while as you process the conversation. Deciding you wanted something to lighten the mood you ask, "What are you going to do for New Years?" You ask.

"Hmm?" Renshu hums as he drinks. "Oh...I suppose I'll spend it with you and the others." He says. "I have nothing in particular I have planned."

"Oh come on." You pry. "You know that's not a real answer. There's gotta be something."

"Well..." Renshu says thinking. "I do plan on trying to pry the recipies out of the locals." He says amused. "Anything to try out in my free time. I've done a bit of sneaking around town and what they're making has piqued my interest."

"Oh?" You ask, now intruiged. "Like what?"

"Oh I'm afraid I cannot say. I don't think Guang and his family would appreciate me spoiling their secret. However, I can tell you that bakers have been dabbling in their cookies. Quite a bit of sugar in them. I assume they'll be quite sweet. The salt however is the true secret."

"Salt? In cookies?" You ask utterly confused. Even with your atrocious cooking knowledge, you knew that such an ingredient did not belong in a pastry. Renshu simply gives you one of his mysterious smiles as a response. Confused you ask, "Well...then what else? Is it just food you're after?"

"No." Renshu replies. "There is also the gifts."

"Gifts?" You stammer as you try your best to smother any feelings of deceit. "What gifts?"

Whether Renshu sees through your lies or not, he doesn't make it known and instead says, "It is customary to give gifts to one's loved ones and close friends. I have a few planned. I look forward to see if the others have done the same."

"O-oh yeah. I wonder what the others are going to do. I don't suppose you'll tell me what you have planned." You ask with an awkward smile.

"Absolutely not." Renshu says with a soft laugh. "Not unless you with to attempt to pry it from me."

"I don't think I could force that information out of you even if I did my best." You laugh.
>>
"You're welcome to try. I believe your partial to head pats." Renshu teases and your face grows a bit warm. The two of you continue eating, trading ideas for new years meals and possible gifts for your friends, and soon enough the small campfire dies down and the food runs out. The two of you quickly break camp and begin your journey to catch up with the Five. As you travel through the woods, something seems to nag at you. Deciding you still have time before you reach the group, you voice your thoughts.

"How come you were proud of me when you learned that the raiders feared me?" You ask. "I would think most people would be wary of that."

"Oh? How so?" Renshu asks idly as if not trying to answer the question but not trying to seem like they were ignoring you.

"Well, I would think most people would worry that it's me going back to my old ways." You say. "It doesn't bode well when someone who is trying to reform becomes another's nightmare."

"But you're not just anyone." Renshu replies. "And we do not opperate as the Five do. We break our foes after they refuse to change. The fact that you struck fear into an entire army speaks of your acomplishments. You have felled an entire army of invaders and made sure that they will not attempt such a thing again. Such a thing warrants pride." He says though you can feel them concealing something.

"That's not it. Is it?" You ask. "There's more to it." Renshu goes quiet and says nothing. You can see, despite their neutral and serene face, that they were thinking and contemplating. Choosing their words carefully.

"No. I suppose it's not." He says emitting that feeling of vulnerability. "It's...who I am." He starts. "Fear, intimidation. They are things I enjoy. They are power over others and a way to hurt those who annoy me or bother someone or somethat that I feel is important to me. In the case of the raiders, they threaten to harm everyone. You, Ming, Xin Lan and all of China. I feel like they deserve to cower in fear of you just like they made others fear them. I am a sociopath Tai Lung. So is my sibling. Do you know why we are so loyal to you?" He asks.

"It's because I gave you two a second chance." You say. "A chance to be good people."
>>
"We'll never be good people." Renshu says quietly, remose echoing through their being. "We're far too damaged to ever be that. But you've still given us that chance. You allow us to use our cruel tendancies for good and to help others. You don't try to change who we are and how we live our lives. Only how we use our methods. Xin Lan and I are damaged goods. Unfit for regular society and you've taken us into your life and accepted us as family with out condemnation or damnation. And still you go beyond and done so much more for us that we can never repay you. What more could we offer than our very lives in thanks?"

"Are you saying you'll fail the Great Judge's trial?" You ask.

"No." Renshu replies. "I will not. While I'll never be a good man. I will become a man who does good. I will make up for my past crimes and show that I am not the person I once was but that will never change what I enjoy and how I view things. Only the decisions I make from now on and the way I will help others. I do not think I'll ever stop enjoying battle or harming others. I do not think I'll ever stop enjoying intimidating those who get in my way and making them cower in fear. But that does not mean I will use it against those who do not deserve it. As Hien struggles to find his path, so do I. I will be someone who is worthy of lighting the Great Judge's halls but I will always carry the burdens of who I am." Renshu stops and seems to contemplate something but doesn't continue. Whatever he was withholding from you, he felt uncomfortable about it, even more so than anything he had shared with you. Out of respect for your friend you do not choose to press him to divuldge it.

>What do you say?
>Write in.
>>
>>4704044
>damaged goods
How DARE!?!

>You are my brother Renshu and I won't have you or Xin as anything but as you are, so long as you are content and doing good. I think that is what I wanted to give you and Xin, as our travels have continued, my own sort of Legacy that I have come to value since Zhengi. Doing good for the sake of good, setting an example that I hoped you and ming and Xin could follow and look up to.
>I dont think I can or would ever change who you are in a million lifetimes, but I think that if I can help you even further or perhaps make your excitement easier to manage I will and I dont want you to hesitate to ask. Because what is a helping hand between blood-kin who can shoulder the weights of the world together?
>>
>>4704044
>As long you know that the feeling itself is wrong, and that you know the path you take is to help others, than perhaps it is also a type of good. And if no ones actually dies or gets crippled for life, than all is well in end right?
>Perhaps you could try to think about controlling your emotions and the urges in the same vein as weilding that power? After all what greater power there is than to reign over oneself.
>I'm pretty sure that there are plenty of tales battle-hungry warriors that were good people. We will make it work in the end, friend.
>>
>>4704065
That point on battle hungry warriors who are good does fit the point we want to make.
>>
>>4704533
Honestly, I really like characters that enjoy violence, they tend to be the most fun and sincere, as long as they are not Goku's level of retardation.
I mean, if you got a job and it does good for others, there is no shame in enjoying it, right?
>>
>>4704645
There is when you enjoy inflicting of pain, rather than enjoying the proficiency or efficiency in which you do it with.

It's a small thing, but a man who enjoys fighting because they enjoy using the skills they spent ages learning how to do, is distinct from the man who does it because he enjoys the rush of adrenaline and pain that comes with it, and different again from the man who enjoys inflicting pain.
>>
>>4704654
That's true, the first two can easily be considered good, but doing it with a sadist is way more tricky, even when they do good.
Guess we have to set up Renshu with a masochist so he can relieve urges than.
>>
>>4704707
I don't think Renshu would actually be down for that. Though ancient chinses BDSM clubs were not something I ever needed entering my head, so curse you anon
>>
I'm gonna hold off on posting and start a new thread tomorrow so I can actually link it here. Striped bun needs to be consoled or comforted? I don't know which of the two would be the right word. I also slept for like 18 hours so I need to get my shit together.
>>
>>4705147
>18 hours of sleep
Holy shit, is everything ok boss?
Also when is tomorrow for you? I'm pretty sure you live on the other side of the world from me judging from when you lunch, but I suck at calculating timezones.
>>
>>4705183
I'm not sure desu. Physically I feel fine but lately I've been getting some pretty bad sleep. It peaked when I was running on an hour of sleep yesterday so I assume I just slept it all off. I go back to work soon so hopefully that will kick my schedule back into place.

As for tomorrow, that's my bad. It's in like 21 hours. I tend to count votes and start on this game at around 12pm PST just so I can get up and do some work around the house before then. I kind of refrained on mentioning specific times and the like because I don't want to lock in to a set schedule just in case things go awry or to make it seem like I'm inconsistent or disinterested when I don't stick to it. Once I feel like I have to follow a schedule I do and everything else tends to suffer for it. Which I realize that implies the exact thing I don't want it to. This quest has really become a hobby or side project which is far more than I can say for any other thing outside of gaming that I've tried to pick up as a hobby (drawing, cooking, crafts). So I'm invested in it. As much as I would like to say I don't care...I can't say that it doesn't kind of sting when there aren't many votes. 3 or 4 votes is great. Means there's a chance of discussion (which is what I like the most out of my games rather than vote counts). When it's just one or 2 that's when it starts to feel a bit worrysome because thenI feel like others might see it and think that there's no point in voting because either one player runs the game or that it's dead. I get some people work and are busy and that's fine because it just means votes will happen later.

Then there's the votes on suptg, the archive pages, and I use those mostly to see which threads were enjoyed the most and then I can see what we did there or if anything has changed from then and now.

It's a weird feeling to be honest and I guess that's what most people feel when they upload something they put effort into like art or a youtube video. It also probably didn't help that i just did the Yakuza 2 side story where you help the director make a sequal to that yakuza movie and they talked about this exact same thing.
>>
>>4705222
huh...I guess QST censors or changes acronyms? Which is my mistake. I tend to avoid using them here.
>>
>>4705222
i don't really use suptg, let alone vote on it
>>
>>4705222
I don't vote on Suptg, nor use it really.

But I'll say that my favorite "arcs" so far was from when we died to the end of the triads.
Like from that point to the end, we got the most amount of character bonding, Some development with the spirit world, some real drama with Ming, Got the truth and then the backstory on Xin, Schrodingers best girl Renshu [who became our blood brother in the same thread] as well as learning dragon style and KICK ASS final fight with that mad ass motherfucker Jingu
>>
>>4705230
>>4705245

That's entirely fair. I just link the archived threads in case people want to catch up or reread them. It seems like most quests do that as well. Expecting people to go out of their way to external sites for a choose your own adventure games seems a bit unfair though I recall one QM in a QTG thread mention his quest had a wiki because of how complex it was.

The only exception to that rule, at least in my opinion, would be pastebin or google docs if the quest itself has character sheets. Even then that would mostly be reserved for rolling. I think majority of the votes in most games are the kind that don't require a roll.

The warring Triad arc does seem to be the most popular one. I'm not sure I could truly top it.
>>
>>4705225
Some acronyms are filtered to be other words on 4chan for no reason other rha a laugh.
Most people learn end up learning that when they type t b h. I think it's been this way since moot ran this thing, but honestly I only started lurking and reading archives on tg back in 2014-15 so I don't know that much.
But most quest seem to hover around 2 to 5 players, all the big ones you see on the site tend to be from qms that were popular from before qst was kicked off tg or "fanfiction" quests about an already estabilished IP, specially 40k, and even than player interaction tends to reduce after sometime.
I believe that the reason you have a smaller playerbase is the fact that this quest had a double hijack at it's infancy. Qst has a big mortality, so most players tend to abandon it when the qm flakes, and the biggeat population of player influx tend to be the first thread.
Also most people are just archive readers/lurkers. For example, around thread 3 or 4 was when I decided to syart voting because I saw that participation began to drop, and I only did it because I really love your quest, seeing it was the first time I actually posted in 5 years. People will just let some few poster cobtrol the quest because they agree with what they think, and tend to join in when something big is happening or they disagree with the leading vote, and often that leads to being called out as samefags in the bigger, less civilesed quests. I personally enjoy the quests with a smaller playerbase, they tend to be way better than the larger ones, seems that the bigger the group, the more rabid people become.
Now these are all observantions I gathered lurking about, so they are anecdotal, I'm not some kind of qst specialist.
>>
>>4705263
Oh, and also I think there is a divide between the actual players, archive readers and lurkers, in that most people will at most jump between 2 of the three if they are even mixed to begin with.
Also I vote positive every time the archive appears. You will always have a +1.
>>
>>4705263
That's one of the reasons I don't mind the player base size right now. I worry about the game just getting overcome by rabid players and it just devolving into, as you said, less civilized discussions and votes. I guess it just comes with the anonimity thing.

It's a bit weird though, this quest is about half a year old or so and I just happened to hijack it on a whim. I was wanting to run a quest but couldn't really man up to start a thread. Had that mmo quest idea in mind first but just couldn't really do it.

I'm honestly not sure how I came about this one. When I first read the post I kind of passed it off as a meme quest. At the risk of sounding a bit pretentious, the writing was not that good or at least not my taste for quests, and the source material I enjoyed but I figured it would devolve into an edgy villian quest. Then the QM dropped of the face of the earth and another anon was gonna pick it up but didn't because of other commitements. By then the tone was kind of a redemption arc and I thought it sounded kind of cool so I stepped in and well several threads later, about 100+ pages worth of posts and here we are.

>>4705271
Thanks anon. I'm actually quite surprised people even voted to begin with. Not sure who but thanks to anyone who did. I always figured it was like a site mod thing or just one of those things that was added just to have.
>>
I fucked up the archive. Well shit. Now it's archived under 10 instead of 9. We had a good run.
>>
>>4706307
Just rearchive it mang.

Literally do everything you did, but change the name, and it'll update.
>>
>>4706310
Seriously? That's a thing? Might as well give it a go. Thanks!
>>
>>4706315
Yeah, it's so that mistakes can be corrected. Fix it?
>>
>>4706318
Doesn't seem like it.
>>
>>4706307
You have to send an email to lordlicorice, the admin of suptg and ask him to fix it.
Just explain what happened and ask him to change it from 10 to 9. Or atleast that what's usually done, for example the last swamp lord quest was archived as chanbara cause the qm run both quests at the same time and archived wrong, so he asked to change it and it's already fixed (except the description).
>>
>>4706320
Lemme try
>>
>>4706328
I'll have to get around doing that sometime later today. Thanks for the help though guys.

In the meantime here is the new thread >>4706329
>>
>>4706331
Nope.

>>4706328
Guy just gonna have to do that.
Name the next threat 10 anyway. Confuse archive readers.
>>
>>4706328
Here's his email: admin@thisisnotatrueending.com
You could also go talk to him at the suptg irc when he is on, but I don't know his daily schedule nor how to actually use the damn thing.



Delete Post: [File Only] Style:
[Disable Mobile View / Use Desktop Site]

[Enable Mobile View / Use Mobile Site]

All trademarks and copyrights on this page are owned by their respective parties. Images uploaded are the responsibility of the Poster. Comments are owned by the Poster.